Google 



This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 

to make the world's books discoverable online. 

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books 

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. 

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the 

publisher to a library and finally to you. 

Usage guidelines 

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 
We also ask that you: 

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commercial purposes. 

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe. 

About Google Book Search 

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 

at |http: //books .google .com/I 



GERMAN DECLENTIONS 



■T. EISNER 



600086668 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



i 



The Introductory Part, " Reading and Writing LessoDS," and the 
** Synopsis of Strong and Irregular Verbs " at the end, may be 
had separate, price Is. 6d. each. 

Easy Beading and Writing Lessons price Is. 6d. 

Synopsis of Strong and Irregular Verbs ,, Is. 6d. 

The Entire Work , 6s. 6d. 



THE 

GEKMAN DECLENSIONS. 

WITH EASY RBADma AND WRITING LESSONS, 

AND A SYNOPSIS OF STRONG AND 

IRREGULAR VERBS. 



BY 



J. EISNEE, M.C.P. 



" Nomina declinare .... imprimis pueri Hciant, neque enim aliter peirenire 
ad intellectum sequentium possunt." — Quint. Inst. Or. i. 4. 




WILLLAM:S & NORGATE : 

U, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN, LONDON; 
20, SOUTH FREDERICK STREET, EDINBURGH. 

1880. 



LOVDOV: 
FSnrTBD BT €. V. HODGSOV AVD 80K, 

eoven squabs, vxbbt btbbbt, b.c. 



TO 



PROFESSOR F. MAX MULLER, 

%lSm Mark 

18 
BT KIND PERMISSION 



RESPECTFULLY DEDICATED 



BT 



THE AUTHOR. 



EBBATA. 



Page 37, read geuet^brunjl for geucrbrunfl. 

Page 38, read flour for flower. 

Page 50, Vocabulary No. 16, read ba« ?Pferb for ber ?Jferb. 

Page 78, read (Sl^renbejeifiungen /or (Sl^renbejeufjungen. 

Page 86, Vocabulary 33, read feathers for feather. 

Page 87. Vocabulary 34, read \>ai @r J cugili^ /or b« ©tjeugilid. 

Page 156, Vocabulary 69, read lange for latlQ. 

Page 171, Beading Lesson, Sentence No. 8, read fc^netbett for 
fd^reiben. 



PRE FACE. 



In the course of the author's experience^ as a teacher of 
the Oerman langnage in English schools, he has been struck 
by the difficulty under which English pupils ofben labour 
in masteHng the German inflectional system. The difficulty 
is mechanical merely ; but in practice it is found very con- 
siderable; while accuracy of inflection is of the first 
moment. Hitherto, possibly, the fact hsks not received 
sufficient recognition, that in natives of Grermany there is 
developed a certain sense of inflection which will be wanting 
to chUdren who have only been practised in speaking 
English. This sense of inflection gives to the German 
child a keenness and accuracy of ear, which it has been 
the author's endeavour to help to confer on students who 
follow this present course. 

On this difference between the two languages, the highly^ 
inflected German and the Uttlerinfleoted English, the author 
takes his stand. The principal aim of the present work is 
to develope in the English pupil that sense of inflection 
which accompanies the German child in its studies, con- 
scious or unconscious^ of its native language. This aim 
the author has endeavoured to carry out by a full and 
systematic exposition of German declension. As such, the 
present work mighty perhaps, make a claim to originality, 
did not the author prefer to subordinate every claim to 
that of practical utility. 



IV PBEFAGE. 

The author has not attempted, therefore, to make the 
present work a subtle exposition of syntax, or an ingenious 
essay on word-building, or an introduction to comparative 
philology, but to give a straightforward and complete 
account of the mechanism of number and case. To this 
is, of course, subjoined such detail as is neciBSsary to make 
the work complete as a grammar, although, when its 
principal aim has been achieved, larger works may be con- 
sulted with advantage. 

The plan of the work, in broad outline, is as follows : — 

The whole body of German nouns is taken and divided 
into groups, according to the formation of the plural. As 
there are five formations of the plural, there are five of 
these groupings. Again, as nouns fall into other groapings 
according to their case-inflection, there are exhibited five 
sub-groupings or declensions. These two classifications 
are, by the nature of the language, independent of each 
other. 

Such an arrangement of the Cases has been adopted as 
best exhibits like forms. Atteniion to this point of detail 
is very necessary in the grammars of highly inflected lan- 
guages : it has not been overlooked in modern grammars 
of the classic tongues. 

Ample examples are given with each group of inflections. 
The learner is well drilled in precision in inflection, with- 
out having to endure wearisome iteration. Precision of 
inflection, we venture to repeat, is of the utmost importttnoe ; 
it is hard of attainment by mechanical repetition^ and im- 
possible when the attention is dazzled by a too rapid 
exhibition of inflectional changes. Ample time is therefore 
given to the pupil, and abundant practice, in order to 



PREFACE. y 

familiarise bim with one set of forms before be passes to a 
fresb array of eodings. 

Eacb exercise is strictly confined witbin tbe range of tbe 
information given in tbe pages preceding it. No attempt 
has been made to quote sentences from classic antbors ; 
tbe sbortest way is taken to give tbe pnpil clear ideas of 
the inflection or constmction illustrated ; and it is only 
going ont of tbe way to steal a march on literature. 

Beady-made conversations — another ordinary encum* 
brance of language manuals — ^are discarded. There can be no 
real conversation unless the pupil is practised to think in the 
language under study, and to eflect this he is best left face 
to face with the master, tbe temporary representative of 
tbe foreign nation ; nevertheless, the elements of such con- 
versations are furnished. 

No rules have been given for gender, although indi- 
cations are supplied for its determination. Partly, the 
scheme of declensions will assist tbe learner ; in part, he 
will be aided by contrast and comparison. Rules, really, 
are of but little good to bim. To bis mind S)ie @onne is 
not really feminine, nor S)er S9^onb masculine ; their gender 
he recognises as an accident, and remembers it as he does 
that of their declensi9n. 

When the elementary facilities, to tbe mastery of which 
the author attends so carefully, have been acquired, the 
learner will familiarise himself rapidly with the mechanism 
of tbe verbs. This will be memory-work chiefly ; and 
herein he is aided by tbe inflections of the verbs speaking 
to bim much more vividly than do those of the nouns and 
adjectives. A synopsis of strong and irregular verbs is 
supplied, which will give the learner all the help, all the 



VI PKEFACE. 

clearness and fixity, that can be derived from classification 
and tabnlation. 

To the body of the work is prefixed a short Introduction 
meant to facilitate the removal of such small yet perplexing 
difficulties as beset most beginners in German. Learners 
who have been used only, in print and writing, to the full- 
moulded forms of the Roman alphabet, are sometimes per- 
plexed with the intricacies of the Gothic character — upright 
and cursive. The author has adopted here the principle 
which pervades the whole work, of familiarising the pupil 
with the simplest of his difficulties, as a preparation for 
his mastering the next more complex ; and trusts that these 
elementary perplexities, together with some of an ortho- 
graphical nature, will cease at a very early moment from 
troubling the learner. 

Recapitulating, the author thinks he may claim on be- 
half of the present work, that it will confer on English 
learners a habit of inflecting, and precision in using the 
mechanism of the German language ; that it exhibits that 
mechanism in an order and arrangement, such that it is 
easily grasped by the intelligence, and retained by the 
memory ; and that the student is lefb free to combine, by 
the natural play of his faculties, his naturally-aciquired 
elements. 

Though the principal features of the author's plan have 
been brought into bold relief, the author does not think 
they overbalance the work, which is not only a manual of 
declension, bat a grammar of the German language 
sufficiently complete for elementary purposes. 

London; January , 1880. J. E. 



CONTENTS. 



INTRODUCTORY PART. ^ 

Reading and Writing Lessons 1 — 40 

GERMAN DECLENSIONS, 

Section Part I. 

I. On the Grenders of German Nouns 1 

II. On the Cases of German Nouns 2 

m. Declension of the Definite Article 3 

lY. Declension of the Indefinite Article 4 

V. General Rules for the Formation of the Plural of 

German Nouns and their Declension 5 

VI. First Formation of the Plural^ and Examples 5 — 10 

VII. First Declension (Summary) 11 

Examples to the First Declension 11 — 14 

Exercises on the First Declension 15 — ^25 

Vm. Second Formation of the Plural, and Examples . . . 26 — ^29 

IX. Third Forma4;ion of the Plural, and Examples 29 — 37 

X. Second Declension (Summary) 38 

"EiJcaxnplGB to the Second Declerision 39 — 44 

Exercises on the Second Declension 45—60 

Tables of the Strong Declension (I. & II.) 60 

XL Fowrth Formation of the Plural and Examples ... 61 — 65 

XII. Third Declension (Summary) 66 

Examples to the Third Declension 67 — 69 

'Exerciaea on the Third Dtdension 69 — 75 

Xm. Fifth Formation of the Plural, and Examples 76 — 80 

XrV. Fourth Declension (Summary) 81 

Examples to the Fburth Declension 81 — 83 

Exercises on the Fowrth Declension 83 — 89 

XV. Fifth Declension (Feminine Nouns) 90 

Examples and Exercises to the Fifth Declension . . . 90 — 117 

XVI. Supplementary Remarks on the Formation of the 

Plural of German Nouns 117 — 120 

XVII. Dedens%(m of Proper Nouns 12A— VL^W 

Tables of Declensions \3»V— "Na*^ 



viil CONTENTS. 

PAkT IT. 
Section Page 

XVin. The Adjective 128 

XIX. Declension of Adjectives preceded by the Definite 

j4r*ide, and Examples 126—129 

Exercises on the same 129 — 136 

XX. Declension of Adjectives preceded by the In- 

definite Article, Kud ^Tom^les 136 — 138 

Exercises on the same 13S— 145 

XXI. Declension of Adjectives without any Article, and 

Examples 146 

Exercises on the same 146 — 153 

XXII. On the Comparison of Adjectives 154 — 159 

XXIII. On Objective Adjectives 160—163 

XXrV. On Determinative Adjectives, with Examples and 

Exercises 163—166 

XXV. On Pronouns 167 

On Pronouns (Personal) 167—169 

XXVI. On Pronouns (Interrogative) 169—170 

XXVII. On Pronouns (Possessive) 170—171 

XXVin. On Pronouns (Eelative) 171—174 

JCXIX. On Pronouns (Demonstrative) 174—176 

XXX. On Pronouns (Indefinite) 176—178 

XXXI. On Numerals 178— 1») 

Alphabetical List of Strong and Irregular Verbs... 180 — 181 

Ooiviugation of the Auxiliary Verbs l^abett, feitt, 

andtt)erbctt 182 

Guide to the Vocabularies of Beading Lessons ... 183 — 190 

Guide to the Vocabularies of Exercises 190 

Prepositions which govern the Accusative 17 

Prepositions which govern the Dative ". 23 — ^24 

Prepositions which govern th^ Accusative and 

Dative 56 

Prepositions which govern the Genitive 112 

Adjectives which govern the Genitive 141 (161) 

Adjectives which govern the Dative 143 (162) 

Adjectives which govern the Accusative 100 

Verbs which govern the Dative 20 

Verbs which govern the Genitive 167 

Synopsis of Strong and Irregular Verbs at the 
end of the book. 



EAST 

EEADIM AND WRITING LESSONS 

IE" GEEMAK 



9io. 1. 

i tt, m, tt, (tt), nun, m, urn, 

i n m u — now m for (at) 

ttimm, e, ei, eiii, neitt, ie, 

take e ei a (art.) no ie 

nit, (eu), nt% mn% 3, 91, 

never — new nine I N 

M U E 

0, (0), a, (d), C a, 

— a — A 

Omen, an, amen, mein 9?ame, eine 9^onne, 

omen at amen my name a nun 

eine 5lmme, ein SJiann, 5lnna, Pai, nennen. 

a nurse a man Ann May to call 

* The numbers at the head of the Reading Lessons cor- 
respond with the numbers of the Writing Lessons, Page 25, etc. 
After the Reading Lesson has been read, the corresponding 
Writing Lesson is to be copied. 



9lo. 3. 

t, 9t, a% (dtt) 

r R au — 

cr, nur, rein, ein (Si, neun dier, ein ncuer 

he only clean an egg nine eggs a new 

D^lame, eine ncuc Tiantx, arm, ein armer 

name a new wall poor a poor 

SJJann, arme Ttcmmx, ein 5lrm, mein 3lrm, 

man poor men an arm my arm 

meine 3lrme, eine 5lrmee, nur eine 9Kauer, 

my arms an army only a wall 

neun 2Rauem, ein 9flaum, in 9flom, ein ^mtx, 

nine walls a space in Eom a Eoman 

ein (Simer. 

a pail. 

««0. 4. 

V w V W 

i)on mir, i)or mir, i)on einem 9Kanne, »or 

from me before me from a man before 

einem 2Ranne, »or einerSKauer, »on einem 

a man before a wall from a 

2Raurer. (Sin SJJann war in 3Sien. 95ier 

mason. A man was in Vienna. Four 

Scanner moren in 2Bien. SSo mar er? @r 

men were in Vienna. Where was he? He 



n)ar in 0lom. 3^1 ^Beine xoax tin 2Surm. 

was in Rom. In the wine was a worm. 

3m 2Seinc waren 2Bunner. (§x roar arm. SSir 

In the wine were worms. He w:as poor. We 

njaren drmer. dr roar ein armer Sliann. 2Bem 

were poorer. He was a poor man. To whom 

roar roarm?* 9Wtr roar roarm.* Wx 

was (it) warm? Tome was (it) warm. To me 

roar roarmer.* 2Bir roeinen. SSarum roeinen roir? 

was (it) warmer. We cry Why cry we? 

9lo. 5. 



4-f ^* 



1, L. 

3©ir lernen. 2Bir eilen.** 2Scr roiti lernen? 

We learn We hasten. Who will learn? 

3©ir roollcn lernen. Seme! dile!^^ 2Bir 

We will learn. Learn! Hasten! We 

eilen, roeil . roir lernen rooHen. 2Bo roar ein 

hasten, because we learn wiU. Where was a 

8amm1 2Bo roaren Sdmmer? 2Bo roar ein 

lamb? Where were lambs? Where was a 

8oroe? 2Bo roaren Soroen? 9So roar mein 

lion? Where were lions? Where was my 

Sammlein ? 

little lamb? 



* Who was wann? I was warm. I was warmer. 
** We make haste, 
f Make haste. 



^0. 6. 

h, B. 

2Bir Ueben. 2Sir loben. 2Bir Utihn. 2Bir iiBen. 

We love. We praise. We remain. We practise. 

9Sir ttjeben. SSir bauen. Sletbe ki tnir! 

We weave. We build. Eemain with me! 

95ler 93auern tDaren in einer fiaube. (Sin 9Be6er 

Four peasants yere in a ^ bower. A weaver 

n)ar bei mir. 93ier 3Bcber warm bei einem 

was with me. Four weavers were with a 

93auer. 35icr Sauem waren bei einem 28ebcr. 

peasant. Four peasants were with a weaver. 

910. 7. 



b, ©. 



d, D. 

2)ein 93ruber h)ar in fionbon. SSer h)ar ki 

Thy brother was in London. Who was with 

bit? 9^iemanb war bei mir. 28er witt 

thee? Nobody was with me. Who will (have)* 

einen Otaben? 9}lein 23ruber wiH einen. 

a raven? My brother will (have)* one. 

SBer will eine D^abel? 2)ein 93ruber 

Who will (have)* a needle? Thy brother 

will eine* ^limm ein 93ab! 

will (have) one. Take a bath! 

* wishes for. 



9Wein 93anb mx neu. 9Keine 93dnber 

My ribbon was new. My ribbons 

waren neu. 3Sir toollcn in bem SSalbe 

were new. We will in the forest 

bletben. SSir Miekn aUein in bem SSalbe. 

remain. We remained alone in the forest. 

^rei SDiener Wiekn M meinem 23ruber im 

Three servants remained with my brother in the 

SSalbe. 28arum Micben brei >Diener 6ei 

forest. Why remained three servants with 

beinem 23ruber? SSeil SDiebe unb Slduber 

thy brother? Because thieves and robbers 

in bem 2Balbe tt>aren. 

in the forest were. 

««o. 8. 



ts. 



t, T. 

^ie 2:ante liebt meinen SBruber. SDer SSater 

The aunt loves my brother. The father 

hU meinen 23ruber, tt>eil er immer lemt. 

praises my brother because he always learns. 

2)er dte 9Kann tt>ar Minb unb taub. 2Bir 

The old man was blind and deaf. We 

bebauerten ben alten 93Jann, mil er blinb 

pitied the old man because he blind 

unb taub n)ar. 3^ ^^^ 'i^^wbe war eine 

and deaf was. In the bower was a 



6 

Sauk. 3n bcm 28albc marcn t)icle Saubcn* 

pigeon. In the forest were many pigeons. 

9Btr erttjarten ben SSater. SBo rtar ber SSatcr? 

We expect the father. Where was the father? 

@r rtar bet meiner Stante* S3ete unb arbeite! 

He was with my aunt. Pray and work! 

SBir hjotten beten unb arbeiten. S)er arnie $!Jlann 

We will pray and work. The poor man 

bat urn S3rob. 9Kem SSater errtartet eine Slnttoort 

asked for bread. My father expects an answer 

t)on ber 9Kutter. SBo ttjar hit 9Kutter? 3Ketne 

from the mother. Where was the mother? My 

ajlutter tear mit meiner Stante in ^urin unb mein 

mother was with my aunt in Turin and my 

SBater tear mit meinem SBruber in SCiroL 

father was with my brother in Tyrol. 

f m ft, % ®, @t 

s — st, ss, S, St. 

J)a« ®fen .ijl ein mtm. 2)a« 6ilber iji 

The iron is a metal. The silver is 

ein 2RctatL $Da« ©fen unb ba« 6ilber ftnb 

a metal. The iron and the silver are 

mmt 2)ie g^ofe ift eine 23lume. ^a« 

metals. The rose is a flower. The 

mmn ill eine 93lume. 2)a« 0iof«lein 

little rose is a flower. The little horse 



iji im 6tatle. SDag 9lof« unb ba« 9^6f«lein 

is in the stable. The horse and the little horse 

finb im Static. 8icbjt tu bic 9flofcn? 8iebcn 

are in the stable. Lo vest thou the roses? Love 

©ic bic Olofcn ? $Dicfcg 23anb ift t)on ®cibc. 

you the roses? This ribbon is of silk. 

S)a8 feibene S3anb ift braun. SBann rtirb 

The silk ribbon is brown. When will 

bein SSater abreifcn? @r tuirb ben ncuntcn aJiat 

thy father depart? He will the ninth May 

abreifeu. SBir ertuarten unfern SSatcr am brttten 

depart. We expect our father (on) the third 

ober am t)tertcn SRal SBir tefen. SBir tefen 

or (on) the fourth May. We read. We read 

laut SBaS cffcn ©ie? aSSir cffen S3rob. aSaS 

aloud. What eat you? We eat bread. What 

ift bein S3rnber? ®r ift ein Setter. aSaS ifft 

is thy brother? He is a rope-maker. What eats 

bein Sruber? ®r ifft Srob unb Dbft SBo ift 

thy brother? He eats bread and fruit. Where is 

bag aaSaffer? ®8 ift in ber Xaffe. SBo ift ber 

the water? It is in the cup. Where is the 

©imer? @r ift in htm S3runnen. SBo ift ber 

pail? It is in the well. Where is the 

95ar? @r ift in bemaBalbe. 2Bo ift bie 9Kau8? 

bear? He is in the forest. Where is the mouse? 

@ie ift in bem SBaffer. SBo ift ha^ S3rob? ®8 

She (it) is in the water. Where is the bread? It 



8 

ift ha. S)te aJlaug unb baS aJlauSlein toerben 

is there. The mouse and the little mouse will 

hai S3rob unb bie Sutter effen. 

the bread and the butter eat. 

$Ro. 10. 

t)tx 93runnen ift ticf. 2)ie 93imen ftnb reif. 

The well is deep. The pears are ripe. 

2)iefe 9^ujTe fmb unreif. '^ai %a^i ift runb. 

These nuts are unripe. The barrel is round. 

>Dic ^djfcr jtnl) runi). J)cr ^abcn ift biinn. 

The barrels are round. The thread is thin. 

>Dcr ^rcunb ift treu. $Die ^reunbc finb trcu. 

The friend is faithful. The friends are faithful 

>Dcr ^cinb ift t)or bcr Stabt. 2Bir fotlen 

The enemy is before the town. We should 

fclbft unfcrc ^cinbe licbcn. 

even our enemies love. 

@g ift ©ommer. S)te fiuft ift ttjarm. 2)a8 

It is summer. The air is warm. The 

f^eufter ift offeu. Deffnen ©ie hai f^^^ft^ic^- S)ie 

window is open. Open you the window. The 

SBWtter faKeu t)ou ben S3aumen. 2)ag Dbft fattt 

leaves fall from the trees. The fruit falls 

t)on ben SBaumen. S)ie Slffen leben in ben 

from the trees. The monkeys live in the 



aSalbem ©8 ift finftcr. 3)iefe f^ebern finb fiir 

forests. It is dark. These pens are for 

ttieineti SSater unb biefc IBilber finb fiir meinc 

my father and these pictures are for my 

aJlutter. S)er SBoIf frifft bag Samm. 3)ie 

mother. The wolf eats (devours) the lamb. The 

aSoIf e freff en bie fiammer. SBer eff en rtitt, foil 

wolves eat the lambs. (He) Who eat will, should 

arbeiten. SBaffer ift beffer alg SBier nnb SBein* 

work. Water is better than beer and wine. 

SBir effen mit einem filbemen fioffel 3)er ©olbat 

We eat with a silver spoon. The soldier 

ftirbt fiir fein SSatertanb. S)ie fjlinte ift eine SBaffe. 

dies for his fatherland. The gun is a weapon. 

3)er SSater mft feinen S)iener. SBir rtiffen, bafs 

The father calls his servant. We know, that 

toix fterben miiffen. SBer rief? SBaS ift reif? 

we . die must. Who called? WTiat is ripe? 

fdo, 11. 

% ^- 

h, H. 

^er 93auer ^at mel §afer unb ^eu. SDer 

The peasant has much oats and nay. The 

^unb ift ein treueg Z\)m, 2Bo ift ber 

dog is a faithful animal. Where is the 

§unb ? (Sr ift entn)eber in bem §aufe ober 

dog? He is either in the nouse or 



10 

in bcm §ofe. 2Bann [aUcn bie SIdttcr t)on 

in the yard. When fall the leaves from 

bcn.Sdumcn? ^m ^txb^t >Dicfcg ^aug 

the trees? In the autumn. This nouse 

^at cin ^o^cg %^ox. 

has a high gateway. 

9Kem SBruber ift frol^ unb munter^ iDeil fein 

My brother is glad and cheerful, because his 

2e]^rer il^n immer lobt. S)u l^aft einen atten 

teacher him always praises. Thou hast an old 

SSater. ^aben ©ie ein neueS ober ein alteS ^auS? 

father. Have you a new or an old house? 

9Bir l^aben ein alteS unb fel^r l^oj^eS ^anS. aJlein 

We have an old and very high house. My 

SSater l^at brei neue ^finfer. SBir hjaren el^ematS 

father has three new houses. We were formerly 

fel^r arm. ©l^emals rtaren h)ir fel^r arm. 9lebe 

very poor. Formerly were we very poor. Speak 

toa^tl S)er SSatcr ruft ben ©ol^n. S)er ©tcin 

truly! The father calls the . son. The stone 

ift l^art <&eute ift ©onnabenb. 

is hard. To-day is Saturday. 

9lo. 12. 

e, *, i, 8, ®, 3, ®. 

c, ch, j, g, C, J, G. 

23iji bu jung? Ja, i(^ Hn ne^ fe^r jung. 

Art thou young? Yes, I am yet very young. 

93Jetne 2:ante ijl fel^r rei^. SSo^in ge^en 

My aunt is very rich. Whither go 



11 

@if? 3^ ^^¥ w ben (Garten* 2)ic @i^c 

you? I go into the garden. The oak? 

tjt M. 2)ie @i(^en, bic 23u^cn, bic 

is high. The oaks, the beech-trees, the 

^id^tcn unb bic gdrd^cn jtnb 28alb^ 

pine-trees and the larch-trees are forest- 

baumc. $Dic 8cr(^cn jtnb ®ingt)O0cl Solumbug 

trees. The larks are singing-birds. Columbus 

mar cin ©cefa^rcr. 

was a navigator. 

S)u bift reid^. S)te axme ^^tan iDeint 3)er 

Thou art rich. The poor woman cries. The 

reid^e 9Kann gibt il^r einen ©ulben. ®ott fegne 

rich man gives her a florin. God bless 

ben guten 9Kann! aSittft bu il^r and) etttjag 

the good man! Wilt thou her also something 

geben? 2Botten ©ie tnit ung auf baS Canb gel^en? 

give? Will you with us to the country go? 

S)te ©atnelie ift eine SBIunte. S)te ©itrone ift eine 

The Camilla is a flower. The lemon is a 

fjrud^t S)ie ©ebern fitib l^ol^e SBaume. 

fruit. The cedars are high trees. 

sch, Sch. 

@« ift f(^on* 3^ f^rcibe mcincm ^rcunbc 

It is fine. I write to my friend 



12 

einen 93rief. 2Bir gel^cn in bie 6^ule. 

a letter. We go into the scnool. 

2)tefeg SKdb^en gcl^t ni^t aern in bie 

This girl goes not willingly into the 

(S^ule.* 3)er gif^ lebt im 2BajTer. » 

school. The fish lives in the water. The 

^ifd^c Icben im 2Bajfcr. J)er ^rofd^ lebt 

fish live in the water. The frog lives 

im )&a^t J)ie^rof^c Icben in ben 33d^en. 

in the brook. The frogs live in the brooks. 

3)er Slal ijt ein fjifc^. S)te Slate finb fjifd^e- 

The eel is a fish. The eels are fish. 

f^tifd^e fjifd^e finb gut SSerftel^en ©ie beutfd^, 

Fresh fish are good. Understand you German, 

ntein ^err? 3d^ tierftel^e e8 ein iDenig. SSerftel^cn 

(my) Sir? I understand it a little. Understand 

©ie englifd^? 9letn, mein ^err, aber id^ rterbe eS 

you English? No, (my) Sir, but I shall it 

ternen- "©d^Iafen ©ie rtol^t! SBal^renb beS ^ageS 

learn. Sleep (you) well! During tfie day 

arbeiten rtir unb rtdl^renb ber 9lad^t rul^en unb 

work we and during the night rest and 



fd^tafen h)ir. SBir fd^Iiefen mel^rere ©tunben- 3)ie 

sleep we. We slept several hours. The 

©d^Ieifer fd^Ieifen bie 9Keffer. S)ie ®an8 ift ein 

grinders sharpen the knives. The goose is a 



* does not like to go to school. 



13 

@^tt)imm»ogeL S)te ©anfe unb bie ®nten finb 

swimming-bird. The geese and the ducks are 

@(^tt)immt)8geL S)er ©d^rtan ift ein fd^oner SSogel 

swimming-birds. The swan is a fine bird. 

S)er @raf l^at ein fd^8ne§ ©d^IofS. S)er ©d^tofjer 

The count has a nne castle. The locksmith 

mad^t ben ©d^IilffeL S)ie ©d^nffel ift rnnb. fjiir 

makes the key. The dish is round. For 

h)en f^neiben ©ie biefeS S3rob? 3d^ fd^neibe eS 

whom cut you this bread? I cut it 

fiir ben annen SRann. SBir fel^en mit ben Sfngen 

for the poor man. We see with the eyes 

unb h)ir l^oren mit ben Dl^ren. SBir fallen anf 

and we hear with the ears. We saw on 

unfem ffteifen t)iele 9tiefen. 

our journeys many giants. 

— k, K 

Mm 9flo[e o^ne 3)orncn. ^iefcg 2Berf ^at 

No rose without thorns. This work has 

t)icr 23anbe. ^ag Mb^cn fauft feibenc 

four volumes. The girl buys silk 

* f is called a soft s and is always to be found at the 
beginning of the word or in the middle between two vowels. 
6 and ff are sharp; the former is placed after a long vowel 
and the latter after a short vowel. Ex: (ilgc S^^iiffc, sweet nuts; 
the first s in fiije is called a soft s; the ii in both words 
is followed by a sharp S; in juft the ft is long and therefore 
followed by f , in ^ufft, the u is short and therefore followed 
by ff. See Note § Page 24. 



14 

93anber. ^er 6^nec iji tt>ei§. ^arl iji 

ribbons. The snow is white. Charles is 

ein fleijiger ^mh. ^er 2e|rer lobt Me 

a diligent boy. The teacher praises the 

fleifigen (S(!^uler. t)tx Mfcr »on Deftcrrei^ 

diligent pupils. The emperor of Austria 

unb ber ^onig i)on 6ac^fen toaren in 8onbon» 

and the king of Saxony were in London. 

§aben 6ie bie beiben 9}ionar(i^en gefe^en? 

Have you the both monarchs seen? 

$Die ORaug ift cin f letneg 2^ier. 2)ie "TOufe 

The mouse is a small animal. The mice 

jinb fleine 2;^ierc. 2)ie 9JJci(c ift cin @ingt)ogel 

are small animals. The tom-tit is ^ singing-bird. 



_ banfcn ®ott fiir unfcr tdqlid^c^ 93rob. 

We thank God for our ^aily bread. 

®ott lafft ha^ ^orn auf bem fjelbe rta^fcti- 

God lets the com on the field grow. 

@r gie^t ben 9legen auf ba§ fjelb. 9Bir fenncn 

He pours the rain upon the field. We know 

biefen 9Kanu. 9Bir fonnen arbeiten. S^ranf e Seute 

this man. We can work. Sick people 

fonnen nid^t arbeiten. ®ott !ennt unfere ©ebanfen* 

can not work, God knows our thoughts. 

S(^ bin nid^t !ran!. 3d^ ban!e ®ott, bafs* id^ nic^t 

I am not ill. I thank God, that I not 

* The Conjunction baf^ is speUed with f§ to distinguish 
it from the Article bad^ 



15 

frati! Hti. 3)ie fjtiiff^ fliejseti in bag 9Jleer. 3)er 

ill am. The rivers run into the sea. The 

SBein ift fii^. 2Bien ift gro^* 9fleifen ift angenel^ni; 

wine is sweet. Vienna is large. Travelling is agreeable. 

3fHefen fitib qxo% Unartige ^nber rei^en flatter 

Giants are tall. Naughty children tear leaves 

au§ tl^ren Siid^ern. 3)ie SBiefe ift gruti. 3)iefer 

from their books. The meadow is green. This 

2Bir fd^reifeen einen S3rief. 

We write a letter. 



Warn ift weife. 

man is wise. 



fd^riefeen einen 

wrote a 

Wiefeen allein. 

remained alone. 



S3rief. 2Bir bleifeen l^ier. 

letter. We remain here. 



mx 

We 

mx 

We 



9^0. 15. 
5' V^ 



Z. 

Ten and two mate twelve. The branch 

tjt em ti)dl beg 23aumeg. ^mx^ benfe, 

is a part of the tree. First think 

m6)f)tx rebe. @3 ift finfter* 3^ ^^^^(^ 

then speak. It is dark. I shall 

eine ^erxe anmnben. $Da3 Seben ift furj. 

a candle light. The life is short. 



16 

3(^ ^abe jtt)et $)anbe unb jicet ^u§e. ^ie 

I have two nands and two feet. The 

3a^ne [inb tt)et§. d^ ift je^n U^r* SSir 

teeth are white. It is ten o'clock. We 

ge^en ju 23ette. $Die Sitntnft biefe^ |)au[eg finb 

go to bed. The rooms ofthiis house are 

geraumtg. $Dte ^a^e ift ein niipAcg J^ier. 

spacious. The cat is a useful animal 
The snow melts in March. In (the) March' 

begtnnt ber fjriil^ling- @8 regtiet 3)te ©tra^en 

begins the spring. It rains. The streets 

finb fel^r fd^mu^ig. ©in 3)n|enb l^at jtDoIf ©tiidfe. 

are very dirty. A dozen has twelve pieces. 

@in Sal^r ^at jtDoIf SRonate. @in Sag l^at t)ier 

A year has twelve months. A day has four 

nnb sttanjig ©tnnben. Sine ©tiinbe Bat fe^jig 

and twenty hours. An hour has sixty 

ajlinnten. 3)er S^dex ift fii§. Sc^ banfe S^nen 

minutes. The sugar is sweet. I thank you 

l^erjlid^ fiir ben gnten 3)ienft, ben @ie mir erwiefcn 

heartily for the good service that you (to) me rendered 

l^aben. 3)a§ ©d^af ift ein gal^meS Sl^ier. S)er 

have.' The sheep is a tame animal. The 

3)onner fommt nad^ bem S3Ii|e.* 

thunder comes after the lightning. 



!J=XV 



17 

9lo. 16. 



P,^^ 



P. 

^er 9t^fel ijl eine %x\i6)t 3)er ^ut kbecEt* 

The apple is a fruit. The hat covers 

ben to))f. ^ie «Perten finb !o[tkr. 2)a« 

the head. The pearls are precious. The 

%^n m)^]int}d 6^mcrj m m. Dcr 23aucr 

beast feels pain as we. The peasant 

^pat m %d\>. 3)a« Mbc^en ppd^ bie 

ploughs the field. The girl cuts the 

^o\t 3)ic 5lmme ^jflegt ba« .mnb. 3)ie 

rose. The nurse nurses the child. The 

^flauttien finb no^ ni^t rcif. 2)cr ^fcil 

plums are yet not ripe. The arrow 
IS pointed. 

3)er ^al^n, ber ^fau, bie Saube, bie (San§, 

The cock, the pea-cock, the pigeon, the goose, 

bie ^1^, ba8 ^f erb unb ba§ ©d^af finb ^auStl^ierc. 

the cow, the horse and the sheep are domestic-animals. 

9Bir tDaren in ber foniglid^en Kctpeffe. ^a§ ©op 

We were in the royal chapel. The Cape 

ber Quten ^offnnng ift bie fiu^erfte ©itbfpi^e 

of (the) Good Hope is the extremest south-point 



18 

2(frifa'8- 3)te ^nber finb tok SBaumd^en unb 

of Africa. The children are like little trees and 

Sleltern unb fiefirer finb bie (Partner. @tn guter 

parents and teachers are the gardeners. A good 

S3aum trfigt gute fjritci^te. ®ott ift bet @d^o:pfer 

tree bears ' good fruit. God is the creator 

be§ ^immete unb ber @rbe. 3)er ^ctpagei 

of the heaven and of the earth. The parrot 

fprid^t, aba er benft nid^t, 9Jlein Sruber fprid^t 

speaks but he thinks not. My brother speaks 

mel^rere frembe ©prad^en* ^er SBogel l^itpft t)tfn 

several foreign languages. The bird hops from 

3hJetg ju Bh^eig. ^te fRaupen finb ben 

branch to branch. The caterpillars are to the 

Saumen fd^fiblid^. 

trees hurtful. 

^0. 17. 

H, X, % d, X, % 

q, X, y, Q, X, Y. 

SSRau^t ©ifenbal^nteagen finb bequem unb 

Some railway-carriages are comfortable and 

anbere fel^r unbequem. Ouftle nie ein 

others very uncomfortable. Torment never an 

Sl^ier! 3)ie Ouette ift flar. ^er ^nabe fa^ an 

animal! The fountain is clear. The boy sat by 

ber Ouette, 2)ie fjrof d^e quafen* @in bid^ter 9flaud^ 

the fountain. The frogs croak. A dense smoke 



19 

l^et^t Duatm. 3)te Slgt ift fd^arf. aRoEtmilian, 

is called steam. The axe is sharp. Maximilian, 

Satfer t)on 9Rejico, war ein S3ruber be§ ^aiferg 

emperor of Mexico, was a brother of the emperor 

t)on Defterreid^. 3)tefe8 SBeib ift eine 3£antip:pe; 

of Austria. This woman is a Xantippe; 

fie janft ben ganjen Sag. 3)er ea^enne|)feffer 

she quarrels the whole day. The Cayenne-pepper 

tuad^ft in Slfrifa. 2Bir fallen bie ?)ad^t, in weld^er 

grows in Africa. We saw the yacht, in which 

bie ^onigin mit i^rem ©efolge einen 8lu8flug mad^te. 

the Queen with her suite an excursion made. 

®er 2)fop ift eine ^flanje. 3)a8 ©d^Iittfd^ul^Iaufen 

The hyssop is a plant. The skating 

ift ein gro^eS SBergniigen^ 3n biefem Saben t)er!anft 

is a great pleasure. In this shop sells 

man nnr fingnSartifeL @nbe gnt, 8(He§ gnt.* 

one only articles of luxury. End good, all good. 



The starling. 

3)er alte Sager 9Jlorij l^atte in feiner ©tnfee 

The old hunter Maurice had in his room 

einen abgerid^teten ©tar, ber einige SBorte f:pred^en 

a trained starling, which a few words speak 



'I' All is well that ends weU. 



20 

!onnte. SSenn jum S3etfpiel ber S&gcr rief: 

could. When for instance the hunter called: 

,,©tarlein, tt)o bift hn ?" f o f d^rie ber Star 

« little starling, where art thou?» so cried the starling 

attemal: ,,^a bin id^!" 

every time: «Here am L» 

3)e§ 9iaci^bar8 fleiner ^arl l^atte an bem 

The neighbour's little Charles had in the 

SSogel eine Qanj befonbere fjreube unb mad^te 

bird a quite particular pleasure and made (paid) 

bemfelben 8fter§ eineu S3efud^. Site ^arl toieber 

to the same often a visit. When Charles again 

etnmal l^infam, war ber Sager eben nid^t in 

once came there, was the hunter just not in 

ber ©tube, ^arl fing gefd^winb ben SSogel unb 

the room. Charles caught quickly the bird and 

tDottte bamit fortfd^Ieid^en. 

wanted with it (to)sneak off. 

Slttein in eben bem Slugenblidfe fam ber 3ager 

But in just that moment came the hunter 

jur %^ixx l^erein. @r bad^te bem ^naben eine 

by the door in. He thought (to) the boy a 

fjreube ju madden unb rief me getnfil^ntid^ : 

pleasure to make and called as usually: 

„@tarlein, tvo bift bu ?" Unb ber SSogel in 

a Little starliiig, where art thou?» And the bird in 

ber Safd^e fd^rie fo taut er fonnte: ,,^a bin id^!" 

the pocket cried as aloud it could: «Here am L» 

^'•O*'^ 



21 



a, 6, e, h, t, I g, 6, i i f, 

a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, j, k, 

I, m, tt, 0, p, % t, i S, t tt, 

1, m, n, 0, p, q, r, s, — t, u, 

V, w, X, y, z, ch, sch, — 



St. 



ft, 8, ®, ©, ®, S, ©, ^, 

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, 

3, 3, ^, 8, a», 3t, c, m 

I, J, K, L, M, N, 0, P, 

CI, 91, ®, S, tt, », «$, 

Q, E, S, T, U, V, W, 

X, ^, 3 



^^■i 



22 



The Letters and their Prononndation; 



Like 




/ch 
ich 



{ 



{ 



a 
e 
ei 

oy 
f 

g 
g 

h 

e 

1 

ie 

y 

k 
1 

m 
n 



m arm 

mast 

bear 

house 

bank 

nap 

cats 

caw and cow 

and cue 
in character 

Christ 

dome 

aunt 

dare 

temple 

height 

boy 

form 

gold 

ring 

hand 

mere 

in 

brief 
„ young 

keel 

lime 

man 

nest 



the 

J? 



J? 

J7 



** 



J? 

77 



ra 

a 

♦t 

a 

tttt 

k 

/t 



{ 



77 
77 
77 



77 



77 
77 



in tlrm 
a»aft 
©St 

aud 

an! 
aB (off) 

6itToneand€icet 
1 c before a and o 
and u 
4 in gl^arafter 
^ „ €l$rtft (Christia 

8anb (country) 

bet (the) 

2:em^el 

8eib (grief) 

neu (new) 

5orm 

©olb 

SRing 

§anb 

mit (me) 

in 

©tief (letter) 

jnng 

«iel 

fieim 

aWann 

«eft 



77 



77 
77 
77 
77 
77 
77 
77 
77 
77 



77 
77 



77 



77 



77 



77 



* Where no translation has been added, the word has 
same meaning as in English. 
** or more like i in light, 
t dtt sounds like eu. 



dd 



ke 


1» 

lu* 


in 


pole 


the ro 


in 


^ol 


jj 


n 


block 


» N 


J? 


S3(od 


?? 


n 


gimner 


„ U 


?> 


©enner (patron) 


>J 


/P 


» 


park 


„ fP 


» 


sparf 


J? 


Iph 


?> 


physic 


. y^^ 


J? 


spij^fil (physics) 


?? 


q 


jj 


quell 


V q 


» 


OueU (source) 


?7 


r 


?? 


rhyme ^ 


,, r 


» 


Stetm 


?> 


< SS 

[ss 


?> 


weasel 


„ (f 


>? 


©tefcl 


» 


jj 


glass 


„ B 


>? 


®IaS [p. 24 


» 


» 


moss and loss „ \%§ 


?? 


gro§ (large) See § 










and I f 8 


>? 


®d6Iof§ (castle) 


>? 


sh 


J7 


fish 


the fd) 


J? 


Sifili 


J? 


X 


jj 


flax 


„ ^^ 


>> 


SkdlS 


» 


/t 


?? 


tone 




>> 


Son 


?> 


It 


?> 


tier 


» 


2|tcr (animal)** 




u 
u 


w 
>? 


bush „ rtt 
dur (French) „ Ift 




®ttfA 
fur (for) 
nor (beiore) 


J> 


f 


?? 


for 




J? 


J7 


V 


>j 


verse 


jj 


»er8 


>J 


V 


J? 


van 


„ m 


?> 


ttann (when) 


» 


X 


?? 


Max 


,, I 


» 


3Raf 


7? 


y 


>? 


hymn 


.. t| 


w 


$^mne 


» 


c 


» 


dance 


^7 s 


jj 


Jam [and 8odi». 
S^a^i and S3ud^3 


JJ 


ch 


?j 


loch (Scottish),, ^ 


77 



For * in i$^ and cu$* and rci^** 

For A in mi*'' and SciA* gtct$», 

For these ana others and the rest 

To ask your teacher, is the best. 

To be in reading a proficient, 

The rules above are not sufficient; 

If you wish to speak correctly and to spell 

To your teacher's reading you must listen well. 



* approximative only. The 5 sounds much more like the 
oen in the French ,.oenfs and boenfs" or en in fen. 

** The letter ^ does not influence the pronounciation of 
the letter t as in English. 

* roof, * book, ^ hole, * I, * you, ^ rich, ' me, ® pond, 
® like, equal, directly. 



24 

§ f follows a long vowel and ff a short vowel. This 
common rule however is not strictly observed, and according to 
an orthographical practice 9 is used instead of ff before a 
consonant and at the end of a word. In deviating thus from 
the rule, we divest it of its value, and for that reason the author 
has thought it advisable to observe it also in the two instances 
mentioned, enabling thus the student to distinguish the vowel 
in gro§ which is long from the vowel o in @d^IofS which is 
short. After au, ei and tu, f must be used; thus: ^traitg 
(ostrich), gteiS (diligence), ^reufeen (Prussia). 



Short vowels: faff en, effen, miff en, ttiffen, 

laffcn, meffen, toiffen, muff en; 



gttfS, 9i0f^, ©tf^, ®ttf^. 



Long vowels: afen, fliegen, Btigen^ S^^S^ii/ 

magen, fc^ie^en, grtt|en, fd^Iiegen 

a»a6, gtat, glieg, gug, 
®pa% ®to6, ®pit% ®tttt. 



' ■»"« 



25. 



rjf'/ 



(/ » 



cy 



<y 



,^^/^«>^^^^--<^i^>2?>^^«!^^^^/;r^<>5f;^:^^ 



fy 



cy 



cy 



^i'^j^^j'^^^^^^/^^-^^^^-;^^^^^^?^ 




-^; 





y 




^: 



<^^'^>>$^^^^/':^^^^^^^ 



/ 




^yt<^^-/!^;^-^^/^-/^^^^^ 



/ 




/^^A^^/!^^^/!f^t^^/^ 






l-t^-n-;^ ,.-^!t^/^^/>^ (Y^/ CciC^M^'^P:^ 



^-f-^-^^t^-c^cy 



y 




t-r^^^ ^^^^^t^-^^^^!e^^^< 



2G. 



^4^j. 



/ 




cy . . yy: ey 





,^^-^-^^-^0y.^7^^^0!t^^'^-^f^ 



.^-^'y^i^^^.^€:i!>^^'^^'^^^''^^-'^ 





'>P'^-P^--^f-'^^^rC--/!^<^^^-^ 



/ 




^.</^^-5r<^>^^-^^ 



c^ 




,/.^^4[^^f^-^-^^ 



C^€4:>Xf^^^^^^^^l^ 



^.^^f^^f-jr-t-jf-^ 



^-JS^^f^^-S^-^!f^ 



-^^'^^/^^sjr^^j^/^-^^^^^i^^^-^jr^^^ 



/ 









2r. 



'2 



.Afi 



.--^s^ --^^^ 



/ 





<yt-:^^^<^^^^X^ 



y 





'^^-TT-^^- 



y 








t-^^r;l^<^i'^^^-'^^;^-<ic^^'-^-/<^ 




^^^f-^<^ 




(^^^€^^^-^<0i^^^^>t>^-^ /^^^^ . 



-^^^-^ / 





-A^^^-^:^^^--f^>t>x^ 




28. 



x^id^r^fA- -aer it-/^ 




#^>^&^X^^< f. >^V#^^ /J 





^f-^-^^^' 



x^^f^ijs^^ir^^^f'^^^^ 




^^-^^-^-t^^if^^ 



.^^f^K-^-^-^^^. 



/M. 




^^^:i^iC^0i^ 



-^^6ii^^5^:<a5^=?r-.^i/>"^-<5#:>?f^^#^-?9^^?&<^ 



A^<^^^^;^^i^^r>0^^^!f-t'-^g^.^'<t^^0/'7f-0^^ 






,--^^^'<?«:>3r^^^^=?r;i^'«?4f<a^^^^^^^<' 




fl-^-aC^ .,^--^^5^<>^!^^a^^^ 



.^^-^^^^-^^JC^^/^^-^-jC^-/!^-^/^ 




'^^a^fit^'-A^-^!0^-^-g^ 




ey 



/^:if^^.«^^^^-^^^.^/^<,,-^^^^^5g>^j^^^^ 



-^.*^ ^ 



r.^ 



/i 



/:^r 







/X>V>^ ;^><^<--:?S?</^/^'yJ-a(^ 







i>^a/>if;^^-^-^^-^ 




^ 



^i^/^-7f^^lC^^-^ 




jC^ 



29. 



^^-'^^:^'^' 



'-^^jE^^^^^-^^Si^^ 





'^^^ 'M^- 



<^-^ia-f^-^ 






-^«r<^^^^<^^^ 



^i^/ 






r^:^ 





"' :-:*^^5^ 





^^-i^ 



^i^^-^^^^-^^^^^W-^^^jr-/^^^^-^^,^^ '/^j^^'^^g^g-'f^^^^^^ 



30. 



tT-/- 




/ 




^ 



v^jsf j^^^r-3p^-i^iKi^<!^:<sr^ 




jf^ 



"M^-^f-m^f^g-' 





c^^^r^^-^'^-^Sf^ y^y^^^^^-^^^ 



'^^r^^ig^*:^^^^'^^^ 'i^;««^^^^^'>^^i^^^ t-^-^ 




.J<r/. 














'^ 



c-AT^'/-^ //tjurt^.'^ .'Z^ 



>^-/'- -^'^.'^^z^: 





<^ 



-^^^^l^t^/^ <A^ 



v^^ ,^;^!^^^!^^^f^<-^3^5W??^<^ 




.^^it^^yy!- ' , -;r^/^^^^^^^; 








.---^f^-f^ -iSf<. 



y 




,^<f^^-/:^^^' ^-^-g>f^^. 




y 



31. 



^2.^2^ 



.^-^^sr^^^^^r^ t-x^^f^^ 




-^'^^ 



'.^4lt-M^ 




''^»«5^^jr^r^ 



X/^^ 

^r^?^ 



^^^f^ii^^ig^i^^^^^0-is''^m-^^^'^'^^ 




.^ji^^i^^ 




^^-0^- 




i^A 



(yL 



'^'^^t^t^^t-^t^^^m-t-^^^i^ 




>:^5^-<5^:iJrf#:^^^ 




^i^lf-f^i^ 




^< ^li^^/^4^ 







32. 





















33. 




y^^%f^^0^0^ 



^w ■M^^.j^^/:^ 









/^Z:<iiaiJjJ^IM> J^^^€4[^^^ ^^€4^.^-0^^^^^.^^ 








■0^-t-**^. «i*-#«^ 







3%. 



^,^^:i^.,:^~^^^'f'i^'^^!iii-0^ 







.^/"i? 




^ ^^^^^Ci^^^fc^j^^i^ 







--^^^^t^ 




>^r^ 




^^-^^^ 




• 




29. 



--1^^; 



^^-C'-^CK^It^t^^'Ci0^Ji^^^g^0''g^^ 




^^^^ 







^'l 










30. 



'0-/' 




y 



jif /ii^^-if ^< -^;K:^<?r-^r^ 





^^^-A^V ^y^-f^A 



'^f--f^/-f-0-t-g^^ 




■0-^'jf'r4>i^'^m''^-^^\<^jr'-^^^/if'^^'/-^m ^^-^ 







^./ 












■y 






^ 



-^^^0-r-^ /X/^fr;f^.^^<^-s^/x, 



-r^^t^^ 




-:0f^^0^^Ar-0^: 



y 




/ 










k 



,'--^f^-f^ -jaf- 





10^-^/^-/^-^ ^-^-^x^-^^=^...^^- 



37. 




,yP 















<^ ey 











«^:: 



. >f >r->^ 







^^ 'V>!. 



/ 




'? 



/ 



^Z^- 



-M- A * /-^' 



ao. 





■y 



^'// 



r^i^ ^^^^-^r^ -^;8^:^<!^.<if^ 



^^^m-jc^ 



^^^/^*^f y^^y^-^/s^A 



■■^^■^ /. 




r 



-^-g^/f'tf^^^g^' 




ry 



cy 



C^'YV'-gy^^g!,'< AyZ<g'gf^-g^.^^,^^4^^t^'-^-g-g^ 



'^^i2y?^^^^^^^/'-^^^;irr^^.i^^i/^ir^:^^'^ 6^^-^ 




^yl-<r^. 




(2y 



/ 



.-^/y. 







ry 



<ilf-^y^ ^ jfAji rfC<^ 



<0^^i^ ^^-^-X^g^^t^^-^^-^^f^. 







"^^Ag^^ 




gg'g^4^g'g- 




-x^jf^s^^r-if^ 




g--4^ 



/ ' ^>:^f^^^ 






^'g^'^-'Agy /> 



i^^^^'/ ;;^^ 




.s/ 



t^ge^g-g^^ — if^'-g^-p'g^g^^^^ 




y 



V 



yy 



<^if^^ 




-^^^fg-ig-gg-: 




^^^^^Jp^-C-^i^^:^^, 



;^. 



^--Ht^g^g'* 



^-g'-^fy^ 




'"' .^X'^/ . ..^Z"- 



^-y^^^^. 






'-^7 




^"Af-^ g-f JOf^ 




g^g^A g^-/^^ ^^-^-g-gg^^ 




31. 





^..^^^^ 



•^'^ 



^^^fil'Jlt^^^'if-^^^ 





'A^^-if^^-^^-m-'f'^^ 




::^^ 



^ 





Y^.^^^ 



«i^J^^3P^, 



/ 



^i-m^i^ 




',^4if-M^ 



'^»«5^^jr^r^ 




^^^^iiii€4>x^ t^^^^^^^ 




ty. 



'^-*it^t^4:^it*<^0^^-0^ii^ 





^<^*5g^«5^>;rfi#^^^^- 




/ 








/ 




^^^ 



32. 




-2^ 



/'^^^^ 




'3^^/^^ 





^.J^^ 
^ 




C€^^^!t^^^^ F '^T^^^iHt^^g^ ^==.^^^€t'^^^ 








S-SP^^^'^-^/' 








--^ 



'?:^ 








'^^f^^g'^f^'-ilf^ f_^^^0^'0^^^^^ 






>^<^ 



33. 




ty 



a0«^jr^ 




j^^^^. ^tJ^ ^^rS^'-^S;^ 




y^-'iif'0-^0^0^ 













3%. 




^-M^ 






^'^;4«t'^^C=>.-i^i5*-j^f^r#^ 



^f'/j. 












5^<»#^c-**^<;<<4»'#-,*< 



:;<<^j 



<^ 



^^ 



^. A ^'^ 




<^r^^-^-^-0it^^ 




35. 




:J|!i^-^^ar^*^<L 




/ 



R4p^jrV^/2^i:i^^r^ 




^^^:<^*:'^3^^^^ 





^-^^^3t-^^..^iia'€^'^^y i 




'sr^;^<^^^;r:^€^^ir^^r-^^0:^^e#^ 



-i^-f^ 
















36. 



^ "Vf :^ ^ / ^ 








/ 




/I 









-■^l^^^^^Aflf^ r 





^';a^ ^/.y>f>l^^ 



Yy 



;^-a#^«^ Hf^-r-^^i^i 







37. 










j^- f^ '2^ ••' "' J- p^ X 










'^ X % /^' 






>r-^ ^ r->9r- 



40. 






^ 



!?-'• 



y 



-'^y 




-^^ 



'- .r 



-*-*-^ . -r'< 







7" 






^ 




/ 






-^f^: 







y 




--^^. 



^ 



-*r 



-r^k^^ 













/ 



'^ ^:2^ 





THE GEEMAN DECLENSIONS. 



PART I. 



§ I.— OP THE GENDER OP GEBMAN NOUNS. 

There are three genders in Grerman : the masculine, the 
feminine, and the neuter. 

The gender of nouns in general is indicated by the words 
ber, bie, ba§, called definite articles; and by ein, eine, ein, 
called indefinite articles.* 

Masculine nouns are preceded by ber or ein; feminine 
nouns by bie or eine ; and neuter nouns by ba§ or ein. 

The plural of the definite article is bie for all nouns. 

Remark 1. — Like the definite article are declined the fol- 
lowing words: — biefet, biefe, bie[e§, this; biefe, these; jener, 
jene, ieneS, that ; Jene, those ; iebet, iebe, iebeS, each ; mand^et, 
mand^e, manned, many a man or thing ; mand(|e, some ; folc^er, 
fold^e, fol^eg, such ; atter, atte, alleS, all ; weld^er, weld^e, weld^eS, 
weld^e, which ; einige, some ; mel^rere, several ; i)iele, many ; 
votM%t, few ; etli^e, some ; Beibe, both ; anbete, others. All 
these words have, when declined, the same termination as 
the definite article. See § III. 



* The gender of nonns is also indicated by the endings of those 
words which are declined like the definite and indefinite article. See 
§ni. and§iy. 

B 



2 THB GEBMAN DEOLENSIOKS. 

Sitter, atte, atteS are followed in the eingnlar only by norms 
expressing matter, or abstract nouns ; as, allet ^etn, all the 
wine; alle SWlIc^, all the milk; alleS ^ol^, all the wood; 
ailed ®ute, all good; ailed SB5fe, all evil. 

Bemark 2. — Like the indefinite article tin, eine, ein, are 
declined the following words : — ^meln, meine, mein, my ; bein, 
beine, bein, thy ; il^r, il^re, xf)x, her ; unfet, unfere, unfer, our ; 
3l^r, 36re, 36r, or mtt, mm, euer, your ; ll^r, il^re, il^r, their ; fein, 
feine, feln, no. All these words have, when declined, the 
same terminations as the indefinite article. See § lY. 



§ n.— OP THE CASES OP GERMAN NOUNS. 

There are, in German, four cases, viz. : — 

1. The Nominative of the sentence; also called the Subject, 
and answering the questions wer or waS (who or what) ? 

2. The Accusative, or direct Object, answering the ques- 
tions n?en or n?ad (whom or whai) ; and, when governed by 
a preposition, the questions wol^ln (where to^ whither), an 
votn or an voaS (to or of whom or what), 

3. The Genitive, or possessive case, answering the ques- 
tion we f fen (whose, of whom, or of what). 

4. The Dative, or indirect Object, answering generally 
the questions wem (to whom), voo (where), iromit (with 
what), mit n?em (with whom). Bet wem (at whose house), gu 
•went (to whom or to whose house), i?ott went (from whom), 
felt watttt (since when), 

Bem^ark 1. — The accusative, genitive, and dative may be 
governed by certain prepositions, adjectives, and verbs. 

Bema/rk 2. — Of the ten parts of speech in German, the 
five first — viz. : article, substantive, adjective, pronoun, 
and numeral — are declinable; it is the object of this 
elementary work to make the student acquainted more 
especially with the declension of nouns and adjecti/ves, 
these two parts presenting the greater difficulty in being 
mastered. 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 3 

} in.— DECLENSION OP THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, 

And thb words mentioned in Bemask 1, § I.* 

Singvlar, 

Masculine. 

the this that which each all many a meh 

W. ber biefer Jener »e%r ieber atter mauler folder 

A. ben biefeit ienett n^eld^ett iebeit adeit man^eit fol^eit 

G. be0 bleje^ iene0 welti^e^t iebe0 alle^ man^e0 fotd^e^ 
D. betnbiefem ienetlt n?el^em iebetlt aOetlt man^etlt.fotd^em 

Feminine. 

N. ble biefe iene ml^t iebe atte mand^e fotd^e 

A. ble biefe iene votl^t iebe atle manege fold^e 

G. ber biefer iener weld^ert ieber aOei: mand^ef fotc^er 

D. ber biefer jener welder ieber atter manc^er fold^er 

Neuter. 

N. ba$( biefe$( iene0 n?elc]^e0 iebe0 atle0 mand^e$( fo^e$( 

A. ba0 biefe$( iene$( tve^e^ iebe0 alle0 mand^e0 folc^e0 

G. be0 biefe0 iene0 wet^e^t iebe^ atle0 man^e0 fotd^e0 

D. bembiefem ienetlt n?el^ettt iebeitt aOettl man^eitt fold^ettt 

Plural. 



N. bie biefe iene 


wet^e 


aOe mand^e folc^e 


A. bie biefe iene 


weld^e 


aOe man^e foft^e 


G. ber biefer iener 


njet^erl 


aOer manner fold^er 


D* bett biefett ienett 


weld^etl 


aOett man^eit fol^ett 


iome several 


many 


few some both others 


N. elnlcje mel^rete 


»lele 


njenlge etll^e 6elbe anbere 


A. elnlge mel^rere 


^lele 


wenlge etll^e Beibe anbere 



G. elnlger mel^rerer »leler wenlger etlid^er Beiber anberer 

D. elnlgetl mel^retetl i?leleii wenlgeii etUc^etl belbeit anberetl 

Fradice, — Bead and copy the definite Article with the 
other words declined as above. 

♦ See Practice to the First, Second, Third, Fourth, and Fiftli 
Declensions. Pages 14, 44, 69, 83, 92, 98, 109. 

t 2)effen (m.), beren (/.), beffen («.) in the genitive singular, and beren 
in the genitive plural, are used when these words are employed rela- 
tively, and not interrogatively. See § XXVIII., page 171. 



4 THE GEBMAN DECLENSIONS. 

§ IV.— DECLENSION OP THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE, 
And the wobds mentioned in Remark 2, § I.* 

Singular, 

Masculine. 

a my thy his (its) her (its) ova* you/r their no 

N. ein tnein bein fein il^r unfcr Slftr or (Sntcf il^r fein 

A. einen meinen beineti feincn i^>ren unfcrtt Si^reti or dnttn %m fcinen 

G. txnti tneineij beineiJ fcineiJ ii)xti unferciJ ^f)tti or duttti il^wrf feineil 

D. etnem meinem beinem feinem il^rem unferem ^ixtm or ^uerem il^rem feinetn 

Singular. 

Feminine. 

N. eine mcinc bcine feiiie ifftt unfcre Si&re or Otnttt il^re Icine 

A. cint tncine beine feine il^te unfort Si^re or (Sntxt il^re fcine 

G. eincr meiner beiner feiner i^>rcr unfercr Slater or (Smxtt il^rcr feitier 

D. einer meiner beiner feiner ii^rer iinferer Sl&rer or (Smxtv ii^xtx feiner 

Singular^ 
Neutee. 
N. ein mein bein fein il^r unfer Sir or (Sntx if^x fein 
A. ein mein bein fein il^r unfer 3i^r or (Smx il^r fein 
G. einejS meineiJ beineiJ feineiJ il^reiJ unfereiJ Sl^rei or @uererf il^rerf feineii 
D. einem meinem beinem feinem il^rem unferem Sl&rem or ^uerem il^rem feinem 

' Plural. 

^ Fob all Genders. 

N. metne beine feinJ il^re unfere Sl^re or (Snttt iffxt Uivt 

A. meinc beine feine il^re unfere ^ifxt or (Smxt iixt feinr 

G. meiner beiner feiner il^rer unferer Sl^rer or (Smxtx il^rer feiner 

D. meinen beineii feinen il^reii unferen Sl^reti or @uern il^reii feinen 

Eemarh, — SD'^eine, beine, feine, il^re, unfere, Sl^re or Qnm, i^t, 
feine, when followed by a plural noun, are declined like the 
definite article in the plural. See § III. 

Fradice, — Read and copy the indefinite article with the 
other words declined as above. 



* See Practice to the First, Second, Third, Fourth, and Fifth 
Declensions. Pages 14, 44, 69, 83, 92, 98, 109. 

t Your is only translated hj euer as the plnral of beitt ; 3^r is 
generally nsed instead. 



THE QEBMAN DECLENSIONS. 5 

§V.— OF THE FORMATION OF THE PLURAL OF GERMAN 
NOUNS, AND THEIR DECLENSION. 

General Bules. 

1. Feminine nouns are invariable in the singular; the 
article only is declined. 

2. The accusative singular of neuter nouns is like the 
nominative singular. 

3. The termination of nouns in the accusative and 
genitive plural is the same a« in the nominative plural, and 
the dative plural always takes n unless the nominative 
plural already ends in n ; the dative will then not take 
another n ; this is the case with nouns ending in tn, f^tn, 
and Inn belonging to the First Formation of the Plural, 
pages 9 and 10, and nouns belonging to the Fourth and 
Fifth Formation of the Plural. See § XI. and § XIII. 



§ VI.— FIRST DECLENSION. 
First Formation of the Phiral, and First Declension, 

The plural is formed — I. By the article bie alone, with- 
ont changing the termination of the noun ; in some of these 
nouns the stem-vowels a, o, u are changed into a, b, u. 
(See General Rule III., § V.) 

To this Formation of the Plural belong — 1. All masculine 
and neuter nouns ending in tt, tl, tn, cf^tn, and letn. 

Examples of Masculine Nouns in et. 



Singular, 
HX WAtt the ea^le 


Plural, 

bie Olblet 


„ 9lrteiter , 


, workman 


„ *2(rbeiter 


,, SBdtfer , 


, baker 


„ mdtx 


„ SBewol^ner , 
„ SBol^rer , 
„ SBntber , 


, possessor 
, inhabitant 
, gimlet 
, brother 


n SBefiler 
„ 93ewjo]^ner 
„ SSol^rer 
„ SSmbet 


„ 5)lener , 


, servant 


f, ©iener 


,, 3)re^8ler , 

„ ©refd^er 

„ @Ber , 


, turner 
, thrasher 
, boar 


„ J)red^grer 
ff ©refiner 
„ @6er 


„ (Sigentl^ftmeif , 
„ (Slldttber , 


, owner 
, islander 


,, ^igentl^fimet 
,, etldnber 


„ CngWnbof , 


, Englishman 


„ (Sw%^a\\^ 



THE QERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



ft 



Singular. 

ber ffdrbrr 
gafgbinber 
®tau6iger 
®rogt)ater* 
'hammer 

^(xximtxltx 
«&uter 
Sdger 
t^dfer 

Metier 
t^iefer 

t^rieger 
^uficr 

iBettct 

Senate? 

JBugner 

SUJarber 
55d^ter 

Ciudler 
better 

aiitter 

©dnger 

©attler 

©deleter 

©d^toffer 

®d)neibcr 

©d^ntttet 

©c^utbner 

©chiller 



ft 
tt 

ff 
ft 
n 
if 
ff 
n 
pt 
pt 
ff 
ff 
ff 
ff 
ff 

H 
ff 
If 
ft 
ff 
ff 
ff 
ff 
ff 
ft 
Pf 
ff 
ft 
ff 
ff 
If 
It 
ft 
ff 
ff 



the dyer 
cooper 
creditor 
grandfather 
hammer 
listener 
artisan 
keeper 
hunter 
beetle, chafer 
emperor 
cellar 

jaw, jawbone 
cruiser, a coin 
warrior 
sexton 
teacher 
leader 
candlestick 
liar 

painter 
marten 
farmer 
coat-of-mail 
parson, curate 
priest 
tormenter 
horseman 
judge 
knight 
singer 
saddler 
navigator 
veil 

locksmith 
tailor 
reaper 
debtor 
pupil 



99 

99 

99 

99 

99 

99 

99 

99 

99 

99 

99 

99 

99 

99 

99 

99 

99 

99 

99 

99 

99 

99 

99 

99 

99 

99 

99 

99 

99 

99 

>9 

99 

99 

99 

99 

99 



We 

// 
ff 
tf 
ft 

ft 
tf 
It 
ft 
If 
tf 

n 
II 
II 
If 
II 
n 
It 
ff 
If 
It 
ft 
11 
It 
II 
It 
II 
11 
ft 
ft 
ft 
ti 
ti 
II 
It 
ft 
ft 
tf 
ti 



Plurals 

&dr6er 

Safgbinber 

Oldufciger 

®rof»ater 

«&ammer 

«&or^er 

4anbwerfer 

'&(itet 

Sdger 



rer 
t^aifet 

liefer 
^reuget 
,^rifger 
Jtufler 

Inciter 
Seu^ter 
fiugnet 
aWaler 

^^d^ter 
^myx 
CPfanrer 

Ciudler 

Sfteitet 

3fli(^tcr 

muter 

©dnger 

©attler 

©c^iffer 

©deleter 

©d^toffer 

©d^ttcibet 

©d^nitter 

©d^ulbnet 

©driller 



* In compound nouns the second component only is deolined 
according to the declension to which it belongs. 



THE OEBHAN DECLENSIONS, 



Singular, 

©eilcir 

©flitter 
©tifter 
©iinber 
XtM 

XiQtx 

Xbpftx 
©atet 

SSerfafler 

ma^ttx 

SBagner 

Setter 
Sieler 



91 
ff 

n 
ft 

ft 

n 

ft 

ft 

ft 

ft 

ft 

ft 

ft 

ft 

ft 

ft 

ft 



the sHoemaker 
ropemaker 
player 
splinter 
founder 
sinner 
plate 

thaler (coin) 
tiger 
joiner 
potter 
father 
criminal 
author 
watchman 
wheelwright 
weaver 
pacer, palfrey 
aimer 



99 

» 

99 
99 
99 
99 
99 
99 
99 
99 
99 
99 
99 
99 
99 
99 
99 



Plural 

bie S^ujlf r 
Seller 
@:pieler 
®plittn 
©tifter 
©Cinber 
3:eaer 
X^altx 

^mux 

9Sater 

SSerfcred^er 

SSerfajfer 

SBdd^ter 

CKagtier 

mUx 

Setter 

Steter 



tt 
ft 
ft 
ft 
ft 
ft 
ft 
tf 
tf 
tf 
ft 
ft 
If 
ft 
tf 
ft 
tt 
tt 



Examples of Neutbe Nouns in et. 



ft 
ff 



bad Sauer 
ffebermefler 
Senfler 
Sieger 
©emitter 
Jttojier 
^a^tx 
aWejfer 
aWieber 
3^fler 
D:pfer 
^fliafler 
©teuer 
3:i^eater 
?Bafler 
ffiunber 
Simnwr 



// 
ff 
ft 
ft 
ft 
ft 
ft 
ft 
ft 
ft 
ft 
ft 
ft 
ft 



the cage 

penknife 

window 

fever 

thunderstorm 

convent 

vice 

knife 

bodice 

sample, model 

sacrifice 

plaster 

rudder 

theatre 

water 
„ wonder,miracle 

room 



99 

99 
99 
99 
99 
99 
99 
99 
99 
99 
99 
99 
99 
99 



99 



bie Sauet 
ffebermefler 
Senfler 
SieBer 
©ewitter 
^tojter 
leafier 
aWejfer 
3»ieber 
aWuper 
D^fer 
S^fliajler 
©teuer 
Xl^eater 
ffiajfer 
ffiunber 
Simmer 



ft 
ft 
tf 
ft 
ft 
ft 
ft 
tt 
ft 
ft 
ft 
ft 
tt 
ft 
ft 
ft 



PracUce, — The pupils are to read aloud the list of above ; 
this is to be done with all the following lists of nouns or 
examples given. 



8 



THE GERMAN DEOLBNSIOITS. 



Examples of Masculine Nouns in f I. 



Singuhr, 






Flural. 


m Slpfel the apple 


ble 9le»)fel 


„ 9lermel , 


, sleeve 


II 


Slermel 


„ Seutel , 


, purse 


It 


SBeutel 


„ 3)edel , 


, cover 


II 


©frfel 


,; %t 


, leech 


tt 


%t 


„ @ngel 


, angel 


II 


©ngel 


„ gnfel , 


, grandson 
(grandchild) 


ti 


@nfel 


. m 


, donkey 


II 


mi 


n »M 


, flail 


If 


Stegel 


,, mugel 


, wing 


II 


mugel 


,, ®WeI 


, smnmit 


II 


©i^fel 


n ®tiffel 


, style or pencil 


II 


©rip 


„ »&immel , 


, sky or heaven 


II 


«&immel 


;, 4ofcel , 


, plane 


II 


^ohd 


n *ugel 


, hill 


II 


»&ugel 


,, Sgel 


, hedgehog 


II 


3gel 


,, ^B))fel 


, cudgel 


II 


^lo^fcl 


,, JtneBel , 


» gag 


II 


^mUl 


„ t^nod^l , 


, knuckle 


II 


t^nod^el 


„ Jtn5bel , 


, dumpling 


II 


t^nobel 


,, ^nfittel 


, cudgel 


II 


^nlittel 


„ ,^rit))))el , 


, cripple 


II 


^VDppA 


. Si^ffer 


, spoon 


II 


U^d 


,, a^angel , 


, defect 


II 


SP^angel 


„ mmitl , 


, mantle, cloak 


II 


a^Sntel 


„ ^m^ 


, nail 


II 


SHagel 


„ saw 


, sabre 


If 


®dbel 


„ S^dbel 


, skull 


w ' 

II 


©decibel 


„ S^^JW^^ > 


, foot-stool 


II 


©d^dmel 


„ ©d^eitel 


, top 


II 


®^eitel 


. ©c^tfiffel 


, key 


II 


(S^luffel 


,; ©d^nabel , 


, beak 


II 


©d^nabel 


n ©effel 


, chair 


II 


©effel 


,, ©tfingel , 


, stalk 


II 


©tdtigel 


„ 3!eiiH)el , 


, temple 


II 


Ztmpd 


,, SSogel 


, bird 


II 


aSogel 


„ ffiurfel , 


, cube (die) 


II 


aaSurfel 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



Examples of Neuteb Nouns in (I. 



Singular, 

bad Snftl 

Sfldt^fel 

©iegel 

aSiettel 

ffiiefel 



n 



the young pig 
riddle 
seal 
qnarter 
wesrsel 



99 



Flural. 

bie ffetfcl 

©iegel 

aSiertel 

SBiefel 



II 
II 
II 
II 



Practice, — See end of preceding list. 



Examples op Masculine Kouns in tn* 



bet SBogen 

SBrunnen 

JDegen 

©raBen 

@ulben 

^aUn 

^ar^fett 

StxaQtn 

Saben 
Saben 
0lad^en 
Dfen 

Stal^men 

Steven 

Slegen 

SBagen 

®d}in{en 



/' 
// 
// 

n 
II 
II 
II 
II 
II 
n 
II 
II 
II 
II 
n 
II 
II 
II 



the arch, or sheet 


bie 


„ well 


II 


„ sword 


II 


„ ditch 


II 


,, florin 


If 


,, hook 


II 


„ carp 


II 


„ collar 


fi 


„ cake 


II 


„ shop 


II 


„ shatter 


II 


„ boat 


II 


„ stove 


It 


„ cork 


It 


„ situation, post 


II 


„ frame 


II 


„ rake 


II 


„ rain 


It 


„ carriage 


II 


„ ham 


It 



bie SBogen 
SBrunnen 
©egen 
©raben 
©ulben 
«&afen 
^arpfen 

It^aben 

ii^aben 

0lac^en 

Defen 

fPfro))fen 

fPojien 

9fta|)men 

Steven 

Olegen 

SBagen 

©c^lnfen 



Examples of Neuter Nouns in ^tt, (1^011, and leitt. 



bad ^Imofeit 
jjutten 
Sel^en 
^euglein 
SBSumci^en, or \ 

rein 3 

Slftmd^ett, (yr 
lein 



It 
ti 
It 
ti 



It 



the alms 

„ filly 

99 Sign 

„ little eye 

little tree 



I 



j> 



9> 



little flower 



bie ^Imofen 

Sutteu 

3eiti^en 

Steugteitt 
f „ SSdumd^en, (yr 
\ lein 

SBiutn^en, or 

lein 



II 
II 
II 
II 



{ 



II 



THE aEBMAH DEOLENSIONS. 



] 



10 

Singular, 

bad Stdulein 

„ »&du8^en, or 

leln 

JHnWein 
AndBlein 

S^dudlein 

mddletn 

«5[§reln 

aSdter^en 

9SeiI(^en 

Bema/rk, — There are only two feminme nonns which be- 
long to this Formation of the Plural, viz., bie STOutter, the 
mother, and bie 5£o^ter, the daughter; the pi aral of those 
two nonns is bie SKfitter [and bie STot^^ter. For plural of 
feminine nonns ending in el and tx, see Fourth Formation 
of the .Plural, Rule 2, page 64. 

To the First Formation of the Plural belong : — 
2. All neuter nouns ending in e and beginning with the 
syllable ge. 



ft 
II 
II 
II 
I* 
II 
II 
II 
II 
II 







Plural, 


the 


( young lady 


bie Srduleill 


9> 


little glass 


„ ®td§^en 


» 


little house 


( „ «&du«^ett, or 
I leitt 


99 


young child 


„ Jtittbtein 


99 


little boy 


,, t^ndbtein 


99 


chicken 


f, t^uc^leitt 


99 


girl 


„ aWdbd&en 


99 


mother 


f, 3»utterd^ett 


99 


young mouse 


„ 3»duglein 


99 


little rose 


„ mmn 


99 


young horse 


„ afl5f§Ieitt 


99 


father 


ff SSdter^en 


99 


violet 


„ SSeild^en 



bad <Sebdube 
@eBinbe 
©e^irge 



// 



// 



II 
If 
II 
If 
ff 
ft 
If 
II 
If 
II 
II 
II 



Oeffelbe 

®eMge 

©e^ufe 

©elubbe 

©emdibe 

©emftfe 

®eri|3lpe 

©efc^meibe 

©ejiabe 

©ewebe 

©etoinbe 

©ew6IBe 



Examples. 
the building 
binding 
chain of 

mountains 
fields 
fence 

case (box) 
vow 
pictui^e 
vegetable 
skeleton 
trinket 
shore 
tissue 
winding 
vault or shop 



99 
99 



99 
99 
99 
99 
99 
99 
91 



99 



99 
99 



99 



bie <Se6dube 
©ebinbe 
©e^irge 



II 



99 



II 



It 
If 
ff 
ft 
ft 
ff 
ff 
II 
II 
It 
If 
If 



©eftefte 

©el^dge 

©el^dufe 

©elufcbe 

©emdlbe 

©eumfe 

@eri:p))e 

©efd^meibe 

©ejiabe 

©etuebe 

©etrinbe 

©enjdlbe 



Fractice, — As at the end of the preceding lists. 



THR GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 11 

§ VII.— GENERAL RULE. 

All masculme and neuter nonns belonging to tlie First 
Formation of the Plnral take d in the genitive singular, and 
belong to the First Declension. 



SUMMARY. 

To the First Declension belong all masculine and neuter 
nonns taking d in the genitive singnlar. 

Memarh 1. — To the First Declension belong also masculine 
and neti^ter nouns ending in er, el, and en, which have no 
plural ; as, bet Qndn, the sugar ; bag ®ifen, the iron ; baS 
^u^fer, the copper ; bag ©ilBet, the silver, &c. 

Bemarh 2. — The following masculine nouns ending in er 

and el form the plural by adding n. (See Remark to Fourth 

Formation of the Plural, page 65.) I)et SBauer, the peasant ; 

ber Setter, the cousin ; bet S^antoffel, the slipper ; ber ©tac^el, 

the sting ; ber SSaier, the Bavarian.* The plural of ber (Si)as 

rafter is bie Sl^araftere* 

* ————— 

EXAMPLES ON THE FIRST DECLENSION. 

Singular, 

N. ber SBruber, 9Sogel, ^egen, bag a^effer, SWdbd^en, ©etdube 
A. ben aSruber, QSoqel, ©egen, baS aJJeffet, SKdb^en, ©eBdube 
G. beS 9Bruber$, 93ogel$,5)e9enj;, beS a^e|fer$, S[^db^enj;,®efcdubeiE{ 
D, bemSBruber, 9Sogel, Segen, bemSWeffer, SP^db^en, ©efcdube 

Plu/ral, 
N. bie SBruber, QSugel, ©egen, bie a^effer, O^dbd^en, ©eBdube 
A. bie ©ruber, QSogel, Segen, bie a^effer, a^dbd^en, ©ebdube 
G. ber SSriiber, QSogel, 3)egen, ber a^Jeffer, ai^dbd^en, ©eBdube 
D. benSBrubertt, QSogeltt, Degen,tbena^effertt, a^db^en.t ©e^dubeu 

* ^ad ^nie, the knee, belongs also to this declension, ^ae Sluge, 
the eyCf and bad @nbe, the end, are declined in the singnlar in the 
same way, bnt in the plnral they take n. See Fourth Formation of 
the Plnral. $)et ^dfe, the cheese, and a few nouns in ee, as bet XBee, 
ber Jtaffee, ber Jllee, ber @ee, belong also to this declension. 2)er (See 
the sea, makes in the plnral bie (Seen. 

t See General Rule III., } Y. 



12 



THB GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



Practice, — Decline five mascaline nouns in et, five neuter 
nouns in tx, five mascaline nouns in d, five neuter nouns in 
el, five masculine nouns in tn, and five neuter nouns in (fftti 
or leln. 

The same Examples used in Sentences. 

Singular, 

N. Der SBruber lieBt ble 

©d^tcefler. 
A. 3)ie ©d^njefler Ue6t ben 

SBruber. 
G. 3)a0 ^au8 beS ©rubers 

ifl f^5n. 
D. Die ©^wJ^P^^f fli^t bem 

SBruber eln ^uc^. 

Plural, 

N. 3)ie Srfiber Ilefcen ble 

©^weflem. 
A. J)ie ©d^wefiem lieBen bie 

©ruber. 
G. S)ie »&aufer ber ©ruber 

|lttb fti^5n. 
D. 3)ie ©^trefler glSt ben 

©rubern ein ©uc]^. 



Tfee brother loves the sister. 
The sister loves the brother. 

The house 0/ the brother is 

fine. 
The sister gives a book to 

the brother. 



The brothers love the sisters. 
The sisters love the brothers. 

The houses of the brothers 

are fine. 
The sister gives a book to 

the brothers. 



Singular, 



N. Der©ogeI]^at»mger. 
A. ©as ,^inb lieBt ben 5BogeI. 
G. DieSIugelbeSSogelgflnb 

fur^. 
D. Der,^na6egi6t bem ©ogel 

aSaffer. 



The bird has wings. 
The child likes the bird. 
The wings of the bi/rd are 

short. 
The boy gives water to the 

bird. 



Plural. 



N. ©ie©dgel]^a6en Singer. 
A. 2)ie,^inber lieBen bie © ogel. 
G. ©iegrugel berSdQeljlnb 

furj. 
D. S)er,^naBegi6tben©5geln 

aBaffer. 



The birds have wings. 
The children like tJie birds. 
The wings of the birds are 

short. 
The boy gives water to the 

birds. 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



13 



N. 3)erS)egenifift)i^ig. 
A. ©erSoIbatttdgtbenDegen. 
G. S)ie®c^neibe be« DeGenS 

Ifl fd)arf. 
D. S)er aiofl (c^abet* bem 

©egen. 



Singular. 



The sword is pointed. 

The soldier wears the sword. 

The edge of the sword is 

sharp. 
The mst is hartful to the 

sword. 



Flural, 



N. ©ie 2)eflen finb f^ifeig. 
A. Die ©oibaten tragen ble 

S)egen. 
G. 3)ie S^neibe bet Degen 

ilnb f^arf. 
D. 5)cr Oloji [c^obet ben 

Segen. 



TA^ swords are pointed. 
The soldiers wear the swords. 

The edges of the swords are 

sharp. 
The rust is hurtful to the 

swords. 



Singular, 



N. S)a0 3»effer Ififd^arf. 
A. S)er ®d&Ieifer f^teift baS 

a^effer. 
G. DaS^eft beg 3»ef[er0 iji 

»on ©ilber. 
D. ©etOlojlf^abetbemaWeffer 



TOe hnife is sharp. 

The grinder grinds the 

hnife. 
The handle of the hnife is of 

silver. 
The rust is hurtful to the hnife. 



Phiral. 



N. 2)ie5WeffeTflnbfd^arf. 
A. SDie ©^leifet fd^teifen bie 

3»effer. 
G. ©ie »&efte ber a^effer jlnb 

»on ©trber. 
D. Der Slog fd^abet ben 

2)^effern. 



TAe hnives are sharp. 
The grinders grind <Ae 

The handles of the hnives are 

of silver. 
The mst is hurtful to the 

hnives. 



Singular. 

N. ©aS SPf^dbd^en lie^t bie TAe g'lrZ loves the flowers. 

SBlumen. 
A. 2)ieSDhjtterruftba03W(ib(i^en 
G. DaS^lelb beg aWdbd^enS 

ifl neu. 
D. 5)er SSater gl6t bem 3Rdb^ 

dltn Stob. 



The mother calls the girl. 
The dress of the girl is 

new. 
The father gives bread to the 

girl. 



* The verb f(!(aben, to he hvrtful, governs the datiN^. 



14 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



Plural, 

N. S)ic SWdbd^cn Ilctcn ble 

SBlumen. 
A. 2)lc iWuttcr tuft ble STOdb:: 

G. 2)ie ^(eibet bcr «Kdbd^ctt 

flnb neu. 
D. 2)et 3Sater gltt ben «Kdb* 

d^ctt SBrob. 



T^e ^irZ« love the flowers. 
The mother calls the girls. 



The dresses of the girls are 

new. 
The father gives bread to the 

girls. 



Sitigular, 



N. ©agOetdubeijll^od^i. 
A. DaS Seuer jerjt5rt bag ®e** 

Bdube. 
G. 2)a«2)ad^bc«®eidubcS ifl 

rotlp. 
D. ffeut^tlgfclt fd^abet bcm ®c* 

ibdube. 



The building is high. 

The fire destroys the build' 

ing. 
The roof of the building is 

red. 
Dampness is hurtful to the 

building. 



FluraL 



N. 2)ie®etdube jlnbl^od^. 
A. 2)aS Sfuer jcrflort bie ®t^ 

tdubc. 
G. 2)le 2)d(^er ber ®e6dube 

flnb rotl^. 
D. gcut^tlgfelt fd^obct ben ®c^ 

Bduben. 



T^e buildings are high. 
The fire destroys ^^e &itiZ(i- 

ings. 
The roofs o/^As buildings are 

red. 
Dampness is hurtfal to the 

buildings. 

Practice. — The pupil is to read the above examples, to 
copy them, and to replace the definite article by one of the 
other words given in § III. and § IV. Ex. ; — 

N. fDJcltt SBruber Ilc6t belnc ©dfenjejiet. 

A. S)elne ©c^wejler litbt mclncn SBruber. 

G. 2)aS ^avL^ mclneS SBruberS Ijl f(^5n. 

D. 5)elnc @(^wejter gl6t melnemSBrubcrein aSud^, &c. Ac. 

Conversational Practice. 

The Nominative cases in the above examples to be used 
in answers to the question votx or n?a3. This is to be 
done conversationally. Ex. : — Q, 3Ber lle'Bt bie ©(^wejier ? 
A. ©er aSruber liebt ble @*njefler. Q. SGBer T^at glugel? 
A S)er 23ogeI l^at 51%!. Q. SBaa Ifl f^arf? A, Dag 



T9E GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



15 



S^effer ifl fc^arf, &c.; first in the singiilar, and then in 
the plural. 

The AccTisaiive cases are to be used in answers to the 
question wen or wag. Ex. :— Q. SBett lie6t bie ©c^wcjier ? 
A, Die ©c^wefter litbt benaSruber. Q. SBen lieBt bag ^inb ? 
A. S)aS ^inb lieBt benSSogel. Q. gBa« fc^lelft bet ©d^Ieifer ? 
A, 2)er ©t^Ieifer fd^Ieift bag SWeffer, &c. 

The Genitive cases are to be nsed in answers to the qnes- 
tion n?effen. Ex. :— Q. SBeffen ^aug i^ fcf;6n? A. S)a« 
•&aug beg SBruberg ifl f(^5n. Q. SBeffen Sliigelflnb furj? * 
^. 2)ie Slugel beg SSogeIg jlnb furj, &c. 

The Dative cases are to be used in answers to the ques- 
tion went. Ex.: — Q. 38 em gi6t bie ©d^wejier ein f&n^? 
A. Die ©(i^injejler gi6t bem aSruber ein aSui^. Q. 3Beni giBt 
ber XnaU aBaffer ? ^. Det ^na6e gi6t bem SSogel SBaffer, &c. 

This Conversational Practice is to be carried on with the 
examples on the other Declensions, and also after each 
Beading Lesson and Exercise, using the respective ques- 
tions for the cases on which the Beading Lessons and 
Exercises treat. 



EXERCISES ON THE FTRST DECLENSION. 

Nouns used in the following Beading Lessons and Exer- 
cises are taken from the list of nouns belonging to the First 
DeclensioD, § VI., Bnles 1 and 2. For the article, and the 
words which take its place, see § III. and § lY, 



er, he, it 
jie, she, it 
eg * it 
eing, one 
gwei, two 
brei, three 
^ier, four 



VOCABULAEY No. 1. 

fnnf, five 
iftis 
i)at, has 
unb, and 
gut, good 
iung, young 
blaU; blue 
fc^arf, sharp 



reid^, rich 
arm, poor 
gro^, large 
flein, small 
fc^on, fine 
att, old 
nur, only 



* It may be translated et, {le, or e^, according to the gender of the 
noun which it represents. 



16 



THE OEBBUN DECLENSIONS. 



ber ©ruber, th© brother 
ber ©lener, the servant 
bcr ©drtncr, the gardener 
ber '^ammtx, the hammer 
ber better, the cellar 
ber itf)Xtt, the teacher 
ber J&euc^ter, the candlestick 
ber TlaUx, the painter 
ber ®c|^uler, the pupil 
ber 3!ifd^ler, the joiner 
ber SSater, the father 
ber «&obeI; the plane 
ber Dnfel, the nncle 
ber ©c^luffel, the key 
ber ©arten, the garden 
bag SP'^dbd^ett; the girl 
baS a3elld^en, the violet 



bad Stefcer, the fever 
bad ffenjier, the window 
bad Stlojjttx, the convent 
bad Simmer, the room 
bad ©ebdube, the building 
bad ©emdibe, the picture 
ble abutter, the mother* 
loben, to praise 
er lo6t,t he praises 
rufen, to call 
er ruft, he calls 
l^olen, to fetch 
er 1^0 It, he fetches 
lie^en, to love . 
er lieBt, he loves 
fud^en, to look for 
er fu^t, he looks for. 



Reading Lesson.J 
On the Nominative atid Accusative. 

1. ©er SSruber Ue6t ben 3Bruber. 2. ©er J&el^rerloBt 
ben ©c^uler. 3. ©er ©c^uler Io6t ben l^eT^rer. 4. ©er 
aJater ruft ben©iener. 5. ©er ©iener l^oU ben ©drtner. 
6. ©er ©drtner \\x^i ben ©^luffel. 7. ©er Dnfel ifl 
reid? ; er T^at ein en ©art en. 8. SD^clne SWutter Ifl arm; jle l^at 
feiuen SBater. 9. ^^^ 3immer iji Hein; ed l^at nur m 
8:enjier. 10. ©iefed ©etaube ifl gro^; ed l^at einen 
©arten unb jwei teller. 11. SWein Simmer ijl grofi; ed 
l^at »ler genfler. 12. ©iefer Scaler Iji {img; fein ®e«» 
mdlbe iji fcf;6n. 13. <S>Qi^ S^dbd^en fud^t ein SJeild^en. 
14 ^a^ SSeild^en ifl Wau. 15. ©er %x\^Ux fucf;t Den 
^o^el. 16. 3^ein SBruber l^at bad SieBer. 17. ©er 
%i\^Ux fud^t ben »&ammer. 18. ©er ©iener fuc^t ben 
J&euc^ter. 19. 'S>^% ^^lofler ifl gro^ unb fc^on. 20. 3»ein 

* See Remark to Rule 1, First Formation of the Plural, page 10. 

t The infinitive of most German verbs ends in en ; by cutting oflf 
the termination en, and replacing it by t, we obtain the third person 
singular of the present indicative. 

X The Beading Lessons are to be read, translated, and copied ; the 
Exercises written again after being corrected. 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 17 

gSater l)at funf Sruber. 2L Unfer J&el^rer Ijt alt unb arm; 
er litbt felne ©d^uler. 

l^Corwersational Fractice, on the Nominative and Accusative. 
See page 14.] 

Vocabulary No. 2. 



The poet, ber 2)l^ter 
The singer, ber ©dnger 
The eagle, ber QlDter 
The ass, ber @fet 
The cloak, ber ""Mantd 
The sleeve, ber 5lermel 



The collar, ber Jtragen 
The cake, ber ^ud^en 
The knife, bag sWeffer 
The young lady, bag ffrfiUs 

leln 
The water, baS ffiaffer 



Exercise.* 

1. The poet praises the singer, 2. The girl fetches the 
water. 3. The teacher loves the pupil. 4. The young lady 
calls the gardener undthe girl. 5. The girl calls the servant. 
6. My brother hsiS a garden ; itf is large. 7. TAe painter 
has a mother ; she is good. 8. 2%e ^iVZ has a violet ; it is 
blue. 9. Owr teacher is old ; he has only five pupils. 10. If 2/ 
doak is large ; it has a collar and two sleeves. II. The giil 
loves the father and the mother. 12. This teacher praises 
his pupils, and this pupil praises his masters. 13. The girl 
fetches the cake. 14. The gardener looks |br his knife. 
15. This huilding is small ; it has only five rooms. 16. This 
picture is large and fine. 17. The cake is good. 18. The 
ass is old, and the eagle is young. 19. My brother has a 
knife; it is sharp. 20. This pupil loves his master. 

[Covwersational Practice J\ 



Vocabulary No. 3. 

bur^,J through, across 9^9^^,$ against or towards 

fur,J for triber, againstj 



* See note J, p. 16. t See note *, p. 15. 

J The prepositions bur(!^, fiir, Qegen, um, ol^tie, Wibcr govern the. 
accusative. 

C 



18 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



um, for, at, round about* 

oT^ne, without 

niCtjt, not 

fel^r, very 

ju, to, too 

tief, deep 

traurig, sad 

bcr SBettlet, the beggar 

ber ^reujet, the halfpenny 

bet StxitQtx, the warrior 

bcr SBdd^ter, the watchman 

ber SSrunnen, the well 

bet SSogel; the bird 

ber 9legen, the rain 

bag greuer, the fire 

bag ©etreibe/ the corn 

bog ®eBirge,the chain of moun- 

bag ^Jllinefen^ the alms [tains 



er fann, he can 

le6en, to live 

er lett, he lives 

gel^en, to go 

er ge^t, he goes 

ik^tn, to march or pull 

er iitf)t, he marches or pulls 

6itten um, to ask for 

er Bittet urn, he asks for 

fc^njlmmen, to swim 

er fc^irimmt, he swims 

laufen, to run 

er lauft, he runs 

forgen, to take care of, to care 

Braud^en, to want [for 

er brau(^t, he wants 

fliegen, to fly 

gebeil^en, to thrive 



Reading Lesson. 

Nominative omd Accusative continued. 

1. 2)er l^eT^rer unb bie ©c^uler gel^en burd^ ben ®arten, 
2. a^ein ©ruber fcf;n?immt burd^ bag SBaffer. 3. S)er 
2)iener !ann nic^t burdb bag (or burd^'g) SBafferf Wwim^ 
men ; eg ifl gu tief. 4. 3)er SBettler Bittet um ein ^Imofen. 

6. 2)ag ai^abd^ien Utttt um ben %pftl unb um ben i^ud&en. 

7. S)er aBdd^terge^t umben ©arten. 8. 2)iefe ©d^wefier 
fann oT^ne i^ren SBruber nid^t leBen; fie Ifl fe^r traurig. 

9. 2)ag ©etreibe fann ol^ne ben aiegen nid^t gebeil^en. 

10. Die SWdbd^en laufen t)\xx6j ben ©arten. 11. 3)iefer 
aSrunnen ifl fe^r tief. 12. 5)er Sifc^ler kauc^t einen 
»&oSeI. 13. Die 33ogel fliegen gegen bag ffenfler. 14. Die 
Jtrieger gie^en gegen bag ©ebirge. 16. Dag 2^dbc^en 
l^olt ma^n fur ben 3Sater. 16. ^r ge^t fiir feine SBruber 
burd^'g ffeuer unbburd^'g 9Baffer. 17. DerDienerMt 
R\id}tn fur bie aJJdbc^en. 18. Der ©c^uler l^olt ffiaffer 

• um, when used for ' round about,* is often followed by l^eruin 
(about), 
t bur(J^ ba^; um ba^, ffir ba^ may be contracted into btttd^'g, uw'^, 

fur'a. 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



19 



fur ben Sel^ret- 19. 2)er aBrunnen ifl fel^r tief. 20. J)er 
93 gel jliegt. 

[^Conversational Fracbice,'] 



VOCABULAET No. 4 



The peasant, ber SBauer 
The tailor, ber ©(^neiber 
To-day, l^eute 
To-morrow, morgeit 
Sunday, ©onntag 
Monday, SD^ontag 



Thirsty, burjiig 
Hungry, l^ungrig 
To buy, f aufen 
He buys, er fauft 
To maize, maci^ett 
He makes, er mad^t. 



Exercise. 

1. The girl runs across the garden. 2. The servant goes 
across the room, 3. The warriors swim across the water, 
4i. The brother cares for the brother, 5. The pupils ask for 
my knife, 6. The gardeners ask /or our knives, 7, My tailor 
asks for his cloak, 8. The painter has four pictures, 9. This 
teacher cannot live without his pupils (say, can without his 
pupils not live). 10. The beggar is thirsty, he asks for 
water, 11. This well is very deep. 12. These beggars ask 
for our cloaks, 13. Our servant is sad, he has no father and 
no mother. 14. These girls ask for their pictures, 16. To- 
day is Sunday. 16. To-morrow is Monday. 17. My brother 
is sad to-day {say, is to-day sad). 18. These beggars are 
hungry and thirsty. 19. My father buys this garden for his^ 
brother. 20. The tailor makes this cloak for our servant. 

[Conversational Practice.^ 



VoCABULAET No. 5. 



ber aSefl^er, the possessor 
(owner) 

ber aBetro^ner, the inhabitant 

ber ©ro^ijater, the graodfather 

ber«&uter, the keeper, guar- 
dian 

ber @nfel; the grandchild 

ber Slugel, the wing 

ber ©tiefel, the boot 



ber SBagen, the carriage- 

ber ©egen, the sword 

rotT^^ red 

gel6, yellow 

|od), high 

lang, long 

njeid^, soft 



20 



THE OEEMAN DECLENSIONS. 



bag J&eber, the leather 
bet Sla^men, the frame 
flub; are 
icb Bin, I am 
i(^ i)aU, I have 
trir flnb; we are 
n?ir \)abtn, we have 
fte flnb; they are 



fie ^abm, they have 
ber ®^leier, the veil 
fecf;g; six 
jleBen, seven 
attjt, eight 
mm\, nine 
jel^n, ten. 



Beading Lesson. 
On the Oeniti/ue. 

1. 2)er ©ruber beS 93atevS ijt reld;. 2. Die gliigel be« 
SSogelg fmb flein. 3. S)ie abutter beS SKdbc^enS ift alt. 
4. S)ie Siwwer biefeS ©ebdubeS flub gro^ unb f^on, 5. 2)er 
Sflal^meu beS ©emdIbeS ifl gelB. 6. 2)ie SBewo^ner beS @e«» 
i6irc\eS flub arm. 7. 2)ie genfler biefer ©etdube flub [el^r i)od^. 
8. S)ie e^iiter biefeS J^e^rerS flub fel^r Jung. 9. 3«ein SSater 
ift ber SBefi^er biefeS ©arteuS. 10. 2)er SBefl^er biefer ®dr* 
ten ifl jiung unb reid?. 11. ©ie glCigel ber 336gel fmb !Iein, 
12. 2)ie SBruber meineg QJaterd fmb arm; fie l^aben feinen 
@arten unb feinen SBagen. 13. SBin it^ ber »&xiter meinel 
SBruberS? 14. S)ie ^nfel biefeS ®rof ^aterg fmb fel^r jung- 

15. 3(^ bin traurig; i^ l^aBe feinen QSater unb feine abutter, 

16. SBir flnb reic^; tt?ir l^aBen a^t 5)iener. 17. 2)ag SBaffer 
biefeS 3BrunnenS iflfe^r gut. 18. 2)ie Stiller biefeS ISel^rerl 
fmb fel^r trdge. 19. I^aS i^eber meiner (Stiefel ift fel^r ttjeit^. 
20. 3)ie 5lermel meine^ SD^anteU fmb fe^r lang. 21. 2)ie 
J^lugel biefer Q3ogel flnb rot^ unb gelb. 22. 2)er SSater biefea 
2)Ul)d;enS ifi alt unb arm. 23. 2)er 2)egeu beS ^riegerg ifl 
fctjarf. 24. 2)er Spicier beS 2»dbd;eng ifl tang. 25, J)ie 
S)iener unfered 33aterg flnb fel^r trdge. 

Conversational Fractice, — The students are to use the 
genitive case in the above Reading Lesson as answers given 
to the question SBeffeu ? Ex. : SBeffeu SBruber ifl reic^ ? aBef[en 
Slugel finb flein ? etc. This Conversational Practice is to be 
carried on after each Heading Lesson and Exercise. 



7HB GEBMAV DECLENSIOVS. 21 



Vocabulary No. 6. 



The boat, ber 9la(iim. 
The finger, ber Singer. 
Tuesday, S)ienfiag. 



The nail, ber S^agel. 
The curate, ber $farrer. 
Here, l^ier. 



Exercise. 



1. The garden of my father is large. 2. The boat of my 
brother is small. 3. The gardens of my brothers are fine. 
4. The wings of the eagle are large. 5. The girl looks for 
the keys of the rooms, 6. The servant fetches the cloaks of 
the pupils. 7. The sleeves of my cloak are long. 8. The 
water of this well is very good. 9. The leather of these 
boots is very soft. 10. The servants of my tmcle are very 
lazy. 11. The mother of this girl is very sad. 12. The 
windows of my room are very high. 13. The nails of his 
fingers are long. 14. The frames cf your* pictures are 
yellow. 15. I am the painter's brother (the brother of the 
painter), 16. We are the brothers o/" ^^e cwra^e. 17. Sun- 
day, Monday, and Tuesday. 18. The rooms of these 
bwUdvngs are very large. 19. The father of the cv/raie is 
very old. 20. The pictures of these painters are very fine. 
21. Here are the keys of my rooms, 

[Oowoersational Practice as in preceding Beading Lesson."] 



Vocabulary No. 7. 



ber 3b>fel, the apple 
ber ©riffel, the pencil 
ber ^l^ter, the thaler (a coin) 
ber ©ulben, the florin 
ber Staxpfm, the carp 
ber ©d^lnfen, the ham 
ber ^tf)UXf the mistake 
ber 93er6re^er; the criminal 



ber Sucjner, the liar 
ber ^riejier, the priest 
ber ^a^ter, tbe farmer 
ber Olic^ter, the judge 
bag ^Mm, the filly 
baS fferfel, the young pig 
bie ^o^ter, the daughter 
niemanb, nobody 



* See § lY., page 4. 



22 THE OERMAK DECLENSIONS. 



Wl^en • to lend 
gel^ord^en * to obey 
banfen,* to thank 
brol^en,* to threaten 
fllauten,* to believe 
glei^cn * to resemble 
geigen,* to show 
fleben,* to give 
flitt, gives 
f<^iden * to send 



elf or eilf, eleven 

jrodlf, twelve 

breljcT^n, thirteen 

i)ierje|n, fourteen 

fiin^e^n, fifteen 

fet^je^n, sixteen 

flebettje]()n or ^tbyt^n, seventeen 

at^tjepn, eighteen 

neunjel^tt, nineteen 

gnjanjig, twenty 



Reading Lesson. 

On the Dati/ue, 

1. Dcr <S^viUx Qtf^ox^t'f bem J&el^rer^ 2. Der Sel^rer brol^tf 
bem ©(j^filer. 3. ^liemanb glauBtf bem J&ugner. 4. S)ie 
^ixj^ter gleid^t bem SSater. 6, S)er ^tf)xtx ldf)ti bem ©t^liler 
feinen ©riffel 6. Set SSater gitt bem SBettler ein Sllmofen. 

7. 5)et JPriefler gi6t bem 3»aler jtranjig Stealer fur bag Oemdlbe. 

8. 3)er Olid^tet brol^t ben Serbred^ern. 9. Die SKdbci^ett 
banfenf bem @ art net fur bie Ste^fel, 10. 3^ein SSater glauBt 
feinem Diener nic^t; er ijl ein fidgner. 11. SBir jelgeu ben 
©(^ulern i^re Sel^ler. 12. Die S^uler banfen ben fiel^rerm 
13. SBir geben ben SBettlern unfere SKdntel. 14. Der ffiater 
leil^t bem SDialer funfjel^n ©ulben. 16. Der ©drtner gi6t bem 
2^db(^en SSeil^en. 16. Der Scaler ijl rei^ ; er ft^itft feinen 
©rubern at^tjel^n^^jarer. 17. Der^d(3&terfd^irftbem3}farrer 
gwei Serfel, brei ©c^infen unb einige ^ar^fen. 18. Der SBauer 
gibt bem ^dd^ter brei SerW fur fein Sutten. 19. Der ©rogijater 
leil^t bem @n!el feinen St^Iuflel. 20. SBir glauben unfern 
Dienern; fie flnb feine Sugner. 21. Die ©d^uler gel^orc^en 
ben 5JeT^rern. 22. Die J&el^rer glauben ben ©c^iilern* 23. Die 
@nfel banfen il^rem ©ro^ijater fur bie ©emdlDe. 24. SBir 
geigen bem QSater unb ben SBrubern beS $farrerS bie ©drten 

* The verbs in this Vocabulary govern the dative ; (eil^en, ^eigen, 
gtauBen, fd^icfen, and geBen govern also the aconsative. The dative 
must be placed h^ore the accusative. 

t It has been seen that all German verbs in the preceding 
Vocabularies end in en ; and, in replacing that termination by the 
letter t, we obtain the third person singular of the present indicative. 
For the first, second, and third person plural of the same tense, the 
infinitive is used. 



THE GERMAN DEOLENSIONS. 23 

unfeteS DnfelS. 25. 3Blr fd^lden unfern SBrubcrn gtuangig 
Xf)aUx ) fie flnb fel^r arm. 

IGonversational Practice. — Question, SBem ?] 

Vocabulary No. 8. 

The robber, bcr 9ldu6cr | The horseman, bet Sleitet 

Wednesday, SKittnjod^. 

EXEROISE. 

1. The pnpil obeys his master. 2. These pupils obey 
their masters. 3. We thank the father of the curate for the 
apples and the cake. 4. The girls thank the gardener for 
the violets. 5. The servant shows our uncle the building 
and the pictures. 6. The robber threatens the horseman. 

7. My brother gives his cloak and his boots to the beggar.* 

8. The servant lends the gardener his knife. 9. The horse- 
men threaten the robbers. 10. My father sends his tailor 
twenty florins. 11. The judges threaten the criminals. 
12. We show our pictures to our teachers.* 13. The 
joiner lends our father his plane. 14. The curate gives 
the painter fifteen florins for his picture. 15. Nobody 
believes a liar. 16. Nobody believes these servants ; they 
are liars. 17. The teachers believe their pupils, and the 
pupils believe their teachers. 18. The brother believes the 
brother. 19. The brothers believe the brothers. 20. Sun- 
day, Monday, Tuesday, and Wednesday. 

[Gonversational Fractice. — Question, 3Bem.] 



Vocabulary No. 9. 



au3,t out of, from 

auf er, besides, except, out of 

Bei, at, with, near 



entgegen, towardsj 
gegenuBer, opposite§ 
mit, with 



* See note *, page 22. 

t The 14 prepositions in this Vocabulary govern the Dative. 

t (Sntgegen is generally joined to a verb expressing motion like 
gel^en, to go ; laufen, to mn ; fommen, to come ; fal^ren, to drive j and 
it is placed after the dative. Ex. : @r Qti)t beui SSater entgegen, he 
goes to meet the father (towards the father). 

§ ® egeniiBet may be placed before or after the dative. Ex. : ® egett^ 
vibtx bem J^lo^et, or bem iJlcjler gegenuBet, opposite the convent. 



24 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



nadi, after, to 

Tidcbjt; next to 

nth\i, beside 

famnit, together with 

felt, since 

t)on, from, of 

gu, at, to 

^uiribet, against or odioas to 

irol^ncn, to dwell 

fommcn, to come 

laufen, to run 

\pxtd)m, to speak 



txf^altm, to receive 

irieber, again 

[a, yes 

ncin, no 

bad \^ugen, the telling of a lie 

bet 2(rbeiter, the workman 

bcr ^ujler, sexton 

ber 2?erfaftet, the author 

ber SBdi cr, the baker 

ber %tmpdf the temple 

ber ©t^Ieier, the veil 



Eeading Lesson. 

On the Dative (continued). 

1. DaSfWdb^en fommt auS bem ©arten. 2. Dcr Se^rcr 
fommt mit ben ®(^ulern auS bem ilem^el. 3. 9lu$er 
bem Diener ifl niemanb Beibem 33ater. 4. SGBir njol^nen bei 
bemOttfel. 5. 2)ie SKdb^en flnb bei bem SSater. 6. Die 
Xo(i)ta Qti)t bem 33ater entgeflen. 7. Die SWdb^en fmb bet 
bem ©drtner. 8. Der $farrer n?ol^nt gegenuber bem 
Jtlojier. 9. Der ^ujter njol^nt bem 5J!em^el gegenCiber. 
10. 3Bir fpred^en bon bem 3Serfaffer. 11. Die Strbeiter 
erl^alten gel^n ©ulben ijon bem SBauer. 12. Die S^Juttet fc^icft 
bag 3)'?dbd)en gu bem 9B defer. 13. Der SBauer gel^t ju bem (or 
jum) Oli^ter. 14. Dag l^ugen ijl bem fiel^rer gunjiber. 
16. DaS a^^dbd^en mit bem ©c^leier ift meine @ti^n?efier. 
16. 3p ber 33auer mit bem ^anUl 3lSir Dnfel? 17. 3a, er 
iji mein Dnfel. 18. 3ft ber Diener mit ben 9le^)feln Bei bem 
qjfarrer ? 19. Sflein^eriji bei bem S^dc^ter. 20. Die 2^^m 
ft)re(^en mit ben ®d}\iUxn. 21. Die ®(^uler frrec^en mit 
ben 2:^^xnn. 22. 3^ wo^ne bei meinem SSruber. 23. Die 
©d^njefier geT^t ben SBriibern entgegen. 24. Die Seedier 
ft)red^en Jjon ben S^erfaffern unb i)on ben Dic^term 
26. Der Diener fommt mit bem ©d^liiffel. 

[^Conversational Practice.— Questions: 9Bem? SD^it ttjem? 
3u n?em? SBo? etc., according to the contents of the 
sentence.] 



THE 0£BMAN DECLENSIONS. 25 



Vocabulary No. 10. 



The theater, bag ^tattt. 
The weather, bag ffietteT. 
Thursday, 2)onnerStag. 
The artisan, bcr «§anbn?erfcr. 



The creditor, ber ®U\xbiQtX. 
The debtor, bcr ©t^ulbner. 
The reaper, ber ©c^nitter. 
The knight, ber Slitter. 



Exercise. 

1. The peasant is coming (comes*) from the judge.'f 
2. The pnpils are coming (come*)/rom the teacher.f 3. The 
girls are coming* from the gardener. •\' 4. Except the priest 
nobody goes to my father, •\ 5. The author is coming/rom 
the theatre, 6. We go to meet the curate and his brothers. 
7, The sexton lives opposite the convent, 8. We speak of 
the artisans, 9. We are coming* /rom ^^e/arwier. 10. We 
live opposite the temple. 11. My brothers go to the uncle of 
thy father. 12. The peasant and the jndge speak with the 
farmers, 13. The fsbrmerB speak, with the reapers. 14. The 
creditors together with (fammt) the debtors go to the judge, 
15. The servant gives the knight the sword together ivith 
the cloak, 16. My brothers go with their servants to meet 
their teachers, 17, The knight lives next to (nd^ji) the 
convent. 18. After the rain the weather is fine. J 19. To 
tell a he is odious to§ the pupils (ben ©c^ulern jun?lber). 
20. Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, and Thursday. 

Practice. — Sentences like those on pages 12, 13, and 14 
to be formed with nouns belonging to the First Declen- 
sion. 

Conversational Practice. — Questions as for Reading 
Lesson. 



• The pres'ent tense expressed in English by the Auxiliary to he, 
and the present participle of the verb, is expressed in German simply 
by the present indicative ; thus, is coming = comes , fontttlt ; a/re 
cormng « comef fouitnen. 

t Or, from the judge's, from the teacher's, from the gardener's, 
to my father's. 

J In a sentence beginningwith an adverb or an adverbial expression, 
the subject is placed after the verb : say, * after the rain is the weather 
fine.' 

§ The proposition gutDtbet is placed after the dative. 



26 



THE OEBMAN DECLENSIONS. 



§ Vm.— SECOND DECLENSION. 

Second and Third Formation of the Plural, and Second 

Declension, 

Remark. — Nouns belonging to the Second and Third 
Formation of the Plural are declined in the singular in the 
same way, and belong to the Second Declension. 



SECOND FORMATION OF THE PLURAL. 

The plural is formed — (IT.) By adding tx to the nominative 
of the singular, and by changing the vowels a, 0, u into &, 
b, ii. (See General Rule No, 3, § V., page 5.) 

To this formation of the plural belong — 

1. The greater part of monosyllabic neuter nouns, and a 
few neuter nouns of more than one syllable. Ex. : — 



Singular. 




Flural. 


bad ^mt 


the office • 


bic Stemter 


„ »ab 


,, bath 


„ SSfiber 


n SSanb* 


„ ribbon 


,, SSanber 


n mt> 


„ picture 


,, aBtlber 


f, SBIatt 


„ leaf 


n SBIatter 


n aSrett 


„ plank 


„ SBretter 


n 95U^ 


„ book 


„ SBii^er 


n 2)a^ 


„ roof 


,, 5)ac^er 


n 3)orf 


„ village 


u ©orfer 


n ^ 


» ^^^ 


n ^ier 


n 5?ac^ 


„ case, shelf 


„ ffa^er 


n Safg 


„ cask, barrel 


n ffaffet 


f, fJelb 


„ field 


,, gelber 



* See ber S3anb, fhe vohime (Third Formation of the PluraJ, Rule 
1), and also ba^ ^anb, the bond (Third Formation of the Floral, 
Bole 2), page 33. 



THE GEBHAlf DECLENSIONS. 



27 



Singular, 








riural 


bad ©lad 


the glass 


bic Olafrt 


„ ©lieb 


» 


limb, member 


// 


©rieber 


„ ©tab 


» 


grave 


It 


©rafter 


„ ®rad 


» 


grass 


II 


©rafer 


u ®nt 


>> 


property 


II 


©uter 


„ «&au))t 


>> 


lead, chief 


II 


«&5u^tet 


,f "Saud 


» 


hoQse 


II 


«&aufcr 


„ *oIi 


» 


wood 


If 


^oljer 


„ *&orn 


j> 


horn 


II 


«§orncr 


,, *tt^n 


» 


fowl 


II 


kvHjnn 


,, mi 


» 


calf 


It 


Salter 


„ Jtinb 


9) 


child 


II 


^inux 


„ ^Wb 


» 


dress 


II 


•^leiber 


,, iRottt 


» 


grain 


II 


Jtomct 


,, ^raut 


» 


herb 


II 


^tauter 


„ Hxxm 


» 


lamb 


II 


5Jammer 


„ HrCt> 


>» 


country 


II 


^anber 


n SiC^t 


>J 


candle 


II 


J&ic^ter 


„ Sieb 


>» 


song ' 


II 


)i^icbcr 


„ S0(^ 


99 


hole 


II 


l^Od^er 


n SKauI 


»» 


mouth (of ani- 
mals) 


II 


!i^^auler 


„ SHefl 


» 


nest 


II 


S^lejier 


,, Wanb 


» 


pawn, pledge 


II 


S^fanber 


„ mab 


» 


wheel 


II 


aiaber 


,, atcis 


99 


twig 


II 


aieifer 


,, {Rinb 


99 


ox or cow 


II 


mtnbcr 


, ©c^eit 


99 


log 


II 


©d^eiter 


„ S^ilb* 


99 


sign-board 


II 


S^llber 


,; ®d?lofg 


99 


castle, lock 


II 


©c^IojTet 


,, @dbn>ert 


99 


sword 


It 


©(j^njerter 


. ^(ii 


99 


valley 


II 


3:^aler 


n 3:ttc^ 


9 


cloth 


II 


%VL^ZX 


. »oK 


99 


nation 


II 


23oKcr 


„ SBammd 


99 


jacket 


n 


3B5mmfer 


„ SBei6 


99 


woman, wife 


II 


liBeifccr 



See bet @(!^Ub, Third Formation of the Plural, Bale 1, page 31. 



28 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



Singular, 




Flural. 


baa aaott* 


the word (in 

French le mot) 


bie mdxttV 


„ *2(ugenlieb 


„ eyelid 


„ StugeuUebcr 


„ (Sapitalt 


„ capital (fnnd) 


„ (S^apitaUx 


,, ©enfmal 


„ monument 


„ 2)enfma(er 


n ©afhna^rj 


„ banquet, feast, 
dinner-party 


„ ©aflmaWer 


„ &xabmal 


„ sepulchre 


„ ©ratmolet 


„ Qflegiment 


„ regiment 


„, Slegimenter 


,, ®^ital 


„ hospital 


,, <S)pitaln 


/; 5laS 


„ food (for ani- 
mals) § 


n 51fei: 



Tothis Formation of the Plural belong — 

2. Nouns ending in tl^um and a few neuter nouns with 
the prefix ge ; the vowel u in t|)um changes into u. Ex. : 



ber Srrtl^um 

„ Oleic^tl^um 
bag 5lltert^um 
Siirflentl^uni 
«&eiUgt:&um 

^aifert^um 
©emad^ 
©emut^ 
©efd^lec^t 



n 



II 
II 
II 
II 



II 
n 
I' 



©efpenfl 
©enjanb 



the error 
riches 
antiquity 
principality 
sanctuary 
duchy 
empire 
apartment 
mind, temper 
race, sex, 
gender 
face 

ghost, spectre 
garment 



»» 



bie Srrtl^iimet 
Oleid^tl^iimer 
5lttert]^iimer 
gurfient^iimer 
^^eiligtl^iimcr 
^nio^ti)nmtx 
Stai\nti)nmtx 
©emad^et 
©emu^er 
©efd^led^ter 



If 
II 
II 
II 
II 
II 
II 

n 
II 



II 
II 
II 



©ejld^ter 

©eftjenfier 

©enjfinber 



♦ See ba« Sort, Third Formation of the Plural, Rule 2, page 34-. 

t The plural of ba^ (Capital is also bie Sapltatien. See Remark I. 
to Fifth Formation of the Plural. 

X The plural of ba^ SWa^ft, the meal, is bie SKal^ljeiten. See also 
ba^ SKaal, the mole (mark on the body), Third Formation of the 
Plural, Rule 2, page 33. 

§ Also, body of a dead animal in a putrefying state. 

II See ba^ ©eitdj^t, Third Formation of the Plural, Rule 3. 



THE OERMAK DEOLEKSIONS. 



2d 



tf 
tf 
ft 

9* 



To this Formation of the Plural belong also— 
3. The following ma^cnline nouns : — 

Singular. 

the spirit (ghost) 
god 
body 
„ man 
place 



btr @eifl 
®Ott 
gets 

Drt 



ff 

tf 
ft 
ft 



S»anb 
©troud^ 

aSonnttttb 

SBalb 

SBitnn 



>» 



n 



j» 



>» 



19 



edge 
shrub 



guardian 
forest 



99 

„ worm 



ft 
If 
ft 
ft 



Flural, 

bie ©eljirr 
©otter 
Seiter 
Scanner 
Derter nUo 

Drte) 
Slanber 
©traud^er {or 

Strang 
SSormiinber 
SBalbcr 
aBiirmer 



It 
It 



If 
It 
It 



§ IX.— THIRD FORMATION OF THE PLURAL. 

The plural is formed — (III.) By adding t to the nominative 
of the singular. (See General Rule No. 3, § V., page 6.) 

To this Formation of the Plural belong — 

1. The greater part of masculine monosyllabic nouns, 
except those mentioned in the Second Formation of the 
Plural, Rule 3, and a small number of masculine mono- 
syllabic nouns mentioned in the Fifbh Formation of the 
Plural, § XIII., Remark 2, page 80. 

Most of the following nouns change the vowels df Of U 
into a, 8/ tt- Ex. : — 

Singular* 

ber Stal the eel 
2lrm „ arm 

^tjt „ physician 

^ft „ branch 

SBac^ „ brook 

Sail „ baU 



It 
ft 
ft 
it 
ft 



Plural, 

bie %Oilt 

2lrme 

aeqte 

aefie 

aBac^e 



tf 
fi 
II 
tf 



M 



mu 



30 



THK OEBIUN DBOtEKSIOBrS. 



Flurul. 








Singular. 


ber SBanb* 


the volume 


bie $Snbe 


,, «art 


99 


beard 


ft 


»arte 


„ SBaum 


19 


tree 


n 


99Sumr 


n SBerg 


>J 


mountain 


n 


SBerge 


. *H(f 


»J 


glance, look 


n 


SBlide 


. 3Bllfe 


» 


Ughtning 


•t 


S5Ii^ 


. »nef 


>» 


letter 


fi 


SBriefe 


,, ^m 


99 


bush 


V 


SBiiWe 


,, e^or 


» 


choir, chorus 


ft 


fi^ore 


,, 5)ad)^ 


» 


badger 


ff 


2)a(]^fe 


,, Damm 


)9 


dike 


ft 


Damme 


,. 5>ieb 


91 


thief 


ft 


5)lebe 


., a^oc^t 


9» 


wick 


It 


5)o(3^te 


r. 3)0l(]^ 


99 


dagger 


ft 


iDol^e 


,, 5«tl 


99 


case, fall 


It 


mit 


„ Seinb 


99 


enemy 


ft 


Seinbe 


. Sifc^ 


99 


fish 


ft 


mWe 


,, &lo^ 


99 


flea 


ft 


SKbe 


,, 5Itt(^ 


99 


curse 


ft 


ma^e 


,, Slttf^ 


99 


river 


ff 


gliiffe 


„ Sreunb 


99 


friend 


ft 


^eunbe 


., »rof(^ 


99 


frog 


II 


grof(^e 


,, %to^ 


99 


frost 


It 


grofte 


n ^^^ 


99 


fox 


It 


Siid^fe 


. m 


99 


foot 


II 


Sufe 


p, ©ang 


99 


walk, corridor 


It 


©ange 


„ @rab 


99 


degree 


It 


©rabe 


„ ®rei« 


99 


old man 


It 


©reife 


,, *a^tt 


99 


cock 


It 


*al&ne 


„ •&alm 


99 


blade of grass 


It 


«&alme 


» ^als 


99 


neck 


It 


mst 


;, "^e^t 


99 


pike (fish) 


It 


«&e^te 


,, *ertjl 


99 


autumn 


It 


»&erbfie 


,, ^erb 


99 


hearth 


ft 


^erbe 


,r «irf(^ 


99 


stag 


H 


*trf^ 


n ^t>\ 


99 


court 


ft 


*5fe 



* See ba0 SSanb, the ribhon. Second Formation of the Plural, 
Rnle 1, page 26 ; and bad Banb, the hond. Third Formation of the 
Plural, Biile^2, page. 88. 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



31 



nffular. 








Plural. 


:f 


the hoof 


bic ^ufe 


inb 


>> 


dog 


^/ 


'^nnU 


It 


}i 


hat 


// 


*ttte 


I 


»> 


polecat 


ft 


3lfe 


imm 


99 


comb 


II 


<^amme 


[XtCpf 


>> 


combat or 
fight 


It 


^mpft 


led&t ' 


» 


man-servant 


II 


^md^U 


lO^f 


>> 


button 


II 


J^n5))fe 


^^f 


» 


head 


II 


Xo^ft 


)xh 


99 


basket 


II 


Jtorte 


tU 


99 


crab 


II 


J^rcBfe 


d^a 


>» 


sahnon 


II 


^a^\t 


ut 


9) 


sound 


II 


Saute 


arft 


99 


market 


'1 


mxttt 


olc^ 


99 


salamander 


II 


ai^ol^e 


onb 


99 


moon 


II 


aWonbe 


ct 


?9 


place 


If 


Drte 


^ab 


99 


path 


II 


qjfabe 


'til 


99 


arrow 


If 


$feile 


Ng 


99 


plough 


II 


^flfige 


-afe 


99 


place 


II 


m^t 


iin!t 


99 


point 


n 


$un!te 


uarj 


99 


quartz 


II 


Ctuarge 


at^* 


99 


counsellor 


II 


Otat^e 


^^ 


99 


charm 


II 


aflcige 


Ing 


99 


ring 


II 


flflinge 


ocf 


99 


coat 


II 


giO(fe 


ofi 


99 


grate 


II 


Olojie 


aal 


99 


saloon 


II 


Sale 


^ein 


99 


bill, receipt 


II 


©c^eine 


4etm 


99 


rogue 


II 


®^elme 


c^erj 


99 


joke 


II 


©d^erje 


c^ilDt 


99 


shield 


II 


©dbilbe 


^laud^ 


99 


leather bottle 


ti 


(S^lSud^e 



lie Plural of ber ?ftatf), the advice, is bie Sftat^fd^Idge. See § XVI., 

rk2. 

ee ba^ @(^ilb, the sign-hoard, Second Formatioii of the Flnral, 

L, page 27. 



32 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



Singular. 






l>er @^mieb 


the smitli 


„ ®d^nitt 


>> 


cat 


.„ ©dbran! 


jj 


shrine 


;, Sc^ritt 


» 


step 


. ®m 


>> 


shoe 


f, ®^ttfa 


>> 


shot 


„ ®^voaxi 


>j 


swan 


„ S^ireif 


>< 


tail 


„ <B)(>t<bi 


» 


wood-pecker 
(bird) 


„ ®:peer 


?» 


spear 


;. @^ie^ 


»t 


spear or lance 


„ ©tab 


>> 


staff, stick 


„ etatt 


j» 


stable 


f, Stamm 


>> 


stem 


„ ©tfin 


>» 


stone 


n ©tift* 


>> 


tack 


„ ©tern 


>> 


star 


„ ©tiel 


» 


handle 


„ ©totf 


j> 


stick 


„ ©tor^ 


»> 


stork 


„ ©traud^ 


i> 


shrub 


„ ©trau§ 


>» 


ostrich 


„ ©trau^ 


» 


nosegay 


„ ©trcic^ 


>j 


trick 


„ ©tric^ 


>> 


stroke 


„ ©irom 


>> 


stream 


;, .©ttutn^jf 


» 


stocking 


,, ©turm 


j> 


storm 


n ^09 


»j 


day 


„ ^anj 


>> 


dance 


„ %iX<kf 


>> 


pond 


„ ^^eil 


» 


part 


„ X^uxm 


>» 


tower 


n ^m 


» 


table 


„ 3:a^f 


» 


pot 


„ ^raum 


» 


dream 



FluraL 

bie ©d^miebe 
©d^nitte 
©d^raitfc 
©c^^ritte 
©c]^u^e 
©d^uffe 
©d^njanc 
©djireifc 
©^eci^te 



ft 
II 
II 
II 
II 
II 
II 



II 

II 
II 
II 
II 
II 
II 
II 
II 
II 
II 

n 

II 
II 
II 
11 
II 
II 
II 
II 
II 
II 
If 
ft 

ft 
If 
fl 
fl 



©pcere 

©pie^c 

©tabe 

©tiiae 

©tammc 

©teine 

©tiftc 

©terne 

©tiele 

©tocfe 

©t'orc^e 

©traud^e 

©trau§e 

©traupe 

©trcid^e 

©trid^e 

©trome 

©trfimpfe 

©turme 

^age 

3!anje 

^^\h 
^tfirtne 

3:opfe 
^^raunte 



* See bod ©tift, the foundation, next Bale, page 34. 



THE OEBlffAK DECLENSIONS. 33 

* 

Singular. Flttrai, 

bet ^ricb the instinct ble ^rteBe 

„ ^tcg „ trough ,; ^roge 

„ aSet§ „ verse ,, SSerfe 

„ SSogt „ bailiff „ SSrgte 

„ 3Bert „ value „ SBerte 

,, SBeitt „ wine „ SBeine 

,, 3Binb „ wind ,, SBinbe 

,, aBirt „ host „ ffiirte 

f, SBolf „ wolf ,, SBElfe 

„ aSunfti^ „ wish „ ffifinf^e 

,, Snjfig „ branch (twig) „ Sttjeige 

f; Swerg „ dwarf ,, Swergc* 

To this Formation of the Plural belong — 

2. A few neuter nouns expressing matter and weight ; a 
few neuter nouns the plural of which would be taken for 
the plural of nouns belonging to the First Declension, if 
formed in er ;f and, finally, a few neuter nouns take e in the 
plural instead of er for the sake of euphony. The vowels 
a, Of u do not change in these nouns, except in the case of 
bag Slo^; the raft, and ba§ ®^or, the choir (place). Ex. : — 
bad Sanb| the bond (band) bte SBanbe 
^ SSeet „ bed(in garden) ,^ 9Beete 
,; SBell „ hatchet „ SSeile 
,, SBein „ leg „ Seine 
,, 8Bter§ „ beer „ SBiere 
„ 8Brob§ „ bread (loaf) „ SBrobe 
„ 6l^or§ „ choir „ K^ore 
„ S^tngll ,, thing ,, ^tnge 

* To this Formation of the Plnral belong also raascnline mono- 
syllabio norms derived from verbs; as, bcr ©tiff, the ffrasp, from 
areifen, to grasp -, ber ^auf, the pv/rchase, from faufen, to hwy i bet 
^d^lag, the bZoty, from fc^Iagen, to beat, etc. 

f See Bnle 1 of First Formation of the Plnral, examples in et. 

J See bad S9anb, the ribbon. Second Formation of the Plnral, 
BnJe 1, page 26 ; and ber $anb, the volume. Third Formation of the 
Plnral, Bnle 1, page 80. 

§ The nonns marked § contain all the letter t ; they form the 
plnral in f , to avoid the repetition of that letter. 

II The plnral of bad ^itlQ, when nsed in a contemptnons sense, is bte 
dinger. For the plnral of bad Di)X, the ewt, and ber %f)GX, the fool, 
see Fifth Formation of the Plnral, Bnle 1, page 77 ; Bemark 2, page 80. 



u 



TBI QKBHAN DEOLXNSIONS. 



Sinfular. 








Flural, 


Ut Gilanb* 


tbe iflland 


ble (J'Uanbe 


« ei5t 


j> 


ore 


n 


(Sne 


„ gttt 


»> 


skin 


It 


Scfte 


,/ moi* 


w 


raft 


ti 


m^t 


„ ®ift 


» 


poison 


II 


©ifte 


„ 'Saarf 


» 


hair 


II 


<&aare 


„ ^eeft 


» 


handle, copy- 
book 


II 


»&efte 


„ 3o^tt 


)» 


year 


II 


3a]&re ., 


„ 3oc^ 


J> 


yoke 


II 


3o^e 


„ Jfreuj* 


»> 


cross 


II 


Mrm^t 


„ 8oo« 


J> 


lot, fate 


II 


J^oofe 


„ 8ot6 


»> 


half-an-onnce 


II 


Sot^e 


„ ilttaal 


J> 


mole (mark on 
the body) 


II 


'JD^aale 


„ SKafi 


» 


measure 


II 


3roa^e 


„ iroeert 


)9 


sea 


II 


ai^cete 


„ Oel 


- >l 


net 


II 


9fle|e 


1} 


oil 


II 


Dele 


" ^^ 


»» 


eye of a needle 


II 


De^reJ 


„ $oor- 


» 


pair 


II 


$aare 


„ SPfert- 


99 


horse 


II 


^^fetbe 


„ 5Jfunb 


99 


pound 


II 


$funbe 


« SPuU 


99 


desk 


II 


^nlu 


„ aiec^tt 


99 


right 


II 


me^te . 


„ aie^t 


99 


roe 


II 


Ole^e 


„ adet^t 


99 


empire 


II 


mei^e 


„ ^i¥\ 


99 


reed 


II 


{Ro^re 


„ m^\ 


99 


horse 


II 


Oloffe 


" t"^ 


99 


salt 


fi 


©aije 


„ ®*af» 


99 


sheep 


II 


(Sd^afe 


„ @(^iff» 


99 


ship 


II 


®^iffe 


„ ®<l?«f 


99 


reed 


II 


®*ilfe 


„ @(!^weln 


99 


pig 


II 


©d^welne 


„ Sett* 


99 


rope 


II 


©eile 


„ @»)lel* 


99 


game, play 


II 


@))iele 


„ Seif^Jiel 


99 


example 


II 


SBeif^jiele 



* See note f on previous page. f See note § on previous page. 

X See note || on previous page. 



THE GBBMAN DECLENSIONS. 



35 



Singular, * 




Plural, 


bag ©tift* 


the charitable 
foundation 


ble @tifte 


,, ®tu* 


„ piece 


,, ©tucfe 


. 3:biert 


„ animal 


,f ^i)im 


n ^m 


„ gate 


n 3:^oreJ 


„ U«erft 


„ work 


„ mtxit 


„ «&anbwcrf* 


„ trade 


f, Jganbnjcrfe 


,, aBort 


„ word (French 
la jparole) 


,f aSorte 


u 3elt* 


y, tent 


n 3elte 


// 3eug 


„ stuff, material 


/, 3euge 


. 3iel* 


„ aim 


,/ 3iele 



To this Formation of the Plural belong also — 

3. Most masculine and neider nouns of more than one 
syllable, except those belonging to the first declension, and 
those ending in e ; they may be divided — (A) into nouns 
derived from verbs with the prefixes ab, an, auf, auS, U, tin, 
exit, tXf ge, um, un, )uer, and ju ;§ (B) into nouns ending in id), 
iS/ ^^9/ ^^/ f^^ ;§ 8^d (C) into nouns, mostly of foreign origin, 
denoting with a few exceptions inanimate objects, chiefly 
ending m alf ier, and t. 

Examples to A. 



bet SlSfdbleb (j>l. -e), the leave 
Slngriff (-e), the attack 
2luf[lanb (-e), the revolt 
3lu§brutf (-e), the ex- 
pression 
Scgriff (-e), the notion, 

idea 

^infatt (-e), the idea 
@ntn?urf (-e), the sketch 
(Srfolg (-e), the result 



rf 
ft 
ft 



tt 



ft 



tt 



ti 



ber OeBraud^ (_pZ. -e), the use, 
custom 

Umjianb (-e), the circum- 
stance 

Unfatt (-c) , the misfortune, 
accident 

93crn?eiS (-e), the rebuke 

3ufa(l (-e), the chance, 
accident, &c. 



tt 

It 

It 
tt 



* See Bole 1 of First Formation of the Plural, examples in er. 

t See note § on page 33. { See note {| on page 33. 

{ Nouns witH the above prefixes are masculine, except a very few 
with be and ^tt, and the greater part with ge, which are nenter ; 
nomus in id^, i^, and ing are [masculine; those in niei and al are 
neater. 



36 



THB OEBMAN DBOLEN8ION8. 



Examples to B. 



ber ^e!|3i3i(^(jpZ.-e)* the carpet 
^dflg (-e),* the cage 
J^onlg (-e),* the king 
3eiflg (-e),* the green-finch 
Stembling (-e),* the stran- 
ger 
grueling (-e),* the spring 
©unjiUng (-e) * the fa- 
vorite 
«&dnng (-e),* the herring 
Sungling (-e),* the yonth, 

yonng man 
©^mettcrllng (-e),* the 

butterfly 
@))crling(-e),* the sparrow 
baa SBeburfttiS (-e),t the want 
SBegrdMS (-e), the burial 



It 



II 
II 

II 
II 

II 
II 



bad 

If 
II 
II 

ft 

ff 
ft 

ft 
It 

bie 



It 



SBCtnbnia {(yr ber aunb) 

(pZ. -e); the alliance 
©el^eimniS (-e), the secret 
©IclcS^nta (-e), the parable 
SSermdci^tttU (-e), the le- 

SeugnU (-e), the testi- 
monial 
Sbeal (-e),* the ideal 
iDrangfal (-e),* the op- 
pression 
©c^^itffal (-e) * the destiny 
or bie aWiBfal (-e),* the 

misery, &c^ 
J^enntnia (-e), the know- 
ledge 



Examples to 0. 



ber Slbntlral* {plwr. -e), the 
admiral 
aSifd^o** (-e), the bishop 
Konijict* (-e), the convict 
6ori3oral*(-e), the corporal 
J^o^lan* (-e), the chaplain 
^arbinal*(-e),the cardinal 
SKaior* (-e), the major 
Dfflcier* (-e), the officer 
5tBenb* (-e), the evening 
9l^om* (-e), the maple 
5lltar* (-e), the altar 



II 



n 



II 



II 



II 
II 



II 



II 



II 



ber ®^ara!ter* (jpht/r, -e), the 
character 
Eonfliict (-e), the conflict 
Sontract (-e), the contract 
,Jtamin (-e), the chimney 
SD^agnet (-t), the magnet 
SKonat (-e), the month 
^oraft (-e)^ the morass 
^Jalaji (-e), the palace 
SSocal (-e), the vowel 
baS SBaionet (-e), the bayonet 
„ 6aBlnet (-e), the cabinet 



ft 
If 
ft 
It 
II 
It 
II 
II 



* See Remark 1 to § X. 

t The 6 in nonns is doubled in the plnral, viz., bad ©(ei(!ftnid, bie 
©Cei^niffe ; bie Jtenntnid is the only noon in nid which is feminine. 
Neuter nouns with Be are : bad ^eSitig, the condition; bad hefted, the 
case of insinmients. Neuter nouns with \)er are : bad ^txhoi, the 
prohibition; ^dS ^tx^t^, the deck of a ship ; bad ^erl^^r, trial h^ore 
trihv/nal; bad f&tt^td, the ambusK Masculine nouns with ^e are: 
bet ©ebrau^f *^ custom; ber ©emal^I, the hashomd; ber ©eruc^r *^ 
svmU; ber ©efang, the svngvng; ber ®tmxnn, the gam. 



THB GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



37 



baS EottHJllment (phir. -e), the 
compliment 
Koncert (-e), the concjert 
Slentent (-e), the element 
Stamtcl (-e), the camel 



ft 



ba§ ^la'oxtt (pi. -e), the piano 
ff ^a^kx (-e), the paper 
„ talent (-e), the talent 
f, ©i^fiem (-e), system, etc. 



To this Formation of the Plural belong— 

4. The following feminine noans,^the yowels a and u 
diange in the plnml into d, it : — 



w 

ft 
ft 
ft 
If 



ft 



We Slttgfl {pi. -Of the anxiety 
SBanf (-e),* the form, seat 
®and (-^e), the«goose 
<&anb {'t)f the hand 
SOBanb (-e), the wall 
%rt {rt)f the hatchet 
9^a(3^t (-Of the power 
S^agb (-e); the maid-ser- 
vant 
SHa*t (-Of the night 
9la]^t (-e), the seam 
^raft (-e), the strength 
Stabt (-0, the town 
gMt (-e), the flight 
9(udfitt4tf (-e), the ezcnse 
SStttfl (-e), the chest 

(breast) 
Sm^t (-e), the fmit 
Seuerbntnjt (-e), the con- 
flagration 



ft 
ft 
ft 
ft 
ft 

n 
ft 



It 

It 



ble (Snift (pluMT. -e), the se- 
pulchre 
Xuf) ("t), the cow 
iftunft (-e), the art 
Suft (-e), the air 
Sttfl (-e), the desire 
0luf« (-e), the nut 
©ti^ntlT (-e), the string 
6(]^ttJttljl or ® efti^ttJttlji (-e), 

the swelling 
SButfl (-e)^ the dausage 
3unft (-e), the corporation 
Sufommenfunft (-e), the 

meeting 
SBtaut (-e), the bride 
gaujl (-e), the fist 
«&aut (-e)^ the skin 
£au0 (-e), the louse 
Wtm^ (-e), the mouse 
®au (-e)f the sow (hog) 



ft 
tt 
It 
It 
It 
It 
It 



It 
11 

II 



It 
II 
ft 
II 
It 



II 



§ X.— GENERAL RULE. 

Masculine and neuter nouns which form the plural in er 
or t, take, with a few exceptions,f ed in the gemtive of the 
singular, and t in the dative of the singular, and belong to 
the Second Declension, 



• See bie ^an!, Bnle d, fifth Formation of the PluraL 
t See Bemark 1, page 38. 



38 THE GIBHAK DECLENSIONS. 



SUMMARY. 

To the Second Declension belong all masculine and neuter 
nouns taking in the genitive of the singular ed ^Jid in the 
dative e. 

Bemarh 1. — The e in the genitive and dative of the 
singular of nonns belonging to this Declension is often 
omitted, where enphony allows ; this is the case with nonns 
ending in id}, ig, and ing. See Examples B, "Rule 3. A few 
nonns in Examples G, marked *, are declined in the singolar 
like nonns belonging to the first declension. 

Except in the nonns indicated in the preceding Bemark, 
the beginner will do well never to omit the e in the genitive 
singular, especially not in nouns ending in ^, fd^, b, t, and {. 
In the dative the e is more often omitted, especially in 
conversation and when used without the article, as is often 
the case with nouns expressing matter or abstract meanings: 
tnit SQtin, with wine ; mlt @alg, with salt ; au§ Qoxti, froDfi 
amger ; au8 0leib, from envy, &c. 

Bema/rk 2. — To the Second Declension belong also those 
nuiscuUne and neuter monosyllabic nouns, which have no 

§lural ; viz., ber <Stavib, the dust ; bet Stot^, the mud ; bod 
^(i^l, the flower; bad iiavib, the foliage; bad (SU, the ice ; 
ber 0teid; the rice; bad @olb, the gold; bad SBac^d, the wax; 
ber @aitb^ the sand ; ber S^ift, the dung ; ber 9lau^, the smoke ; 
ber Oloft, the rust, &o. &c. 

Many nouns with the prefixes U, Jjer, jer, and urn, having 
no plural, follow in the singular the same declension; viz., ber 
SBej!^, the possession ; ber 93er6rauc^, the consumption ; ber 
SSerratl^, the treason ; ber SSerba^t, the suspicion ; ber 3JerfaK, 
the decay ; ber 8Ser^anb, the reason ; ber UJerflufd; the lapse 
of time ; ber SSerfoIg, the course or sequel ; ber SSerfel^r, the 
trafiOic : ber SSerlag, the sale or publication of books ; ber 
Quvoa^^f the increase ; ber Umjiur j, the downfall, &c. &o. 

Itemark 3. — ^In compound nouns the last of the compo- 
nents only is declined according to the formation of the 
plural to which it belongs; thus, bad ^ifi^tu^^ the talileclothy 
wiU be declined like bad ^u^, and ber Xu^rodi tlie chth coai^ 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



89 



like bet (Rod; in the singular both componnd nonns are 
declined in the same way, but in the plural the former 
takes et and the latter t. 



EXAMPLES TO THE SEOONB DECLENSION. 

Singular, 



N. bag Jtlnb, 
A. bad ,^tnb; 
G. M <^inbt!^, 
D. bem Mnht, 



iaram, 



33otf, 

PlnraZ. 

SSoIfnr* 

Golfer, 

«clftr, 






@efprdd(> 
®eft)rft^e 



N. ble iRlnbnr,* immtt,* 

A. ble J^inber, hammer, 

G. ber Mn\>tv, hammer, 

D. bettJKnbem,J )i!ammem,t fSolftm,t ^ui}nttn,X ®ef))tftd^en,f 



•Sfi^ner,* 

4tt^ner, 

«&it^ner, 



©efrra^ef 

®efi)rdc!?e 

®efi)rdc]^e 



N. ber ^mm, Solf, 

A. ben ®aum, SBoIf, 

G. beS fBmmti, SBoIfejJ, 

D, bemSaume, SBoIfe, 



N. bie SBaiime,!! 3Bolfe, 
A. ble SSaume, OBolfe, 
G. ber SSaume, aSolfe, 



Singular. 

Sit^fe, 

Sfic^fe, 
5u*fe; 



«&unb, 
•gunb, 
•^unbetf, 
•&unbe, 



«&unbe, 
«&unbe, 
•&unbe, 



SCtngllng 
Stinglincj 
3ungange!i§ 
3fingHnge§ 



3CmgImge§ 

Siingltngt 

Sunglinge 



D. benSBaumen^t 3BoIfen,J 5ttti^fen,J'&unben,t SungllngenJ 

Practice. — ^Decline five nouns of each of the lists of nouns 
belonging to the Second and Third Formation of the Plural. 



* See Second Formation of the Plnral, Enle 1, page 26. 
t See Third Formation of the Plnral, Bnle 8, page 35. 
i See General Bules No. III. § 5, page 5. 

§ See Third Formation of the Plnral, Bnle 8, page 85, and Bemark 
1, page 88. 

II See Third Formation of the Plnral, Bnle 1, page 29. 



40 



THE GERMAK DECtENSIONS. 



The above Examples used in Senteitces. 

Singular, 



N. bag Jtlnb litU ben SSatct 

iinb bie Sautter. 
A. ber 93ater unb bie aJhitter 

litUn ba0 Jtlnb. 
G. bie aBii(^er be§ J^lnbe§ jlnb 

Ie^nei(^. 
D. bie2leltemge6enbemiRinbe 

SBii^er unb Jtteiber. 



The child loves the father and 

the mother. 
The father and the mother 

love the child. 
The books of the child are 

instructive. 
The parents give (to) the 

child* books and clothes. 



Plural. 



N. bit *lnber lieBen ben 93a* 

ter unb bie Sautter. 
A. ber Sater unb bie 3)?utter 

Men bie J^ittber. 
G. bie SBiic^er ber ^inber flnb 

lel^rrei^. 
D. bie ^[eltem geten ben Min^ 

b e r n SBu^et unb Jlleiber . 



The children love the father 
and the mother. 

The father and the mother 
love the children. 

The books of the children are 
instructive. 

The parents give (to) the chil- 
dren* books and clothes. 



N. bag Samm i^ jiung. 

A. ber •^unb Beift bag Camm. 

G. bie SBolIe beg ii^ammeg ift 

ttjei^. 
D. bag J^inb giSt bem !&amme 

®rag unb ffiajfer. 



Singular. 

The lamb is young. 
The dog bites the lamb. 
The wool of the lanrib 

white. 
The child gives (to) the lamb 

grass and water. 



IS 



Phiral. 



N. bie Summer jlnbiung. 
A. ber^&unbBei^tbieSdmmer. 
G. bte ffiotte ber fiftmmer ifi 

ttjeif. 
D. bagJtinbgiSt ben l^&mmern 

©rag unb SBaffer. 



IS 



The lambs are young. 
The dog bites the hmbs. 
The wool of the lambs 

white. 
The child gives (to) the 

lambs grass and watw. 



* When the preposition *' to " is understood in English before a 
nonn, that nonn must be used in German in the dative. Ex. : The 
parents give the ehildy or give the child/ren = to the chUd, or to the 
children. 



THE OERMAir DEGLEKSIONS. 



41 



Singular, 



K bag aSoI! blefeS fianbe§ Ifi 

A. bet iRrieg ijcrarmt baS 

93olf, 
G. ber Jt^nlg ewtrtt fld^ blc 

8leBe beg SoIfcS, 
D. ble Slegtming gl6t bem 

aSoIfe ©efe^e. 



The people of this country is 

happy. 
The war impoyenshes the 

people. 
The king gains the love of 

the people. 
The government gives laws to 

the people. 



K ble fSblUx biefet fidnber 

flnb glutfli^. 
A. ber Jlrteg tjeratmt bie 

ajolfer. 
G-. bie iRontge erwerten jld^ ble 

filebe ber SSoIfer. 
D* ble Sfteglerungen geben ben 

ajdifern ®efe|e. 



Plural, 

The peoples of these conntries 

are happy. 
The war impoverishes the 

peoples. 
The kings gain the love of 

the peoples. 
The government gives laws to 

the peoples. 



N. bagJgul^nlflfreltt. 

A. ble J^od^ln ixaUt b a 3 «& u 1^ n. 

G. ber Stbx^tv beg ^u^neS Ijl 

uilt Sebem f>ebetft. 
D. bag *lnb gl6t bem ^n^nt 

SBrobfrCim^en* 



Singular. 

The fowl is small 

The cook roasts the fowl. 

The body of the fowl is 

covered with feathers. 
The child gives crumbs of 

bread to thefoivl. 



Plural, 



N. ble •&ul^tter flnb Heln. 
A. ble J^od^ln (ratet ble 

•^Cil^ner. 
G. ber ^r))er ber ^ii^ntx Ifi 

mlt Sebern ibebetft. 
D. Sag ^Inb gltt ben ^ftl^* 

nern Srobfrum^en, 



The fowls are small. 
The cook roasts the fowls. 

The body of the fowls is 
covered with feathers. 

The child gives crumbs of 
bread to the fowls. 



42 



THE GERMAN DEGLKKSIONg. 



Singular, 



A. ble ^inber untcrtred^cn oft 
bag ®t^X>xad}. 

G. ber ©cgenftanb be 8 ®e* 
f^rd^eS ifi njidfetlg. 

D. ble S^uler lau^en* bem 
®ef))rdaebe6Se]^rerg. 



2%d conversation of the teach- 
er is instrnctiye. 

The children interrupt ofben 
ths con/uersaUon, 

The snhject of the conversation 
is important. 

The pnpils listen to the cofi" 
versation of the teacher. 



Plural. 



N. bie ®ef))tad^e ber Setter 

flnb ltf)xxdd}, 
A. ble J^lnbet unterbre(^en oft 

ble ®efi)rdc^e. 
G. ble ®egenftdni>e bet ®e* 

f:|)tdc^e flnb rold^tlg* 
D. ble <S^vXtv laufd^en* ben 

@ e f )) r d ^ e n ber Sel^tet. 



The corwersations of the teach- 
ers are instmctive. 

The children interrupt often 
the conversations. 

The subjects of the converso' 
tions are important. 

The pupils listen to the conver- 
sations of the teachers. 



Singular. 



N. bet Saum ^at SBIdtter. 
A. ber ®dttner ^jflanjt ben 

SBaum. 
G. ble SBldtter beS SBaumeg 

flnb griiitt. 
D. ble 8flau:^en ft^abenf bem 

Saume. 



The tree has leaves. 

The gardener plants the tree. 

The leaves of the tree are 

green. 
The caterpillars are hurtfol 

to the tree. 



Plural, 



N. ble ©dunte ^abm SIdttet. 
A. ber ©drtner ))flanjt bie 

SSdume. 
G. ble SBldtter bet ©dume 

flnb grim. 
D. ble flflau^en fcS^abenf ben 

Sdumen. 



The trees have leaves. 

The gardener plants the trees. 

The leaves of the trees are 

green. 
The caterpillars are hurtful 

to the trees. 



• The verb laufdfcen, to listeny governs the dative. 
t The verba q{ti6)tn, to resemble, and fd^aben, to he hwrtful, to hwt, 
govern the dative. 



THE GERMAN DECLENEI0N8. 



43 



Singular. 



N. berSBoIf^atfc]^arfe3&^nc. 
A. berSagertJcrfoIgtbcnSBoIf. 
G. bieSa^nebe^aSoIfeSflnb 

D. ber "Sunb glci^t* bem 



Phiral, 



The wolf has sharp teeth. 
The hunter pursues the wolf. 
The teeth of the wolf aib 

sharp. 
The dog resembles (to) the 

wolf 



K ble SBSIfe l^aBen fdbarfe 

A. bie Sagcr ijerfolgen bie 

SBdlfe. 
G. bie Saline ber SB 5 If e fw^ 

D. bie "Sunbe glei^en* ben 
aBoIfen, 



T^ wolves have sharp teeth. 

The hunter pursues ^Ae 

woVves, 
The teeth 0/ <^e wolves are 

sharp. 
The dogs resemble (to) ths 

wolves. 



Singular. 



N. ber %\x^^ Ifl lijHg. 
A. bie 'gul^ner fur^ten ben 

G. ba« Sett be§ Su^feS ifi 

IBraun. 
D. ber Sauer fietlt bem Sud^fe 

elne Satte. 



Flwal, 



The fox is artful. 
The fowls fear the fox. 

The fur 0/ ^A<e /oaj is brown. 

The peasant sets a trap (for) 
the fox. 



N. bie 8rijt(^fe j!nb lijiig. 
A. bie «&ii^ner furd^ten bie 

jjud^fe. 
G. baS Sett ber Sii^fe Ifi 

braun. 
D. ber SBauer jieUt ben 5u^« The peasant sets traps (for) 

fen Sratten. the foxes. 

Singular. 



The foxes are artful. 
The fowls fear the foxes. 

The fur of the foxes is brown. 



N. ber 'Sunblji treu. 

A. ber Sdger Ilebt ben «&unb. 

G. bag ©eSett beS »&unbe§ 

ijerfc^euc^t ben DleS. 
D. bad Alnb gibt bem »&unbe 

aSrob. 



The dog is faithful. 

The hunter loves the dog. 

The barking of the dog scares 

the thief. 
The child gives (to) the dog 

bread. 



* See Second Note, previous page. 



4A 



THE GBRICAH DBCLBimONS. 



FVwral. 



N. ble »6uttbe flnb treu. 

A. ble 3dger lieben bie '&unbc. 

G. bag Retell ber «§unbe 

t)crfd^eud>t ben Dieb. 
D. bad Jtinb gibt ben <&unben 

SSrob. 



The dogs are faithfnl. 
The hunters love the dogs. 
The barking of the dogs scares 

the thief. 
The child gives (to) the dogs 

bread. 



Binguia/r, 



N. ber Sungllng muf felne 
3eit gut anttjenben. 

A. ber ®rei3 unterri*tet ben 
Sitnglina. 

G. ble Selt be« SfingllngS* 
orbe« 3fingllnge« Ifl 
foflbar. 

D. ber ®rei« gibt bem Sungling* 
or bem Sfinglinge 
gute Sftatl^fd^t&ge. 



The 
The 



The 



The 



yowng ma/n (youth) must 
employ his time well, 
old man instructs the 
young ma/n. 

time of the yoimg man is 
precious. 

old man gives (to) the 
young man good advice. 



Plwrcd, 



N. ble Sfinglingemiiffent^re 

3eit flut anttjenben. 
A. bie ©reife unterrid^ten ble 

Sfingllnge. 
G. ble 3elt ber Sfinglinge 

ip foflBar. 
D. ble ©reife geben ben Sung* 

It n g e n gute Statl^fd^tclge. 



The young men must employ 

their time well. 
The old men instruct the 

young m^en,. 
The time of the yowng men is 

precious. 
The old men give (to) the 

young men good advice. 



Practice, — The preceding examples are to be read and 
copied, and the definite article replaced by one of the words 
mentioned in § III. and § TV., pages 3 and 4. 

See Practice to First Declension, page 14, and Conversa- 
tional Practice, page 14. 



♦ Nouna ending in ig, ing, td^, and fal often drop the e in the 
genitive and dative of the singolar, especially in oonversation. Bee 
Bemark 1, § X., page 88. 



THE GERMAN DEGLBV8I0NS. 



45 



EXEECISES ON THE SECOND DECLENSION * 

VOCABULAET No. 11. 



geben ®le mlr, give (yon) me 
gieb mir, give (thou) me 
gebet tnir, give me (plural 

of give thou) me 
gefaStgfi, if yon please 
rein, clean 
runb, round 
abn, but 

entnjebcr ... ober, either ... or 
irenig; little 
njcttig or irenige, few 
\>iA, mnch 
Ulele, many 
bag SSanb, the ribbon 
bag SSilb; the pictnre 
bag ^ndi, the book 



bag '^VL^rtf the fowl 
bag aStatt, the leaf 
bag ©i; the egg 
bag ®Iag; the glass 
bag «&aug^ the honse 
bag ^inb, the child 
bag Malh, the calf 
bag <^Ieib^ the dress 
bag ^orri; the grain 
bag ^t% the nest 
bag ©cj^irett; the sword 
bag <Sdilo% the castle 
bag ^ud^^ the cloth 
ber SWanti; the man 
bet 2BaIb, the forest 
ber SKutter, the miller 



Beading Lesson. 

On the Nomvnative omd Accusative. 

FVural in tt* 

1. Sag et ifl ruttb. 2. 5)ie eier jlnbrunb. 3. 3)ag aBilb 
i^mru 4. S)ie aBilber fhib f^5n. 6. Dag ©lag ifl rein. 
6. S)ie®Ufer jlnbrein. 7. 5)ag »&aug ifi grof unb f^on. 
8. ®ie «efiufer flnb gro^ unb f^fin. 9. @eben @ie mir 
flefdUlgfl entttjeber bag SBanb ober bag SBu*. 10. @ieb mir 
bag Aleib unb bag Xn^. 11. Der aSauer l^at jwei ^filber, 
aUt er l^at feine «§fi]^ner. 12. Die ©^Uffer jlnb grog aber 
Die -^dufer flnb Hein. 13. Diefeg SSu^ l^at wenig SBIdtter. 
14. Die SBalber flnb grog. 15. Die a^dnner l^aben 
©ti^njerter. 16. Die iiinber l^aBen SBu^er unb SBilber. 
17. Die SKdb^en ne^men bie SSdnber. 18. Die ^dlBer flnb 
Jung. 19. Der SSauer giBt bem a^db^en 6ier unb ^u^en. 



* In the following Beading Lessons and Exercises, chiefly nomiB 
bekufiging to the Second and First DeoleDaionfl will be used. 



46 THE QEBMAN DECLENSIONS. 

20. 2)a« «KdW^ett glBt bem SBauer aScild^en fur ble ®lct unb fur 
ben Jtud^cn. 21. 3n bem ©arten beg aWudcrS flnb »le(e«§u]^tter. 
22. S>ie 'ftul^ner fu^en *6rner. 23. 2)a« SWdb^en glbt bem 
Settler ble Jtleiber unb bie 3:u^er. 24. 3^ i)aU ein Stalb 
unb ein 'Su^n. 25. S>ie @ier, bie 0lejier, bie ©Idfer unb 
bie Jldrner finbrunb.* 



Vocabulary No. 12. 



the horn, bad «&om 
the lamb, bad li^amm 
the roof, bad S)ad^ 
the valley, bad ^al 
the woman, bad SBeib 
the wheel, bad (Rab 



the plate, ber better 
the hunter, ber Sdger 
the carriage, ber ^agen 
new, neu 
no, f einf 
in, in 



Exercise. 
1. This woman has no child, 2. These women have m^juny 
children. 3. The bird has a nest, 4. The birds have nests, 
5. The carriage has four wheels. 6. The wheels are round. 
^. The dresses are new, but the books are not new. 8. The 
eggs and the wlieds are round. 9. Give me, please, an egg, 
10. The peasant has calves and lambs, 11. The valleys are 
deep. 12. The fowls look, {iov) grain {jpl,), 13. The houses 
have roofs, 14. The girls have ribborvs, 15. The fowls have 
wings. 16. We go through the forest, 17. The gardener 
gives (to) the girl violets for the eggs. 18. In this room 
^n biefem Siwmer) are men and women, 19. The houses of my 
&ther are very high. 20. These ribbons are red, 21. The eggs, 
the nests, the wheels, the glasses, the grain (^pl.), and the plates 
are round. 22. The hunters have horns, 23. My brother has 
many hooks and pictures. 24. Give me either your hookt 
or your pictures. 25. These houses are very high, and these 
casUes are very large.* 



[(^reiBeU; J to write 
i^ fd^reibe, I write 



Vocabulary No. 13. 



faufen, to buy 
i^ tanft, I buy 



* See Conversational Practice, page 14. 
t See § IV., page 4. 

X By catting o£f the final n of the infinitive of a verb ending in en 
we get the first person of the singnlar, present tense indicative. 



THB GEBMAN DECLENSIONS. 



47 



befutiben, to visit 

id) bcfudje, I visit 

id) nti)mt, I take 

fxant, ill 

fur J, short 

ble iStnditf the fruit 

bie fflad^t, the night 

bet ^x^tf the physiciau 

Ut ^% the branch 

bet ^JLcH, the eel 

bet Saum, the tree 

bet ^rtef; the letter 

bet 5ug, the foot 

ber gifd), the fish 

bet Steuno, the friend 

ber 9udi^f the fox 

ber @reid, the old man 

ber <6unb, the dog 

ber ^ntdit, the man-servant 

ber iad)^, the salmon 



ber SD'^onat, the month 

ber ©ol^n, the son 

ber XaQ, the day 

ber aBoIf, the wolf 

ber 3a^n, the tooth 

ber Qn^d^, the branch, twig 

bad 9ftaubt:^ier; the beast of 

prey 
baS 3al^r; the year 
bad $ferb; the horse 
ein unb gtranjig, twenty-one 
brei§ig, thirty 
J)ierjig, forty 
funfjig, fifty 
fed^ijig, sixty 
jlebjig, seventy 
«^tjig, eighty 
neunjig, ninety 
l^uubert, hundred 



Beadiko Lessok. 

On the Nominative cmd Accusative, 
Plu/ral m e. 

' 1. ©er 9tr§t tefud^t ben ©reid. 2. 3)er ©reid ifi franf. 
8. ©er Jtne^truft ben's uttb. 4. DerSJaterliebt benSofin. 

6. ©er ®o^tt tiebt ben ©ater. 6. 3d^ fd^reiBe einen SBrief. 

7. 5)le SKutter faufl elnen (Ring. 8. ©er SSauer tauft einen 
Cfelunb ein $ferb. 9. ©ie @6^ne bed SWutterd gefeen bem 
SBauer l^unbert ©utben flir fein 5Pferb, 10. ^in a^onat f)at 
brel^ig 3:age. 11. ffiin Sal^r l^at brel l^unbert funf unb feti^jig 
Sage. 12. ©ie 3:oge flnb furj; bie md^U flnb long. 
13. ffiir l^aBen fel&r blele fUferbe unb ^u^e. 14. ©er .&unb 
itat »ier Sfi^e; felne S^^^e flnb ft^arf. 15. ©ie SSdume 
baben 2le{leunb3weige. 16. ©ie Srud^te flnb gut. 17. ©ie 
gfudife unb bie SBSlfe flnb (Raubt^iere. 18. ©er ^adi^ ifi 
ein glf^. 19. ©ie Sad^fe unb bie 5lale flnbglfd^e. 20. SBlr 
fd(;relbett »iele aSriefe. 21. 3c^ befud^e melne j?reunbf. 
22. ©ie Sif^e l^aben feine 9upe. 23. id) faufe %pfel unb 



43 THB GBRHAN DEGLENSIOITS. 

mtin grcuttb fauft Sif^e. 24. S)erS)iener l^olt ben 9lf jt. 
25. 3^ f^reiie meinem Siater einen 93rief. 



VOCABULABT No. 14. 

The pike, bet »§ed^t 
The hoof, ber ^uf 
The hat, bcr «&ut 
The river, bcr j?Iuf8 
The ring, bft 3ling 
The coat, ber Stod 
The enemy, ber Seittb 
The shoe, ber ®d^ul^ 
The king, ber ^dnig 
The sparrow, ber Sterling 
The butterfly, ber ©d^metter* 
ling 



The green-finch, ber 3«IP9 
The carpet, ber ^e^^i^ 
The palace, ber SPataji 
The emperor, ber Jtaifer 
The postman, ber Srie^rdger 
The pig, bag ©d^irein 
The sheep, baS ©t^of 
The note, bag SSittet 
To see, fel^en 
Everyone, SeDermann 
Friday, Sreitag 



EXERCISB. 

1. I bny a salmon and cm eel, 2. (The) Eels and (the) 
salmon euce fish. 3. The jpike ia afi^sh, 4. The horse has hoofs. 
5. The shoemaker has many shoes and boots. 6. The 
rwers are deep. 7. The JmUerflies have wings. 8. We see 
many buUerflies, 9. The kings have many horses^ 10. The 
hunter gives (to) my father two sparrows and three greeifr 
fiauihes. 11. ify mother buys two coflrpets, 12. The girl 
gives (to) the beggar a coat and two hats. 13. TSje 
peasant has mcuny pigs and she&p, 14. Everyone has frienSs 
and enemies. 15. My friends have moriy horses. 16. My 
father's A-orse* (^A^ ^r«e« of my father) are tall and fine. 
17. The servant gives (to) the judge two notes. 18. The 
postman gives (to) the girl three letters. 19. The emperor 
has maruy palaces. 20. I write a letter. 21. My brothers 
write many letters. 22. My friends buy horses and I buy 
sheep. 23. My hat is new and m/y shoes are old. 24. The 
dogs, foxes, and wolves are ammals, 26. Sunday, Monday, 
Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday. 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



49 



Vocabulary No. 15. 



Qnn, willingly 

geten, to go 

S<^ gel^e gem, I like to go 

effen, to eat 

3^ effe gem, I like to eat 

f^ielen, to play 

3t^ f^iele gem, I like to play 

ftngen, to sing 

3^ flnge gem, I like to sing 

arBeiten, to work 

3(3^ arBeite gem, I like to work 

Bringen, to bring 

n?eber ... no(i^, neither ... nor 

bie 0lufg, the nut 

ber SBanb, the volume 



ber ffiein, the wine 

ber ®(i^ilb, the shield 

bag @^ilb, the sign-board 

bag 2)orf, the village 

bag Sieb, the song 

bag 'Sadtf, the case, shelf, com- 
partment, or partition 

bag Sanb, the country 

bag SSerf, the work 

bag SBrob, the bread 

ber Sleifd^er, the butcher 

ber ^apen, the chest of d rawers, 
trunk, box 

ber ^6nig, the king 



Reading Lesson. 

On the NoniinaUve and Accusative (continued). 

Plural in tt and t. 

1. 2)ie ^inber lieben ben SSater iinb bie abutter. 2. ©ie 
SRutter liefet bie ^inber. 3. 2)ag ^inb l^at ein ^aI6 unb ein 
Satnm. 4 3)er Sleifd^er l^at t)lete Sdmmer unb ^dlBer. 
5. 5)ie!i^dnber ftnbgro^unbbieDorfer flnbflein. 6. ©iefeg 
® orf ^at X)iete «&aufer. 7. ©er ^onig l^at ijiele ©d^Ioffer. 
8. 5)er ffiagen ^at t)ier SRdber. 9. 3^ flnge gem Sieber. 
10. 3^ effe gem ©ier. 11. S)er ittjxn giBt ben ©ci^ulem 
SBftd&er unb SBilber. 12. Die SBdume l^aBen SBIdtter. 

13. iDiefeg 2^dbd>en l^at weber S3dnber nod^ ^leiber. 

14. ©tefeg SBer! l^at t)ier SSdnbe. 15. Die 3S6geI ^abm 
9lefler. 16. I)ie (Rittet l^aBen ©djilbe unb bie «&dufer l^aben 
(S^itber. 17. Ser Siener bringt 23rob unb SSein fur bie 
fHflannn unb SBeiber. 18. ffiir gel^en burd? SBdIber unb 
Xf^aUx. 19. SWein ^afien l^at i?ier gd^er. 20. S)ie 
«&u]^ner effen gem ,^drner. 21. Diefeg 2)^db^en arBeitet 
gem. 22. I)le Slitter l^aBen ©^rcerter unb ©c^ilbe. 
23. 3d^ idi^xdU gem SBriefe. 24. Die ^inber effen gem 
Qle^fel unb ^li'iffe. 25. 2)er ^auer i)at "^^ferbe, ©d^afe, 
itdlber unb l^dmmer. 

E 



50 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



Vocabulary No. 16. 



The rope, bag ®eit 
The tent, baa Belt 
The ship, bag ®(^iff 
The trade, bag '^anbnjcr! 
The beer, bag SSier 
The herb, boS ^xaut 
The inn, bag ©afJ^auS 
The cask or barrel, bag Safg 
The ropemaker, bcr ©cilet 
The herbalist, ber ^rduter* 
fammlcr 



The navigator, ber S(3^iffer 
The artisan, ber •&anbnjerfer 
The bookbinder, bet SBiid^a 

Binbet 
The cooper, ber gofgbtnber 
The brewer, ber SSrauer 
Saturday, ©onnaBenb or 

©amflag 
The horsey ber $ferb 
There are, eg glBt 
To make, madden. 



Exercise. 

1. The children like to go with their teacher through the 
forests. 2. The men and women go to the farmer's (to the 
farmer) ; they like to work. 3. The bookbinder brings the 
hooks, 4. The cooper brings the casks. 5. The brewer 
brings two barrels (of) beer.* 6. The glasses are clean. 
7. The lambs like to eat grass. 8. The rope-makers make 
ropes, 9. The leaves are green. 10. The navigators have 
ships, 11. The knights have horses and tents, 12. The 
girl brings birds and eggs, 13. My friends have maMy 
houses and castles. 14. There are manA^ trades and many 
artisans. 15. My brothers are artisans. 16. The inns 
hsLve sign-hoards. 17. The knights have shields ejid svjords, 
18, The m£n, women, a.nd children like to work. 19. The fowl 
looks (for) ffrain (pi.) 20. The herbalist looks (for) herbs, 
21. My ribbons are red. 22. This work has fchree volumes. 
23. These children like to write letters, 24. I have ma/ny 
books. 25. These girls like to sing. 26. Sunday, Monday, 
Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, and Saturday. 



Vocabulary No. 17. 



Su U% thou art 
Du i^a% thou hast 



@ie flnb, you are 
®ie l^aBen, you have 



* Of is not to be translated, and larrel is to be used in the singular, 
in the above sentence. See § XVI., Kule TV. 



THE OEBMAN DECLENSIONS. 



51 



3^ felb,* you are 

3^r ijobtt or f)abt,* yon have 

BleiBen, to remain 

bu Bleibfl, thon remainest 

<Sie Wihm, or 'Sfjx UtiUt or 

\>h\Hf yon remain 
nta^eti; to make, to do 
bu ntad^fl, thon makest, thon 

doest 
®ic mat^en, or ^i)x mad^et or 
. ma^tf yon make, yon do 
fcnncn, to know 
bu fennfl, thon knowest 



©le fennen, or S^t fennet or 

Itnnt, yon know 
au(^; also 
nein, no 
von, who 
n?aS, what 
njarum, why 
ircil, becanse 
grim, green 
ber ffiirtl^, the host 
ber SWinlpcr, the minister 
bag 'Saar, the hair 



Beading Lesson. 

On the Oenitive, 

1. 2)er SBruber bcS ©irtl^eS ifi tin 9trst. 2. S)er 5Jatcr 
bc6 ^trjtce ifi !ran!. 3. Die ©iener ber 5(erjte flnb aud^ 
franf. 4. «ennji bu ben @o^n beg SWiniflerg? 5. 0lein, i^ 
fenne ben ©ol^n beg 5trjteg. 6 3^er fenntbie S3ruber meineg 
greunbeg? 7. SBag mad^jl bu? 8. 3* fc^reibe bem Se^rer 
meinet Sreunbe einen SSrief. 9. Sic 3^1^ne beg '^unbeg 
Pnb f(i;arf. 10. Die 3a^ne biefeg ©reifeg flnb njei^. 

11. SBarum Heiben @ie bei bem Mjrer S^reg ©ol^ueg? 

12. aCBeilt er ftan! ifi. 13. 5)er 5lrjt 6efud?t ben iiJel^rer meineg 
Steunbeg. 14. Diefer fiel^rer %tf)t mit feinen ®^ulem ju bem 
^tiefier beg Dorfeg. 15. SBarum flnb @ie traurig, mein 
gremib? 16. SBarum flnb ©ie traurig, meine Sreunbe? 
17. SBatum bifl bu ttaurig, mein *inb ? 18. SBarum [eib 3^r 



* 3l^t feib and 3^t f^abt are the plural of bu Bifl and bu l^afl, and 
are very rarely nsed in the singular ; in the plural only when each 
o£ the several persons spoken to would be addressed with bu Bifl and 
bu l^afl ; the polite form of addressing one or several persons with 
whom we are not very familiar, must always be <Sie flnb and (Sie 
^aben. What has been said of ^f^t fcib and 3]^r f^abt refers also to the 
second form of @ie BleiBen, ©ie madden, ©ie fenncn, and all other 
verbs. The e before the final t in the second form may be omitted 
when euphony allows. 

t In a sentence beginning with toeil place the verb at the end 
of the sentence. Ex. : Because he is ill, S ei( er !ran! ifi. 



52 THE GEBMAN DECLENSIONS. 

traurtg; Jtinber? 19. I)ie Simmer btcfeS ©d^toffeS jinb grof 
unb f^0n. 20. 2)ie SBilber meineS aBiit^eS flnb fel^r f($dn, 
21. 2)ic ®d>u^e ber ^inber flnb Hcin. 22. ^it SBldtter bc« 
aSaumeS flnb grim. 23. Ser SJater blefeS ^inbeS iflfe^r 
franf. 24. 3^ lefe ben SBrief meineS SreunbeS. 25. S)er 
fiel^rer gel^t bem SBruber meineS Sreunbe^ entgegen. 26. S)er 
Sel^rer S^rer @6^ne ifi mein greunb. 



Vocabulary No. 18. 



The badger, ber 2)ad>g 
The stork, ber ©tord^ 
The swan, ber S^ttjan 
The saloon, ber <Baal 
The button, ber »^no^f 



The tower, ber ^urm 
The neck, ber «§al3 
The stone, ber Stein 
The marten, ber STOarber 
The beak, ber Sd^naBel 



Exercise. 

1. Thou art my friend. 2. You are my friend. 3. You 
are my friends. 4. The feet of the badger are short. 
5. The feet of the marten are also short. 6. The rooms of 
the palace are large and fine. 7. The windows of the saloons 
are very high. 8. The beak of the stork is long. 9. The 
sleeves of your cloak are long. 10. The stone of this ring 
is red. 11. The windows o/ fAe ^ow;er are small. 12. Why 
is the servant of the physician sad ? 13. Because* his father 
is ill. 14. We know the brother o/ ^^e jp%sician. 15. You 
are the brother of this man, 16. The teeth of the dog^ of 
the fox, and of the wolf are veiy sharp. 17. The neck of the 
swan is long. 18. The stones of yoti/r rings are blue. 
19. The teeth of the dogs, of the foxes, and of the wolves are 
sharp. 20. The houses of the physicians are large and fine. 
21. The father of these children is poor and ill. 22. Do 
you know the brothers of my friend ? 23. You are the 
teacher of my sons, 24. The rooms of my house are small. 



Vocabulary No. 19. 



bag ffiort,theword(in French 
le mot, pi. bie 25orter) 

bag 2Bort,theword (in French 
la parole, pi, bie ^orte) 



bag ^or, the gate 
bag @oIb, the gold 
bag WltioSi, the metal 
bag ©ilber, the silver 



See note f on previous page. 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 53 



ber ©^dfer, the shepherd 
ber S)erfel, the cover 
ber ^tvof>\)nn, the inhabitant 
bie SaxU, the colour 



f(]^n?aq, black 

ni^tnur... fonbern a\x^, not 

only . . . but also 
l^oren, to hear 



Eeading Lesson. 

On the Genitive (continued). 

1. 2)ie aSAume beg ffialbeS ftnb f)o^. 2. 2)ie »dume bet 
SBdlber flnb ^o(]^. 3. ©ie mdi^n ber ^inber finb rein. 
4. Der ®d[?nelber Bringt bie ^teiber ber .ffinber. 5. i)ie Sarbe 
biefeS SBanbeg ifiHau. 6. DieSedeel biefeg 93anbeg flnb 
TOtl^. 7. 2)ie Sarbe biefer ^dnber i|i Qriin. S, 2)ie2)edfel 
biefer SBdnbe flnbfd^mrj;. 9. Die SBercol^ner biefeg ©d^IoffeS 
flngen gern. 10. ,Rennen @ie bie SWutter biefeS ^ffinbeS? 
11. 2)ie aSilber biefeS ^n^t^ fmb Won. 12. 2)ie ^ieiber ber 
SKdnner unb ber SCBeiBer flnb neu. 13. I)a8 @ci;Iofg l^at jwei 
3:^ore. 14. (©a3) ®oIb unb (ba6) ®iI6er flnb aKetaUe. 15. 2)ie 
SGBoUe ber li^dmmer unb ber ®(3^afe iji weig. 16. Ser SBauer 
f)at jnjei ©d^dfer unb J)iele S^afe. 17. 2^ein 3Sater l^at nur 
einen S^dfer. 18. 3)aa ^inb f^rei^t sjiete SBorter. 19. 2)a3 
Jtinb l^ort bie fflorte be^ Sel^rera. 20. ©u arbeiteft nx(^t gem, 
mein »^inb. 21. Jlinber, il^r arbeitet nidit gem. 22. @ie 
orteiten nid^t gem, mein Sreunb. 23. ©ie 'Sdufer beg ©orfeS 
flnbflein. 24. SWein Sreunb ifi ber SBruber beS ^arbinaU. 
25. SKeine Sreunbe flnb bie SBruber ber ^arbindle. 26. ©er 
aSater biefer «Rinber ifi nid^t nur fel^r alt, fonbern aix^ fel^r arm. 
27. @ie flnb nid^t nur ber li^el^rer, fonbern andtf ber Sreunb meineS 
@o^ne«. 28. ©ag ^au^ beg 2tr jteS ifi nid^t nur fe^r grof, 
fonbern and;) fel^r fd^on. 29. ©ie SBewol^ner biefeg ©orfeS 
flnb arm. 30. ©iefe jn?ei SSdnber flnb fiir bie ^inber mein eg 
SreunbeS unb biefe ffcti aSdnbe fmb fiir ben Se|)rer me in eg 
©ol^neg. * 

VOCABITLART No. 20. 

The country, bog Sanb ; pretty, l^iiBfd^. 

Exercise. 

1. The rooms of the castle are large. 2. The roofs of the 

houses are black or red. 3. The books of the children are 

small and pretty. 4. The rivers of this covMry are very large. 

6. The eggs of the birds are white. 6. The leaves of this 



54 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



hook are large. ?. The pictures of these hooks are very fine. 
8. The cooper brings many barrels. 9. The brewer brings 
four barrels* (of) beer, and two barrels* (of) wine. 10. Who 
has many calves ? 11. The butcher has many sheep, 
lambs, and calves. 12. What has the book ? 13. The book 
has leaves and pictures. 14. Who has the dresses and the 
books of the children ? 15. The teacher has the books and 
the tailor has the dresses of the chUd/ren, 16. The pictures 
of these hooks are not only large but also very fine. 17. You 
are not only my friend but also my teacher. 18. I am not 
only your Mend but also the friend of your sons, 19. We 
are the children of one (eineS) father. 20. Where is the 
house of my friend ? 21. The children of this man are 
very young. 22. The shoes of this child are very small. 

23. The wool of the lambs and of the sheep is white. 

24. The fish of the river are large. 25. The gates of this 
castle are high. 

VOCABULABT No. 21. 



mir, to me (dat) 

bit, to thee (dat) 

ii)m,f (m.) to him or it (dat.) 

it r,t to her or it (dat.) 

ibm,t (n.) to it (dat) 

litiS, to us (dat) 

3^nen (yr ^\x^, to you (dat.) 

i^nen, to them (dat) 

tttid^, me (ace.) 

'tiCi), thee (ace) 

l]^n,t him or it (ace,) 

fie,t her or it (ace.) 

eg,t it (ace.) 

ung, us (a^.) 

@ie or Qu^, you (ace.) 

fie, them (ace.) 

fatten, to fall 



2dQ,m ©ie mlr, show me 

^ni)m ®ie mir, lend me 

©agen ®ie mir, tell me 

Hum, to build 

^^ahm, to hurt 

auf bem li^anbe, in the country 

immer, always 

voo, where 

bet Srojl, the frost 

ber ^raum, the dream 

ber ®^mieb, the smith 

ber ®egen, the blessing 

ber '&immel, the sky, heaven 

bag JJeBen, the life 

bie ©tabt, the town 

bte S^agb; the maid-servant 

bie ^ildi), the milk 



* See Note *, page 6. 

t It, as subject, can, as we have seen in Vocabulary No. 1, be 
translated cr, fie, eg ; as indirect oWect, it can be translated if^m, 
t^r, iljm. ; and as direct object, il^n, ffe, e^, according to the gender of 
the nonn which it represents. 



the german declensions. 55 

Reading Lesson. 
On the Dative. 

(A.) 1. S)ie!Kflgbfommt mit bent ^inbe auSbent ©^loffe. 

2. 5)ie Stirrer fommen mit ben ^inbern «uS bem SSalbe. 

3. 3t^ ne^me bie ®ier au0 bem 0lefie. 4. 2Bir nel^men bie 
Qin fammt ben 0lejlern. 5. @r brol^t bem 3Sater fammt 
ben ;Rinbern, 6. 5Bir njol^nen l^ier feit brei Sa^ren, jtcei 
SKonaten unb brei 3:ogen. 7. 2^ein Sreunb lieBt mi(]^; er 
flibt mir immer 2le))fet unb 0liJiffe. 8. SDer Sel^rer ruft bic^ ; er 
fragt na^ bit. 9. 2)ae SWdb^en ifl mit ben ^inbern Beim* 
Setter. 10* Ser itf)xn ruft bie ^nber; er liebt fie unb gibt 
tl^nen immer SBiid^er unb Silber. 11. S^igen ®ie mir Sl^ref 
^iil^ner. 12. S)er ^itec^^t gel^t mit ben ^ferben ju bem 
S^miebe. 13. So ttjo^nt 3^r SSater? 14 dt njol^nt auf 
bem Sanbe unb meine SWutter ttjol^nt bei il^rem SSruber. 
15. ®ieb bem SD'^anne einen ©utben unb bem SBeibe einen 
%fyiltt. 16. ©ebenSie ben SD'^dnnern SBeinunb ben 3Beibern 
WlUdi. 17. 2)er ©egen M 9Sater« baut ben ^inbern 'Sdufer. 

(B.) 18. !£)aS Seben gtei^t einem ^raume. 19. So ijlber 
©iener? 20. Ser SSater fu^t ilbn. 21. SBo ijl bie SKagb? 
22. 3)ie Sautter fuci^t fie. 23. SBo ijl bag 9Su^ ? 24. DaS 
«inb fud^t eg. 25. So flnb bie ©d^iiter ? 26. Der fiel^rer rup 
fie. 27. SSom* «&immel fommt ber Slegen unb au(3^ ber Segen. 
28. 3)er ffrofi fd^abet ben SBdumen. 29. Seigen @ie unS unb 
unfern grreunben ^i)x »8au8. 30. fieil^en @ie biefen 
*inbern Sl&re SSfi^er. 31. ©agen ®ie mir gefdttigjl, njo ®ie 
wol^nen. 32. 3)ie SrCw^te fallen ijon ben 35dumen. 33. 3Ber 
f)at ben aWng ? 34. 36r Sater l^at il^n. 35. 3Ber f)at bie ^u^ ? 
36. 3)a8 3Kdb(^n l^at jle. 37. Ser ^at bag SBanb? 38. Dag 
Jtinb |>at eS. 39. SBer 1)at bie SBdnber unb bie SBdnbe ? 40. Die 
SRdb^en l^aben fie. 41. 3ti^ ban!e bir, mein Sreunb. 42. 3^ 
banfe Sl^nen, mein gfreunb. 43. ,^mmen ®ie mit mix. 
4t4i. «ftommen @ie mit und. 45. ©el^en ®ie mit il^nen. 

* hti betn, »on bem, ju bem can be contracted into bcim, »om, gum. 

See note, § IV., page 4. 



56 the german declensions. 

Vocabulary No. 22. 



I am at home, 3^ Bin ^u «&aufe 
I go home, ^d) gel^e nad? '^aufe 
To walk, ge^cn ; gives, git)t 
The stick, ber ©tpcf 



The field, bag Selb 

The plough, ber 5^flug 

The hand, bie «&attb 

The umbrella, ber Slegenfd^inn 



Exercise. 

(A.) 1. Your* brother likes to work ; his teacher loves 
him.' 2. Your mother is in the country; the physician 
visits her. 3. Your book is at (bd, with dative) the 
teacher* 8; the maid- servant fetches it. 4. The father goes 
with his son to the curate. 5. We walk urith ourf feet and 
work with ourf hands. 6. The rain hurts (governs the 
dative) the trees, 7. Bring me my book. 8. The peasant 
com.ea with the men ajid the women from the fields, 9. These 
men look (for) their ploughs. 10. We thank thee (dat.), 
O father. 11. The leaves fall from the tree, 12. Our 
teacher praises and loves us. 13. The workmen are coming 
(come) from the fields. 14. The gardener gives us apples 
and nuts. 15. The teacher gives u>s books. 

(B.) 16. Why do you remain at home? (9BarumBIeiBen®ie.) 
17. I remain a^feome, because the weather is not fine, 18. The 
children go home, 19. We are at home, 20. We go home, 
21. Show me your house. 22. We play with the children 
and the children play with us, 28. The pupils are coming 
with their hoohs, 24, The hunters are coming with their 
horses and their dogs, 25. The postman is coming (comes) 
with yov/r letters, 26. The bookbinder is coming with my 
volumes, 27. The girl is coming vdth your ribbons, 28. Give 
(to) these men bread and (to) these children cake. 29. Show 
(to) this child your pictures. 30. Lend (to) the physician 
your stick and your umbrella. 



YOCABULART No. 23. 



an,X at, on, upon, by 
auf;( on, upon 

l^inter^ behind 
in,t in 



neBen, Jby, near, by the side of 
unter^J under, among 
uBer,J over, above 
^OX,X before, in front of 



* See note to § lY., page 4. 

t Use the definite article, and say— mit bcjl gufiejl, VXit ben ^dnben. 

% See note * on following page. 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



57 



ffoi^dbm,* between 

benfen, to think 

pctlen, to put or place 

^if^txif to Btand 

fxUdim, to creep 

ftlett; to sit 

fptingen, to spring, to jump 

legen; to lay 

liegen, to lie 

Mngeti/ to suspend, hang 

^e^en, to stick or put 

oft, often 

fclteil; rarely, seldom 

nie, never 

iefet,t now 



bar in, in it, in them (therein) 

ber ^aU, the ball 

bet 9^ar!t, the market 

ber ©tul^l, the chair 

bcr ^lif^, the table 

bag @ig, the ice 

bag (Soncert, the concert 

bag Ufcr, the shore 

ber Spiegel, the mirror or 

looking-glass 
ber Sommer, the summer 
ber 3B inter, the winter 
ber Dfen, the stove 
ber Singer, the firger. 



Reading Lesson. 

On the Accusative cmd Dative. 

A. 1. Ser SSater l^dngt ben 2)?antel an ben 0laget; je^t 
l^dngt ert an bem 0lagel; or, er l^dngt je^t an bem ^aQtL 
2. 3^ jlede ben Oling an ben Singer; iti^t ifi er an bem 
ginger. 3. Sie SWutter benftj an il^re ^inber. 4. 2)ie 
Xo^tn beg ^onigg gel^t an bag Ufer or an'g§ Ufer beg 
glufjeg; Je|t ifl fie an bem or am§ Ufer beg gtuffeg. 5. SBol^in 



* The 9 prepositions given in this Vocabulary govern the accusative 
and dative ; they govern the accusative when the verb in the sentence 
expresses motion towa/rds a place ; they govern the dative when the 
verb in the sentence does not express motion towa/rds a place. Thus in 
the sentence, „ 2)rr SSater gel^t in bag Simmer/' the verb gcl^en 
expresses motion towa/rds the room ; in the sentence, „ JDer Sater 

gel^t in bem Simmer auf unb aB " (up and down), the verb gtl^cn 

expresses motion in the place, namely in the room, Ijut not towofl^ 
the room. The accusative answers generally the question tt)cl(|in ? 
(where to, whither ?) and the dative the question too ? (where ?) 

t In a sentence beginning with Je^t or any other adverb or ad- 
verbial construction, place the verb before the subject. Ex. : 3e^t 
fommt er. (Now he comes.) 

X The verb benf cn, to think, governs the accusative, and is followed 
by the preposition an. 

§ an bag, auf bag, i^inter bag, in bag, unter bag, uber bag, »or bag, 
can be contracted into an'g, auf g, l^inter'g, in'g, unter'g, uBer'g, ©or'e ; 
an bem and in bem into am and im. 



58 THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 

fleOen ®ie ben ©tu^I? 6. 3c3^ Me i^n an bag S^enfier. 
7. 3c^ lege bag SBuci; auf ben ^tfdb; {e^t Kegt eS auf bem 
5:ifc^e. 8. 5Me abutter fd^icft bie 3»agb auf ben SUJarft; pe 
iji ie|t auf bem SWarfte. 9. Sle ^inber gel&en auf bag or 
auf 'g* ^iS. 10. ffio f[nb bie JTinber ? 11. @ie flnb auf bem 
(life. 12. SBol^in ge^t ber ©artner ? 13. @r gel^t l^in ter bag 
i§aug. 14. So ijl ber ©drtner? 15. ®r iji l^intet bem 
^aufe. 16. ffio^in fd^Wt bie SKutter bie «inber? 17. @ie 
fd^idt jle in ten ©arten. 18. 5Bo flnb bie ^inber ie|t? 
19. ®ie jinb in bem or im ©arten. 20. S)ag ^nb ge^t in 
baS 3itttmer; eS ijl ie|t in bem Stwimer. 21. 3d^ fleUe ben 
Stul^C ne'ben ben ^ajlen. 22. I)er ©tul^I pe^t neben bem 
JTajten. 23. S)er «§unb fried^t unter ben 2:if^j ie|t ift er 
unter bem ^ifd^e. 24. 3(3^ l&ange ben @:|)ieget iiber ben 
Jtajlen; er l^dngt ie|t uber bem ^afien. 25. ^er Sdger gel^t 
ijor bag or ijor'g* Sil^or; erifiie^t i)or bem ^l^ore. 26.3^ 
fietteben ^afien jtrifd^en ben Ofen unb bag Senfiet; er 
fte^t Je^t ^wift^en bem Dfen unb bem Senfler. 27, 3(^ 
^e^e oft in bag or in'g* ^l^eater aBer nie in^g ©oncert. 

(B.) 28. SBo njol^nt 3l&r Dnfel? 29. @r wo^nt auf bem fianbe. 
80. 2^eine Sreunbe gel&en fetten auf ben 35a tt. 31. SBol^in 
legen @ie bie SSiid^er ? 32. 3rf> lege fie a u f b e n il i f d^. 33. SBo 
leBen bie gud^fe unb 9B5Ife? 34. @ie lekn in ben gSdlbern. 
85. 3So leben bie gifd^e ? 36. ®ie leBen in bem or im SBaffer. 
87. 3d^ lege bag SBud^ entweber auf ben 3!ifd^ ober in ben 
;ta|ien. 38. ©er ^unb f))ringt in ben Slufg. 39. 3m 
©ommer flnb bie 3:age lang. 40. 3m 9B inter flnb bie ^age 
fur J. 41. I)ie 5(rbeiter flnb aufbemgetbe; fie gel^en ieben 
3!ag ouf bag Selb. 42. 3d^ benfe an meine greunbe. 
43, aBerbenft an bid^? 44. 0liemanb ben!t an mid^. 45. 3d^ 
benfe oft an @ie. 46. Die ©d^iiler gel^en mit il^rem £e|)rer in 
ben SBalb. 47. J)er«&unb tiegt ijor bem «&aufe. 48. Die 
93%lflngen auf ben SBdumen. 49. 3u ben ^lefiern ber 
a55gel tiegen (5ier. 50. Die ^inber f^ielen i)or bem «&aufe. 

51. Der 3Sater unb bie SDhxtter fl^en neBen il^ren ^inbern. 

52. SBer tco^nt in biefem ©d^Iojfe? 53. Sir wo^nen 
iarin? 54. Der Diener fie^t l^inter bem Stul^Ie beg 
SKiniflerg.t 



* See note §, on previous page. 

t Conversational Practice, questions SQ3o ? and SlBol^in ? Sin toen? 



THE OEBMAlf DECLENSIONS. 59 

VOCABULAET No. 24. 

The head, ber Jlo^f, baS «§au))t The cage, ber Jldflg 



The stocking, bcr StrunHjf 

To throw, trerfen 

To knock, flo^fen 

To imprison or to shut up, 

f^erren 
Somebody, {emanb 
Sometimes, mand^tnal 



The stable, ber ©tatt 
The protection, ber ®d^ufe 
The nosegay, ber ©trau^ {pi, 

bie Strdu^e) 
The ostrich, ber @traup (pZ. 

bie ®traji§e) 
God, ®ott 
The sea, bad Wlttx 

EXEBCISE. 

(A.) 1. lam standing (3(^ flel^e) at (jxn) the window, 2. I 
go to (an) the window, 3. I think of (an) ottr friend. 
4. Who knocks a^ <i^ gate ? 5. The child lays the nose- 
gay wpon the table. 6. The nosegay lies on the table, 
7, The gardener shuts up the ostrich in the cage, 8. The 
ostrich is now in the cage, 9. Where are the nosegays ? 
10. They are in the garden. 11. Where are the ostriches? 
12. They are in the cages. 13. My brother likes to go upon 
Hie ice; he is now on the ice, 14. The servant is going 
(gel^t) behind the tent ; he is now behind the tent, 15. The 
minister is sitting (fl^t) at the table, and his servant stands 
behind his chair, 16. I am going (I go, 3d? gel^e) into my room, 
and my friends are going (go, ge|en) into the garden, 1 7. I 
am now in my room, and my friends are in the garden. 18. In 
this country are (giBt eS) many physicians. 19. The horses 
are in the stables. 20. These children are always throwing 
(throw always) ^ionesinto our windows, 21. Who lives m ^^i« 
castU ? 22. We live in it. 23. What is in these glasses ? 
24. Water is in them. 

(B.) 25. The dog lies by the side of the shepherd. 26. 
The shepherd lies by the side of the dog. 27. I lay the 
nosegay by the side of the boohs ; it lies now by the side 
of the books. 28. The books are lying (Ilegen) by the side 
of the nosegay. 29. A sword is suspended (l^dngt) over 
(uBer) his head. 30. My friend swims across (iiBer) the 
river. 81. The children throw the books under the table, 
82. Where are the books ? 33. They are vmder the table. 

* Also oalled ^lumen^auf . 



60 THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 

34. My teacher is my friend; I stand imder Ms protec- 
tion. 35. The dog lies before (in front of) the home, 

36. The girl is standing (ftel&t) before the looking-glass, 

37. We are going before (to the front of) our house. 38. In 
the year* eighteen hundred. 39. Before the year* eighteen 
hundred. 40. Before the year eighteen hundred and sixty. 
41. In summery we live in the country, 42. Nobody is in 
the rooms, but somebody is in the cellar. 43. Our house 
stands betiveen the castle and the river, 44. The village lies 
in a valley, 45. I believe in (an) God, my creator. 46. I 
lay my book between the nosegay and the cage. 47. The 
children play on (an) the bank of the river. 48. We play 
sometimes on (an) the shore of the sea. 49. Who thinks 
of me? 50. Your friends think o/ yot*. 51. These children 
like to throw stones into the river, 62. My stockings are 
on the chair. 

Practice. — Sentences like those on the pages 40 44 , are 
to be formed with nouns belonging to the Second Declension. 
See Second and Third Formation of the Plural, and also 
Conversational Practice, page 14. 

Remark. — The preceding two Declensions are called by 
some grammarians the strong or ancient Declension. The 
following is a table of the strong Declension : — 

PiBST Declension. Second Declension. 

Singular, 

N. N. 



A. A. 

G. d G. eu J 

D. D. ej 

Flural, 

N. N. tt N. e 

A. A. tt A. e 

G. G. er G. e 

D. n D. ttn D. — — en 

* Sn "When used for time, as above, governs the dative, and answers 
the question tijatlll ? (when ?) It may also govern the accusative, 
Ex.: — @r geftt in'^ jel^nte 3 a l^r, he enters on his tenth year. S5or, 
when refering to time, always governs the datme, Ex. : fBtX ben 
So^re 1877, h^ore the yecur 1877. 

t See note f to Vocabulary No. 23, and put, " In summer Uvb we 
in the country." % See Bemaik 1, page 38. 



THE OEBUAN DECLENSIONS. 



61 



§ 


XT. THIRD DECLENS 


HON. 


Fourth Formation of 


the Flural^ and Third Declension, 


The plural is formed- 


—(IV.) By adding n to the nomi- 


native of the singular. (See General Rule .^ 


0. 3, § v., page 6.) 


To this Formation of the Plural belong 


• 


1. All nouns ending i 


in e except those mentioned in Rule 


2, First Formation of the Plural, page 10. 


Ex: — 




Masculine Nouns in t, 


» 


Singular, 






Flttral. 


bet 2tffe 


the ape or monkey 


bie 5lffeu 


,, aSotc 


» 


messenger 


;, aSoten 


,; Dane 


99 


Dane 


,, I)dnen 


„ Deutf(:^e* 


»J 


German 


„ ©eutfc^en 


. eifet 


» 


elf 


„ ®Ifen 


n Solfe 


99 


falcon 


„ Salfen 


,, Sranjofe 


» 


Frenchman 


,, Sranjofen 


n ^mwx 


» 


free archer 


,, 5rei[*utjen 


f, Srembc* 


99 


stranger 


,f Sremben 


„ &unfe 


99 


spark 


„ Suttfen 


„ ©ebanfe 


99 


thought 


,; ©ebanfen 


,, ©elel^rtc* 


99 


scholar 


„ ©ele^rten 


,, ©ered^te* 


99 


just man 


,, ©erec^ten 


„ ©riec^e 


99 


Greek 


„ ©rie(J^en 


n »&afc 


99 


hare 


,f «&afett 


,, «&aufe 


99 


crowd 


„ «&aufen 


,; «&eiUge* 


99 


saint 


„ '&eillgen 


„ '^eibe 


99 


heathen 


f, «&eiben 


,f 3ube 


99 


Jew 


„ Suben 


„ ^naBe 


99 


boy 


,f ^naben 


,, ^unbe 


99 


customer 


„ t^unbcn 


„ Um 


99 


lion 


„ Hwm 


„ SKatrofe 


99 


sailor 


f, ai^atrofen 


„ dlamt 


99 


name 


,; Xiamen 



• See note * to Vocabulary No. 57. f (Stfe is &laofermmne, 
t Also gteiW% 



62 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



Singular, 






bet 0^effe the nephew 


bw 


n ^m 


, page (boy) 


tf 


„ $reu^c , 


, Prussian 


ff 


„ diaU 


, raven 


ft 


„ Sliefe 


, giant 


n 


„ aiuffe 


, Bnssian 


tt 


,, ®d^u|e 


, shooter 


ti 


,> See 


, lake 


II 


,, ©Haije , 


, slave 


II 


;, ^eife* 


, Wiseman 


ri 


/, Seuge 


, witness 


II 



FturaL 

bic 9leffett 
$agen 

9laBen 
9hefen 
aftuffen 

Seen 
<SfIaJ)en 
aBeifen 
Seugen 



Feminine Nouns in t* 



bic 2tmeife (j??. -u), the ant 
5lntilo^e, the antelope 
2lnti:0at^le; the antipathy 
5l^rifofc, the apricot 
2lufgabe, the exercise, task 
SSat^jiclje, the wagtail 

(bird) 
Safe, the lady-cousin 
SBiene, the bee 
SSinbe, the tie 
Sirfe, the birch tree 
aSIltibf^lei^e, the blind- 
worm 
Soigne, the bean 
SSorfc, the purse, exchange 
SBremfe, the gadfly 
SSud^e, the beach tree 
S5ur jie, the brush 
SSujie, the bust 
Safeme, the barracks 
SDcrfe, the cover, ceiling 
S)o|)le, the jackdaw 
2)ofe, the box 
2)ro]^ne, the drone 
©Bene, the plain 



II 



II 



n 



It 



II 
II 
II 
II 
II 



H 
II 
II 
II 
II 
II 
II 
II 
II 
II 



II 



bie ©gge {pL- n), the harrow 
©id^e, the oak 
(Sibec^fe, the lizard 
@nte, the duck 
(SrSfe, the pea 
S^al^ne, the standard, flag 
Seige, the fig 
%i^U, the pine tree 
Slamme, the flame 
JJlafd^e, the bottle 
Sled^te, the tress, braid, 
lichen (in botany) 
Sliege, the fly 
SIdte, the flute 
%h^xt, the pine tree 
Sorette, the trout 
Sreube, the joy 
@aBe, the gift 
®emfe, the chamois 
©efd^i^te, the story 
©locfe, the bell 
@ritte, the cricket (ani- 
mal), whim 
©utnee, the guinea 
@urfe, the cucumber 



II 
II 
II 
II 
II 
II 
II 
n 
II 



II 



II 
II 
II 
II 
II 
II 
II 
II 
II 
II 



II 



* See note • to Vocabulary No. 57. 



THE GEBMAN DECLENSIONS. 



63 



ble «&arfe {pi* -«)> *^© ^*^P 
ff »&armonte, the harmony 
,, «&auBc, the bonnet 
f, «&elbc, the heath 
f, «&ennc, the hen 
„ «^cerbe, the herd 
ff «&cufci^recfe, the grass- 
hopper 
ff «&59ane, the hyena 
fi Sacfe, the jacket 
,, ^anne, the can, mug 
,, ^a%t, the cat 
„ ^txytf the candle 
ff SttXitf the chain 
„ ^irdjc, the church 
ff ^irft^e, the cherry 
ff ^ijie, the box 
ff SXva^tf the blade of a 

knife 
ff ^li()^e, the cliff 
,, ^ol^Ie, the coal 
ff ^^xoSk, the coral 
ff ^raOc, the claw 
,f ^rone, the crown 
,f RxhXt, the toad 
f, ^XVidt, the crutch 
f, ^yxdcji, the kitchen 
ff Styx)p)pt, the top, round 

point 
f, Stvi^tf the coast 
ff Sdrci^e, the larch-tree 
,, fiauBe, the bower 
ff Saute, the lute 
ff itxdnjtf the lark (bird) 
,, Seijfole; the gilly-flower 
^ Sinfe, the lentil, lens 
ff fit^j^Je, the lip 
,, fitjie, the list 
ft WtoijxvCf the mane 
,f WtOiix^m, the matron 
,, ^A\tf the tom-tit 



bie SKelobie (i?Z. -||), the me- 
lody 
fKelone, the melon 
S^erle, the blackbird 
SSflt^i, the mass (in church) 
SKilBe,the moth 
^h^xtf the carrot 
SKotte, the moth 
Wtbvoif the sea-gull 
fWu(fe, the gnat 
a^ul^le, the mill 
SWu^e, the cap 
9^arBe, the scar 
0^afe, the nose 
9^el!e, the pink (flower) 
yiidHjU, the niece 
Dctatje, the octave 
Orange, the orange 
$alme, the palm 
$ajiete, the pie 
^aufe, the kettle-drum 
$eitf4e, the whip 
4^erle, the pearl 
SPfanne, the pan 
^Jfeife, the pipe 
^Jjlanje, the plant 
$fiaume, the plum 
^lage, the plague 
Duette, the source, foun- 
tain 
Slatte, the rat 
(Retfe, the journey 
giotte, the roU 
Slofe, the rose 
@dge, the saw 
SarbeOe, the anchovy 
@arbine, the sardine 
@dule, the column 
@d^eibe, the pane 
©d^eune, the bam 
©d^ere, the scissors 



// 

n 

n 

It 

n 

f> 

ft 

fi 

II 

II 

It 

It 

It 

n 

II 

It 

If 

ft 

It 

It 

II 

II 

If 

ti 

ft 

ti 

It 



II 



ft 

ft 

ff 

ft 

If 

If 

II 

II 



It 



It 



64 



THE GEBMAN DECLENSIONS. 



bte 

ft 
n 

ti 
ti 
ti 

91 
ft 
ft 
ft 
ft 
f« 
ft 
ft 
ft 
ft 
ft 
ft 

ft 
ft 
ft 
ft 



S^ilbftrote (pl-n), the 

tortoise 
©d^lange, the serpent 
®(i}Uf)tf the sloe, wild 

plum 
©d^leife, the knot, loop 
©djleil^e, the tench 
©d^linge, the knot, loop, 

snare 
Sd^necfe, the snail 
©d^ne^^fe, the snipe 
@^u(e, the school 
@(3^urge, the apron 
(8(^ttja(Be, the swallow- 
See, the sea 
©eite, the page, side 
®enfe, the scythe 
©ilSe, the syllable 
®onne, the snn 
®^lnne, the spider 
©^rojje, the step on a 

ladder 
S^racS^e, the language 
©tiege, the stairs 
©titttme, the voice 
©trofe, the punishment 



bie ©tra^e (pi. -n), the road 
,, ©tube, the chamber 
„ ©tunbe, the hour 
f, ©tute, the mare 
„ ©unbe, the sin 
f, ©u^^e, the soup 
ff ©ijm^atl^ie, the sympathy 
,f Xanm, the fir-tree 
ff ^anUf the aunt 
f, Xaidftf the pocket 
,f Xa^tf the cup 
,, Xauht, the pigeon 
„ 2!raube, the grape 
„ ^^ul^e, the tulip 
„ Ulme, the elm-tree 



SBaife, the orphan 
SBange, the cheek 
SBanje, the bug 

„ 9Bef^e, the wasp 
SBe^e, the waist-coat 
QBiege, the cradle 

„ SBiefe, the meadow 

f,. SBittnje, the widow 
SBujie, the desert 
Siege, the goat 

ff Sunge, the tongue 



It 



ft 



It 



It 



It 



It 



It 



To this Formation of the Plural belong — 

2. All feminine nouns ending in el and tt, except bie 
3Kutter and bie ^oc^tet, the plural of which is bie Sautter and 
bie %h&jiix. (See Remark to Rule 1, First Formation of the 
Plural, page 10.) Examples in el : 



bie Qtm^el {pl^ -11), the lamp 
„ 2lmfel, the blackbird 
„ 5tngel, the hinge, hook, 

fish-hook 
„ SBikl, the Bible 
„ 2)eid^fel, the pole, beam 



It 



Siftel, the thistle 



bie 2)rojTf 1 {pi. -||),thethrush 
„ @id^el, the acorn 
„ Sabel, the fable 
„ Seffel, the fetter 
„ 5ibel, the spelling-book, 

primer 
„ ©afcel, the fork 



THB OEBHAK DECLENSIONS. 



66 



ble ©el^el,* (jp2.-iO, the whip, 
sconrge, hostage ^ 
Snfel, the island 
Aartoffel, the potatoe 
Xop\>A, the leash 
Stup^tl, the dome, cnpola 
fSHanM, the almond 
S^angel; the mangle 
S^uf^el, the mussel, sheU 
fflaMf the needle 
9leffel, the nettle 



// 



tf 



n 



ft 



n 



ft 



n 



tf 



II 



bie Drgel, (pZ. -ll), the organ 
$a^^el, the poplar 
0ara6et the parable 
Slegel, the rale 
<S>^Qi6:jiA, the box 
®ti^aufel, the shovel 
©d^uffel, the dish 
^afel, table (black board) 
3!rommeI, the drum 
SBadbtel, the qnail 
3)vie6el, the onion 



// 
// 

n 
It 
tf 
ft 
ft 
It 



ft 



Examples in tt* 



blc Slber (pi -n), the vein 
gafft, the fibre 
geber, the pen 
SiBer, the fibre 
Solter, the torture, rack 
Stammtx, the chamber 
Stkftx, the fir or pine-tree 
ScBer, the liver 
Sclcr, the lyre, hurdy- 
gurdy 
Setter, the ladder 



It 
It 
tt 
It 
If 
II 
It 

H 



ble a^arter (pi -II), the rack, 
torment 
3^auer, the wall 
0^atter, the viper 
Dpn, the opera 
©d^euer, the bam 
S^iiittx, the shoulder 
@(3^wejier, the sister 
©teuer, the tax 
Siffer, the figure (cipher) 
3it|)er, the guitar 



II 
ft 
ft 
ft 
ft 
ft 
tf 



ft 



ft 



B&marh. — The following masculine and neuter nouns 
also take 11 in the plural, but are declined in the singular 
like nouns belonging to the First Declension. (See Remark 
2 to § Vn., and Note *, page 11. 



bar SBalrr (pi -n), the Ba- 
varian 
Sauer, the peasant 
Sonful, the consul 
«&aber,t the rag, tatter 
a^udfel, the muscle 
ffla(i)^aXf the neighbour 



// 
n 



II 



ber 5^antoffet(^Z.-l|), the slipper 

®ee, the lake 

<Sta(^et, the sting 

Ungar, the Hungarian 

SSetter, the cousin 
bag 5luge, the eye 
„ @nbe, the end 



// 
// 
// 
ft 



* ®ei$e(, when meaning hostage, is also mascnline, and is then 
declined in the singalar like nouns belonging to the First Deolension. 
t ^er ^obet, ths qua/rrel, has no ploraL 

F 



66 THB GEBMAK DECLENSIOKS. 



§ XII. GENERAL RULES. 

1. Notms belonging to this, namely the Fourth Forma- 
tion of the Plural, take it in all the cases of the plural. 

2. The masculine nouns belonging to this Formation 
of the Plural take 11 also in the accusative, genitive, and 
dative of the singular, and belong to the Third Declension, 
(See preceding Remark, and General Rules, Nos. 1 and 
3, § v., page 5.) 

Sum/mary. 

To the Third Declension belong all masculine nouns 
which take H in the accusative, genitive, and dative of the 
singular and in all the cases of the plural. 

BemarJc 1. — To this Declension belong also neuter 
abstract nouns derived from adjectives, ending in e and 
having no plural. Ex. — I)a0 ®ute, that which is good ; baf 
©d^one, that which is beautiful ; ba^ ®ro§e, the grand ; baf 
ffial^rc, that which is true ; bag SBofe, the evil, &c. The 
genitive and dative of these nouns take It; but the accusa- 
tive is like the nominative, as is the case with all neuter 
nouns in the singular. (See § V., Rule 2, page 5.) 

Remark 2. — A few nouns belonging to this declension 
take in the genitive of the singular, besides the characteristic 
11 of the declension, also ; viz. : — ^ber Srifbe, the peace ; bci 
Sunfe, the spark ; ber ©ebanfe, the thought ; ber «&aufe, the 
crowd ; ber S^lamc, the name ; ber ©ante or @amen, the seed ; 
ber SBiOe, the will ; ber ©laube, the belief, the creed. The 

fenitive singular of these nouns is — beS SriebenS, bed 
unfenS, beS ©ebanfenS, beS t&aufenS, beg Sflamend or beg Seamen, 
beg ©ameng, beg ^tUeng; beg ©laubeng. See Remark, page 
125. 



THE GEHMAK DECLENSIONS^ 



C7 



EXAMPLES TO THE THIRD DECLENSION. 



N. ber«&afe, 

A. ben «&afen, 

G. beS «&afen, 

D. bem «&a[cn, 



Singular, 

bet Jlna6e, bet Sonje, 

ben ^naBen, ben i^oraen, 

beg ^naBen, beS Soraen, 

bem iRnaben, bem 86n?en, 

PZwraZ. 

bie ,J!na6en, bie fioraen, 

bie »J!naben, bie Hxctxtf 

bet ^naben, ber J^oicen, 

ben ^naBen, ben )iJoiren, 



ber 9la6e 
ben 9laben 
beg SflaBen 
bem 0labe« 



bie SlaBen 
bie SftaSen 
ber SflaSen 
ben JRaSen* 



N. bie«&afen, 

A. bie «&afen, 

G. ber «&afen, 

D. ben «&a[en, 

Practice: — Decline a few other masculine nouns of the 
preceding list of nouns belonging to the Third Declension. 

The above examples used in sentences. 

Singular. 
N. ber '&afe iji furd^tfam. 



A. ber «&unb tjerfolgt ben 

«&afen. 
G. bie 8u^e beg^afen flnb 

(dbnett. 
D. bag ^aninci^en ifi bem 

«&afenfe]^r dl^nlid^. 



The hare is timid. 

The dog pursues the hare. 

The feet of the hare are 

rapid. 
The rabbit is much like the 

hare. 



Plural, 



N. bie «& a fen flnb fur(3^tfam. 
A, ber «&unb ijerfolgt bie 

«&afen. 
G. bie ffiife ber ^afen flnb 

[dbnett. 
D. bie ^anind^en finb ben 

«&afen fel^r al^nli^. 



The hares are timid. 

The dog pursues the hares. 

The feet of the hares are 

rapid. 
The rabbits are much like 

the hares. 



* See General Rule No. 3, § V. The student may also compare the 
above declined nouns ending in e with those neuttr nouns ending in 
e and belonging to the First Declension. (See Bule 2, First Forma- 
tion of the Plural, § YI., page 10.) 



68 



THJS GEBMIN DECLENSIONS. 



Singular, 



N. ber J!naBcijifl[ei§ig. 

A. bie ai^utter fd^i(ft ben 

^naBen in bie @(J^uIe. 
G. ber 5Iei§ beg ^naBen iji 

lobenSnjert. 
D. berfiel^rerglBtbemJlnaBen 

eine 5lufgaBe. 



The hoy is diligent. 

The mother sends the hoy to 

school. 
The diligence of the hoy is 

praiseworthy. 
The teacher gives (to) the 

hoy a task. 



Plural, 



N. ble JlnaBen finb ffel^ig. 
A. ble abutter f^i(ft bie 

JlnaBenin bie S^ule. 
G-. ber Slet§ ber Jlna6en iji 

loBenSnjert. 
D. ber fiel^rergiBt ben^naben 

eine 5tufgat)e. 



The hoys are diligent. 

The mother sends the hoys to 

school. 
The diligence of the hoys is 

praiseworthy. 
The teacher gives (to) the hoys 

a task. 



Singular. 



N. ber Sdwe iji ber *5nig ber 

3:^iere. 
A. bie 3:^iere beg SBalbeS 

furd^ten ben S5njen. 
G. bie 9^4"^ beS fidnjen iji 

lang. 
D. ber SBdrter Bringt bem 

l&otren ffleifc^ unb 

aSaffer. 



The lion is the king of (the) 

beasts. 
The beasts of the forest fear 

the lion. 
The mane of the lion is long. 

The keeper brings {to) the 
lion meat and water. 



Flurah 

N. bieSdttjen jlnb jiar!. 

A. bie ^l^iere beg OBalbeg 

fur(^ten bie Sdraen. 
G. bie a»4ne ber li^oroen iji 

lang. 
D. ber SBdrter Bringt ben 

8 6 wen Sleif^ unb 

SBajTer, 



The lions are strong. 

The animals of the forest fear 

the lions. 
The mane of the lions is long. 

The keeper brings (to) the 
lions meat and water. 



THE OBBMAN DECLENSIONS. 



69 



Singular, 



N. bet JRaBe Ift eln SSogel. 
A. ber ^a6e fdngt ben 

SlaBen. 
G. ble@ttmmebeS3fla6en Ifl 

unangenel^m. 
D. bet Sud^S in ber SaBel 

f(3^melc^elt* bemSlaben 



The raven is a bird. 

The hoy catches the raven. 

The voice of the ra/ven is 

disagreeable. 
The fox in the fable flatters 

the raven. 



Plural. 



N. bie aiaten flnb QSdgel. 
A. bie ,fna6en fangen ble 

Slafcen. 
G. bleStlmmeber 9laBen iji 

unangenel^m. 
D. ber Sud^S in ber 5a6el 

f^melc^elt benfllaBen. 



T^e ravens are birds. 
The boys catch the ravens. 

The voice of the ravens is 

disagreeable. 
The fox in the fable flatters 

the ravens. 



Practice. — Bead aloud and copy the preceding examples, 
and replace the definite article by one of the words men- 
tioned in § in. and § IV., pages 3 and 4. (See Practice and 
Gonyersational Practice to page 14, First Declension.) 



EXERCISES ON THE THIRD DECLE^CTSION. 

BemarJc. — In the following Reading Lessons and Exer- 
cises, nouns belonging to the Third Declension will chiefly 
be used with others belonging to the Second and First 
Declension. 

VOCABULAET No. 25. 



i^ On, I am 
bu 6t{l, thou art 
er i%f he is 
(le ijl,t she is 
eS lp,t it is 



trir jlnb, we are 
®ie flnb.J you are 
fie jlnb, they are 
idi) ^aU, 1 have 
bu ija^, thou hast 



• The verb f(!^mei(!6e(n, to flatter ^ governs the dative. 
f See Note * to Vocabulary No. 1, page 15. 

X YoiA ora and you have may also be translated 3^r feib and 3^r 
IJobt. See Note * to Vocabulary No. 17, page 51. 



THB OEBMAlf DECLEXSIOKS. 



er i)at* he bas 

fie f)at,* she has 

e8 l^at * it has 

trir f^aUn, we have 

®ie i)aUn,f you have 

fie ]^af»cn, they have 

ber 5lffe, the monkey, ape 

ber ffalfe, the falcon 

bet ffrauj^ofe, the Frenchman 

ber ©ried^e, the Greek 

ber «&afe, the hare 



ber StnafXf the boy 

ber SKatrofe, the sailor 

ber Slabe, the raven 

ber (Hiefe, the giant 

ber 9luffe, the Bnssian 

ber 3werg, the dwarf 

fd^iefien, to shoot 

lernen, to leam 

fleipig, diligent 

fc^nett, rapid, quick, quickly 



Eeading Lesson. 

On the Nominative and Accusative, 

1. 2)lefer ^naBe lernt gem; er ift flei^ig. 2. Der Scl^rer 
lieBt biefen ^naBen, ireil er gern lerntj. 3. ©lefe ^naBen 
f^ielen gem. 4. I)er Sel^rer lieBt biefe ^naien, njeil fie gem 
lemen unb flelpig flnb. 5. 5)er Staht {ft eln SSogel. 6. S)ie 
StaBen flnb fdbnjarg. 7. 3n bem SBalbe flnb 2lffen unb 9laBen. 
8. 5)ie Sdger ^aBen gat fen. 9. 3^ lieBe weber Qlffen nod& 
aiaBen. 10. S)ie ^afen laufen fd^nett. 11. 2)er 3figer Wleft 
ben «&afen. 12. I)iefe ^naBen flnb Oluffen. 13. Sene 
SD'^atrofen flnb granjofen. 14. S)ie 9liefen flnb gro^ unb 
bie 3w?ct:ge flnb flein. 15. ^^ Bin ein (Ruffe. 16. 3Bir flnb 
®rie<^en. 17. 3l^r feib grangofen. 18. ®ie flnb ein 
SWatrofe. 19. Diefe 2^anner fmb SKatrofen; fleftnbgrof. 
20. 2)iefe ^naBen fmb granjofen; fie flnb fel^r fung. 21. Die 
galfen flnb gro^ unb bie 9laBen flnb flein. 22. SBo flnb bie 
^naBen unb bie 2^ab(f)en? 23. ®inb bie 5Katrofen auf 
bem @<^iffe? 24. ©ie ®ried&en unb bie (Ruff en flnb auf ben 
©(Stiffen ber ^ngl&nber. 25. ©er 9laBe fl^t auf einem SBaume, 
unb ber ffu(^0 fd^meid^elt il^m. 26. 3d^ Bin bein Sreunb. 27. 2)u 
Bifi mein ©ruber. 28. ©r ifl niein fie|)rer. 29. ®ie ifl meine 
©d^njefter. 30. a^eine SBruber fmb xti^; fie l^aBen ^iele 
Setber unb ©drten. 31. 2)iefe ^inber flnb traurig; fie l^aBen 
n?eber SJater nod^ 2)^utter.§ 

* See Note • to Vocabulary No. 1, page 15. 
t See Note J, previous page, 
j See Note t to Vocabulary No. 17, page 51, 
§ See Conversational Practice, page 14. 



THE GEBMAN BECLEK5I0NS. 



71 



VOCABDLABT No. 26. 



The customer, bcr ,^ttbc 
The Prussian, bet S^reu^c 
The heathen, bet '^eibe 
The scholar, ber ©elel^rte 



The name, ber 0lamc 
The Hon, ber ^mt 
The zoological garden, ber 
3!]^iergarten. 



Exercise. 
1. This butcher has many customerjs, 2. The ravens and 
the falcons are birds. 3. I am a Uussian, 4. Thou art a 
JBrussian. 5. He is a Frenchman. 6, We are Greeks. 
7. You are sailors. 8. They are hoys. 9. I have many 
ravens in my garden. 10. Thou hast two monkeys in thy 
room. 11. He has a falcon. 12. We have many customers. 
13. You have no (feine) customers. 14. They have many 
ravens and falcons. 15. In this country are no heathen. 
16. These scholars are Prussians. 17. In the zoological 
garden are many lions. 18. The hares run very fast. 
19, Do you know the Tz^me^ of these children ? 20. I know 
the names of these girls. 21. Are these hoys Russians or 
GermoMS ?* 22. They are neither Russians nor Germans^ 
they are Greeks. 23. Where are the sailors? 24. They 
are on the ship. 25, These hoys like to play and to sing. 

VOCABULABT No. 27. 



i^ ivar, I was 

bu irarfl, thou wast 

er \MCiX, he was 

fte vo^x, she was 

eS njar,* it was 

voir voQxtXif we were 

@ie traren or i^x vooxzi, 

were 
fie waren, they were 
idb l^atte, I had 
bu l^attefi, thou hadst 
er l^atte^ he had 
jle l^atte^ she had 
e^ ]^atte,t it had 
n?it fatten, we had 



you 



@ie batten or il^r l^attet,you had 
fte l^atteix, they had 
bie ©timme, the voice 
bie SDJdl^ne, the mane 
ber $age, the page (boy) 
ber 0laci^Bar, the neighbour 
bo^ ©ebrutt, the roaring 
bag ©efrd^je, the croaking 
furd^terlic^, terrible 
angene^m, agreeable 
unangenel^m, disagreeable 
rein, clear ; nlebrig, low 
el^emalS or fru^er, formerly 
lefen, to read ; lan^t, long (time) 
rrie lange, how long 



* See note ♦ to Vocabulary 57. 

t See note • to Vocabulary No. 1, page 15. 



72 thb 6bbman dxclbnbi0n8. 

Bbading Lesson. 
On the Genitive, 

1. Die SBud^er biefeS ^naben finb rein. 2. 2)ie ©ud&er ber 
^naBen jinb ni^t immer rein. 3. 5)ag ©eBruO beg Sdwen 
tp furd^terli*. 4. Die ®timme biefeS ,fnaBen iji angenel^m. 
5. Dag ©efrdd^ge beg fllafcen ijl nnangenel^m. 6. Die ^dufer 
unferer Sflati^barn flnb gro^ unb fd&5n. 7. Die «&dufer ber 
SB a u em flnb flein unb niebrig. 8. ^ennen @ie ben SJater 
^iefeg ©elel^rten? 9. 3(^ fenne ben ffreunb beg Sluffen, 
aBer id^ f enne nid^ t ben ff reunb b e g ff r a n i; o f e n. 10. SBir waren 
auf ben ©d^iffen ber@rie^en. 11. Die «&dnbe unb bie Sufe 
ber Oliefen flnbfe^rgro^. 12. DieSi^dl^ne beg J^Snjen Ijilang. 
13. 3Bir lefen bie ffierfe ber ©elel^rten. 14. Die STOutter beg 
^a^tn ttJttr Beim Jtdnig. 15. Die 9lomer l^atten Jjiele ZtmptL 
16. Die Xtmpd ber «&elben waren gro§. 17. Die @rie(^en 
\)atUn i)iele ©d^iffe. 18. Die @(t)lfe ber ©rled&en waren Wdn. 
19. 3^ n^arfcelbemSruber beg $agen. 20. SBlrwaren Bel ben 
SBrubern ber S^agen. 21. 9Blr l^atten el^emalg tjlele ^eunbe. 

22. SBlr lefen bie SBerfe ber ©ried^en unb ber flldmer. 

23. Der ©d^nelber Brlngt bie ^lelber ber ,J!naBen unb ber $|agen. 

24. 3n ben SRepern ber 5a I fen njaren tjlele @ler. 25. Dle»&ute 
unb bie ®(^u|)e ber $agen n:aren neu. 26. Die grangofen unb 
bie Sfluffen fatten tjlele Dlener, SBagen, ^ferbe unb '^unbe ; jie njaren 
fe^r rel^. 27. 3(^ war Jung ; ie^t Bin x^ alt. 28. CBlr ttjoren 
arm ; je^t flnb voir rel(J^. 29. Du raarft el^emalg nteln Steunb. 

30. @le llnb ie^t meln gteunb ; el^emalg waren @le mein Sel^rer. 

31. SBle lange voof)nUn ®le (did yon live) In bem «&aufe beg 
granjjofen ? 




The eye, bag 2luge 

The idol, ber ©5^ 

The Pole, ber $ole 

The Turk, ber ^urfe 

The thought, ber ©ebanfe 

The nephew, ber 0leffe 

The Englishman, ber ^ngldnber 

The barking, bag ©eBett 



VOCABULAKT No. 28. 

is called, l^el^t 
are called, |)elpen 
quite, ganj 
far, roelt 
whose, njeffen 
to know, fennen 
he knows, er fennt 



the gesman declensions. 73 

Exercise. 

1. The father of these hoys is a Russian. 2. The feet of 
these monkeys are very long. 3. The eyes of a falcon are 
very sharp. 4. The heathen know no God, they have idols. 
5. The gods of the heathen are called idols. 6. The friends 
of the sailors were on the ship. 7. The fields of our neigh- 
bov/rs are not far from the village. 8. I was in the Freiich- 
man*s honse (in the house of the Frenchman). 9. They hear 
the croaking of the ravens. 10. I buy and read the books 
of the scholars. 11. We had the books and the pictures of 
the Russians and of the Greeks. 12. We hear the roaring 
of the lions. 13. In the temples of the heathen were many 
idols. 14. I was on the ship of the Englishman. 15. The 
barking of the dog is very disagreeable. 16. The coats, 
hats, cloaks, shoes, stockings and gloves of the pages were 
quite new. 1 7. The children of the peasants had apples, 
cake, bread, and eggs. 18. In the rooms of the sailors were 
tables, but no chairs. 19. We had many servants and 
horses. 20. You were formerly very rich and now* you 
are poor. 21. Are you a friend of the Russians or of the 
Tv/rhsT 22. My nephew's teacher (the teacher of my 
nephew) is a (Jreek. 23. God knows our thoughts. 
24. TJ^ho has the books of the hoys ? 25. The teacher has 
them. 26. Who has the land of the Poles? 27. The 
Kussians have it. 28. Who is a friend of the Turks ? 
29. Whose friend are you? 30. I am the friend of the 
French, of the Russians, of the Germans, and of the Turks. 



ber ©ftaije, the slave 
ber Sottege, the colleague 
ber SReffe, the nephew 
ber 3^uge, the witness 
ber ffrembe, the stranger 
ber SBote, the messenger 
ber Sunfe, the spark 



Vocabulary No. 29. 

ber Sl'^unb, the mouth 

ber ^dfe, the cheese 

ber KaJpitdn, the captain 

bag ffeuer, the fire 

bag vgimbc^en, the little dog 

gibt, gives 



• See Note f to Vocabulary No. 23, page 57. 



74 the german declensions. 

Reading Lesson. 

On the Dative, 

1. Sd^gekbem JtnaBcn SBud^er unb SBUber. 2. 2Bit gel^en 
ntlt bem IfenaBcn in ben 3Batb. 3. 3)cr ^tf^xn gcl^t mit ben 
JtnaBen auf baS J^anb. 4. 2)er 6a:|3itdn gibt ben aJ^attofen 
SBrob unb fflein. 5. 2)ie ^inber f^jielen niit ben 5lffen unb 
ben «§unben. 6. SBir njaren bei ben Sranjofen unb ben 
@ried|en. 7. !£)er QSater wax bei bem 5^reu^en unb bem 
^uffen. 8. ©if !&el^rerf^red^enmit bem ©elel^rten. 9. 2Bir 
erl^alten i^iele SBriefe t>on ben ©elel^rten. 10. 2)ie[e8 Jtinb 
fpielt gem mit ben 5'unfen M SeuerS. 11. 9Bir n?aren Bei 
unferen GoUegen. 12. 3d^ wax bei meinem 0leffen. 
13. 3)er Srembe gel^t mit bem QSater. 14. I)er QSater gel^t mlt 
bem Sremben. 15. ©ie 3^atrofen fj^red^en mit ben @!IaJ)en. 
16. ©ag ^iinbd^en i>ielt mit bem Ji^dn?en. 17. !Der ^nig 
fommt mit feinem ^Pagen. 18. ^k ©ftatjen f:|3red^en mit 
ben 5Watrofen. 19. I)ie SWinifter fommen mit il^ren 
Sienern unb $agen. 20. I)ie »&unbe laufen nad^ bem »&afen. 
21. 34 gel^e meinem 0leffen entgegen. 22. 3)er Su^g 
fd^meid^elt bem 01 a ben. 28. 3Barum [^meid)elt ber Suc^S bem 
SRaben? 24. ffieil ber 3flak einen ^d[e im 2^unbe ]&at. 
25. ©er @!Iat>ege^t mit bem !^on?en in ben QBalb. 26. 2)er 
86roe folgt* bem @!Iat>en. 27. ©efeen @ie bem 33otcn einen 
93rief fiir meinen D^effen. 28. I)er $age gi6t bem ^nafcen ein 
«&unbd^en. 29. I)er ^naBe gifet bem $agen einen 9fting. 
30. I)ie 9li(Ster fpred^en mit ben S^ugen. * , 



The German, ber I)eutfd^e 
The dwarf, ber S^^rg 
The thorn, ber !£)orn 
The aunt, bie ^ante 
January, 3anuar or Sdnner 
February, Sebruar 
March, a^dr^ 



Vocabulary No. 30. 

The first, ber erfle 
The second, ber jweite 
The third, ber britte 
Thankful, banfbar 
To draw, giel^en 
To fight, fdmvfen 



* The verb forgen, to follow, and the adjective banfbar, thankfid, 
gratefulf govern the dative. 



the german declensions. 75 

Exercise. 

(A.) 1. We speak with the sailors, 2. I give (to) the hoys 
apples and nnts. 3. We go with the hoys into the wood. 
4. Do you often receive letters from the Prussians ? 5. The 
French are coming (come, fommcn) with the Germans. 
6. The dwarf fights with the giant, 7. The dwarfs fight 
with the giants, 8. Dwarfs are short (ficin). 9. Giants 
are tall. 10. My brother is with his colleagues. 11. These 
sailors are giants. 12. The annt lives with (6ci) her nephews, 
13. We speak with the strangers. 14. The Germans ar© 
coming with the French. 15. The dogs rnn after the hares. 
16. These children play with the sparks of the fire. 17. The 
slave draws a thorn from (auS) the foot of the lion. 18. The 
lion IS grateful* to the slave (to the slave grateful). 19. The 
slave goes with the lion into the wood. 20. The lion 
follows* the slave. 21. Who flatters the raven ? 22. The 
judges speak with the witnesses. 23. The captain and the 
stranger speak with the sailors. 24. The sailors give the 
hoys apples and nuts. 

(B.) 25. Give (to) the messenger this letter. 26. We 
speak with the witnesses. 27. The king gives his page 
a ring. 28. We are going to meet the strangers. 
29. The teacher gives the hoys books. 30. The little 
dog plays with the lion. 31. I speak of tlie Germans 
and of the Pohs. 32. The slaves speak with the sailors, 
83. I go with my nephew into the wood. 34. The strangers 
speak with the messenger. 35. January is the first month of 
the year. 36. February is the second month. 37. March 
is the third month of the year. 38. The first month of 
the year is called January. 39. The third month of the 
year is called March. 40. We speak of the days and of 
the months of the year. 

Pra^ctice. — Sentences like those on pages 67 — 69 are to 
be formed with nouns belonging to the Third Declension. 
See also Conversational Practice, page 14. 



4> See note on previous page. 



76 



THS GERHAK DBGLENSIOKS. 



§ XIII.— FOURTH DECLENSION. 

Fifth Formation of the Plural and FovHh Declension, 

The plural is formed — (V.) By adding en to the nomi" 
native of the singular. 

To this Formation of the Plural belong : — 

1. Most masculine nouns of foreign origin, most of 
which express titles and professions, and a few others. 
Examples : — 



/' 
ft 
ft 
tt 
tt 
tt 
tt 



the adjutant 
advocate 
astrologer 
astronomer 
author 
candidate 
capitalist 
chorister 



» 



19 



>J 



JJ 



» 



» 



>» 



Singular, 

ber 5D>iutant 
5lbt>ocat 
5ljhoIog 
5ljironom 
5lutor* 
6anblbat 
6a|)italifi 

And the following : — 

ber 6]^rlji(2?i.-en), the Chris- 
tian 
Kbronift the chronicler 
6^ronoIog,the chronologer 
6llent, the client 
Koabjutor,* the coadjutor 
(Somi)Onlji, the composer 
(Sonbltor,* the confectioner 
Sonfort, the consort 
6o^ifl, the copyist 
Koncfponbcnt, the corres- 
pondent 
6orfar, the corsair 
^Demagog, the demagogue 
Dcmofrat, the democrat 



PluraL 

bie 9tbiutantett 
5lboocatett 
5lprologett 
5lpronomcn 
5lutoren 
Kanblbaten 
ga^ltalipctt 
(Sl^otiflen 



It 
tt 
tt 
It 



tt 



ft 
tf 
ft 
If 
ft 
If 
ft 
II 
ft 

II 



II 
It 



ber I)eft3ot(pZ.-en),thede8pot 
Doctor,* the doctor 
@nt!^uj!a{l, the enthusiast 
®i?angelip, the evangelist 
Sabrifant, the manuftbc- 

turer 
ffurfl, the prince 
©efelt, the companion, 

mate, partner 
®raf, the count 
«&elb, the hero 
«§err,t niaster or gentle- 
man 
«&irt;J the shepherd 
3n[|)ector,* the inspector 



'/ 



// 



// 



// 



If 



II 



II 



II 



II 



* See Remark 1, page 80. 

t 2)et §err is declined in the singular — ^2)er ^ixx, ben ^erm, be^ 
^ettn, bent §errn. 
J Also ber ©efette, ber §irte. 



THE GEBMAN DBjCLENSIONS. 



77 



ber 3efuit,(pZ.- tU) the Jesuit 
^attigrctpl^^thecalligrapher 
^atl^olif, the Catholic 
^oiat, the Cossack 
J^ofmo^olit, the cosmopo- 
litan 
!!^af(]^inijl, the machinist 
SP^enfti^; man, mankind, 

human being 
iWonarc^, the monarch 
5Wufifant, the musician 
Oculifi, the oculist 
$abag09; the pedagogue 
5Pajlor,* the pastor 
^atknt, the patient 
SJJl^ilofo))]^, the philosopher 
5Poet, the poet 
^JrofelSjt, the proseljrte 
^XO)pif)tt, the prophet 
^rotejlant, the Protestant 
^rfifibent, the president 
5^rittj, the prince 
SJJtofcffor,* the professor 
SitUU, the rebel 



ti 
fi 
n 

tf 
ft 

n 
ft 
fi 
II 

H 

If 
II 
II 
II 
It 
II 
It 
II 



II 
II 



ber 9legent(23Z. -tXi), the regent 
©olbat, the soldier 
©tubcnt, the student 
3^1^coIo9, the theologian 
3!i9rann, the tyrant 
Ul^lan, the lancer (Uhlan) 
Untertl^an, the subject 
SJorfal^r, the ancestor 
3elot, the zealot 



// 
// 
It 
II 
It 
It 
ti 



II 

It 
II 
It 
II 
ft 
II 
II 
II 
II 
II 
II 
II 
II 



^i)n, the ancestor 
9Bdr, the bear 
Diamant, the diamond 
QU)p^ant, the elephant 
©ccf, the fool (coxcomb) 
«^omet, the comet 
Wloi)X, the Moor 
0larr, the fool 
Dd|g,t the ox 
$ai)agci, the parrot 
planet, the planet 
@|)a|, the spari'ow 
^l^or, the fool 



To this Formation of the Plural belong — 

2. Feminine nouns ending in aif), at, d, eit, in, J on, ung, 
tt}; and fi^aft, and a few others. Examples : — 

Singular* 

bie ^tixaif) 
„ UniJjerfttdt 
Strjnei 
grei^lt 
Stxanfi)tit 
„ ©twltlgfeit or 
ber ©treit 



// 



II 



H 





Flural 


the marriage 


bie «&eiratl^en 


„ university 


„ Uniijerjitdten 


„ medicine 


„ 5(r^nelen 


„ liberty 


„ ffrei^eiten 


„ illness 


„ ^ranfl^eiten 


„ dispute 


„ ©treltigfeiten 



* See Kemark 1, page 80. 

t Also ber Ddftfe. 

X The final n in feminine nonns ending in in is doubled in the plaral. 



78 



THK OEBHAH DEOtBNSIONS. 



Singular. 






Plural. 


Die 3«>tf^i9^^it or 


the clispute 


bie 3tcifiig!eiteu 


ber ^voi^ 






„ JJreunbin,* 


„ lady friend 


,, Sreunbinnen 


„ Eommijfion 


„ commission 


ff (Sommtffionen 


„ g^roni! 


„ chronicle 


„ 6^ronifen 


„ ©tatur 


„ stature 


,, ©taturen 


,, Station 


„ station 


„ ©tationen 


„ SBcDingung 


„ condition 


ff SBebingungen 


ff SBebrucfung or 


„ oppression 


,, SBebriitfungen 


ber 2)rucf 






,, SBelo^nung or 


„ reward 


ff SBelo^ungen 


ber \^o^n 






,, SBefbrefeung or 


„ endeavour 


ff S3efireBungen 


t)a^ ^Befhckn 






„ iDanffagung or 


„ thanks 


ff ©anffagungen 


ber ^ant 






,f ©^renbej^eugung 


„ honour 


„ ©l^renBejeug* 


or bie ^^re 




ungen 


„ ©egnung or ber 


„ blessing 


ff ©egnungen 


Scgcn 






,, ^roftung or ber 


„ consolation 


ff ^rojiungen 


^roft 






,f QSergel^ung or 


„ fault 


,, SSergel^uttgen 


bag SSerge^en 






f, QSergnugung or 


„ pleasure 


,, SSergnfigungen 


bag SSergnugen 






n 5iaianj 


„ alliance 


,, ^Wianjen 


,, eigenfc^aft 


„ quality 


„ ®igen[(^aften,<fcc. 


'To this Formation of the Plural belong — 


3. The following 


feminine nouns : — 




bie^lbfid^t (pZ.-en), 


the in- 


bie SBal^n, 


(^Z. -en), the road, 


tention 




way 




,, ^Inttrort, the answer 


,, ^ant* 


^ the bank(f or money) 


,, 5lrt, the species, sort, 


n SBuC^t, 


the bay 


kind, manner 


„ SBurg, 


the castle 



• See note { on previons page. 

t See bie S3anf , Kule 4, Third Formation of the Floral, page 37. 



THE QEBMAN DECLENSIONS. 



79 



We Sur (j?Z. -tti), the cure 
Sai)xt, the drive, ride, 

journey 
Sigur, the figure 
Slur, the plain, field 
^Inii), the flood 
Sorm, the form 
ffrad^t; the load, freight 
Srau, the lady 
(Jrifl, the t^rm (space of 

time) 
©ebul^r, duty, fee 
®c6urt, the birth 
©efoi^r, the danger 
©cgenb, the region 
©eftalt; the form, shape 
©etralt, the force 
©lutl^, the blaze 
Sagb, the chase 
£afl, the burden 
)&ifl, the cunning, artifice 
Wlaxt, the boundary 
3D^aji,*the mast (fattening 

of animals) 
Wlautf), the toU, duty, 

custom-house 
SKontur, the uniform 
SRad^ric^t, the news 



/; 



// 



ft 



n 
n 



ti 
n 
n 
n 
fi 
ft 
n 
n 
ff 
n 
tf 



ft 



ft 



blc 0lot^t (pl-tn), the need, 
trouble 

0lull, J the nought (cipher) 

W^^t, the duty 

$ofi; the post, post-office 

Clual, the torment 

<Baai, the seed 

<B^aax, the troop 

(St^it^t, the layer 

<Sd)lad}t, the battle 

(B^lud^t, the ravine 

(S^nur,§ the daughter-in- 
law 

©d^rift, the writing 

©djulD, the debt 

@^ur, the trace 

©tirn, the forehead 

%^at, the deed 

Xi^nx, the door 

3!rad|t, the costume 

UI;r, the watch 

Uniform, the uniform 

3Sorfd?rift, the instruction 

SBal^l, the choice 

3Bc(t, the world 

®ad;:}t, the yacht 

2ai)l, the number 

3cit, the time 



// 



// 



// 






tf 



ft 
It 
II 
It 



'I 
II 
It 
It 



If 



ft 
It 
It 
It 
It 
II 
It 
II 



It 



It 



Remark 1. — Nouns mentioned in the list under Rule 1, 
and ending in or, are declined in the singular like nouns 
belonging to the First Declension, as well as ber or baS 
Suttjel; the jewel, bie Suwelen ; ber ^oxUtx, the laurel ; ber 
Sitalf the real (or coin), ba^ 3D^ineral, the mineral, and bag 
Sdpital, the capital. The plural of the two last is — bic 



* See ber ^a% Remark ^ to this Formation of the Plural, page 80. 
t The plural of bie ^otf) is only used in the dative, viz., in ^ct^en> 
in troubles, J In thermometers " zero." 

§ bie ®4nttl? is obsolete ; (B^XOUQtxto^Ux is used instead. 



80 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



SOWnetalicn, and ble Sa^Jitatien (also bie Sa^Jitfiler).* 3)a8 
«§crg, the heart, forms also the plural in en, viz., bie «&ergett; 
in the singular it is declined — ba^ «&erj, baS «&erj, beS »&ergniij, 
bem »&ergen. 

Remark 2. — A few masculitie and neuter nouns belonging 
to this Formation of the Plural are declined in the singular 
like nouns belonging to the Second Declension. See Third 
Formation of the Plural, Rule 1, page 29. 



Singular. 






Plural, 


ber iDorn the thorn 


ble I)ornni 


f, @au 


, district 




©auenf 


„ 3)?afl 


, mast of a ship 




aJ^apen 


. *fau 


, pea-cock 




^fauen 


„ @*merjj 


, pain 




®t6mer|;en 


„ @porn§ 


, spur 




(Bpoxmn 


„ ©taat , 


, state 




©taaten 


,, (Stral , 


, beam, ray 




©tralen 


n Sierat^ 


, ornament, 
decoration 




Sierat^en 


bag SSett 


, bed 




SBetten 


„ *&emb , 


, shirt 




«§entben 


„ Snfeft 


, insect 




Snfeften 


// ^eib 


, grief 




fieiben 


. O^r 


, ear 




Dl^ren 



§ XIY.— GEl^RAL RULES. 

1. Nouns belonging to this Formation of the Plural take 
en in all the cases of the plural. 

2. The masculine nouns belonging to this Formation of 
the Plural, except those mentioned in Remark 1 and 
Remark 2, take en also in the accusative, genitive, and 
dative of the singular, and belong to the Fourth Declension. 

* See Rule 1 to the Second Formation of the Plural, page 28. 

t Plural also bie @aue. 

X The genitive singular of bet ^(i^mtt^ 'is Ui @(!^merjen6 as well 
as beei <S^mer^e0. 

§ The plural of ber @^Jom is also bie @^JOten, when referring to 
horses ; bte @))omen is said of the spurs on the feet of some birds. 



THE OEBMAN DECLENSIONS. 



81 



(See the two preceding Remarks and General Rules 1 and 
2, § v., psbge 5.) 

SUMMARY. 

To tbe Fourth Declension belong all masculine nouns 
which take m in the accusative, genitive, and dative of the 
singular and in all the cases of the plural. 



EXAMPLES TO THE FOUETH DECLENSION. 



N. bet Srftrfi 
A. ben &urjint 
G. m gurften 
D. bem Siirftm 



N. bie Surptn 

A. bie &urften 

G. ber Siirflen 

I), ben Siirjim 



Singular. 

ber ©olbat ber ®raf 

ben ©olbaten ben ©rafen 

DeS ©olbaten beg ©rafen 

bem ©olbaten bem ©rafen 

Plural. 

bie ©olbatm bie ©rafm 

bie '8olbatnt bie*©rafm 

ber ^olbatnt ber ©rafm 

ben Solbatnt ben ©rafm 



ber «§elb 
ben *&elben 
beS «§clben 
bem »§elbm 



bie ^elbm 
bie *§e(bm 
ber «§clben 
ben '^elben* 



Practice. — Decline a few more nouns belonging to the 
Fourth Declension. 

The preceding examples used in sentences. 

Singular. 



N. ^erjyurfliftreic^. 

A. 3)ie aDhni^er 6eg(eiten ben 

ffurflen. 
G. ©aS SSermogen be^Siirpen 

ift groi 
D. 2)ie ©tubenten iiberreidfeen 

bem 5yixrpen <lne SBitt* 

fc^rift. 



The prince is rich. 

The ministers accompany 
the prince. 

The fortune of the prince is 
great. 

The students present a peti- 
tion to the prince. 



* See General Rule No. 3, § V., page 5. 

G 



82 



THB GBBMAN DECLENSIONS. 



Plural, 

N. I)ic Surftett finb reld). 
A, Die SWinifter ^cglcitcn bie 

Surften. 
G. I)aS3Sermogctt bet Surjien 

ift grof . 
D. !£)ie ©tubenten uBencid^cn 

ben Surjien eine 33itt* 

f^rift. 



The princes are rich. 

The ministers accompany 

the princes. 
The fortniie of the princes i» 

great. 
The students present a peti« 

tion to the princes. 



Singular. 



N. iDer ©otbat ijert:^eibigt 

fein 3Sater(anb. 
A. I)er MnxQ Wol^nt ben 

tavfern ©olbaten. 
G. 2)er ^l\xti) beg ©olbaten 

ifl loOenSnjert. 
D. I)er ©cneral i?erf:|3rid^t bent 

tai^fern ©olbaten cine 

aSeto^nung. 



The soldier defends his 

fatherland. 
The king rewards the brave 

soldier. 
The courage of the soldier i& 

praiseworthy. 
The general promises a 

reward to the brave 

soldier. 



Plural. 



K. ©ieSotbatentJettl^eibigen 

tt)x QSaterlanb. 
A. 2)er ^onig belol^nt bie 

ta^fern ©olbaten. 
G. 2)er SDtol^ berSolbaten 

ift loUmwtxt. 
D. 5)er ©eneral i?erft3rid)t ben 

tapfern ©olbaten eine 

aBelol^nung. 

8i7igular. 



The soldiers defend their 

fatherland. . 
The king rewards the brave 

soldiers. 
The courage of the soldiers is 

praiseworthy. 
The general promises a 

reward to the brave 

soldiers. 



K. S)er ®raf l^at ein f^oneS 

A. Set Siener 6egleitet ben 

® jafen. 
G. 2)ag ©d^lofS beg ©rafen 

ift fc^on. 
D. S>iefeg $ferb ge:^oi:t bew 

©rafen. 



The count has a fine castle. 

The servant accompanies the 

count. 
The castle of the count is 

fine. 
This horse belongs to the 

count. 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



83 



Plural, 
N. S)ie ©rafen l^aten fd^one TAe cowwfe have fine castles. 



@(]^I5ffcr. 
A. 3)le !£)lener Begleiten ble 

©rafen. 
G. 2)le ®t^l5ffer bct@tafcn 

flnb fd^on. 
D. 2)iefe 0ferbe gel^otcn ben 

©rafctt. 



The servants accompany the 

counts. 
The castles of the counts are 

fine. 
These horses belong to the 

counts. 



N. ^Det'&elbijita^fcr. 
A. 3Bir cl^ren ben ^elben. 
G. ffiir ibetxiunbern bte Xij^itn 

beS ^elben. 
D. 2)er »^aifet »ertell^t bem 

«&clben einen Drben. 



Singular, 

The hero is brave. 

We honour the hero. 

We admire the deeds of the 

hero. 
The emperor confers an order 

(of merit) on the Jiero, 



Plural, 



N. 2)ie »&elben flnb tapfer. 
A. SBir el^ren bie ^elben. 
G. 3Bir benjunbem bie ^^aten 

ber »&elben. 
D. Der ,^alfer ijerteil^t ben 

«&elben einen Drben. 



The heroes are brave. 

We honour the heroes. 

We admire the deeds of the 

heroes. 
The emperor confers an order 

(of merit) on the heroes. 



Practice. — Read and copy the examples of above, and 
replace the article by one of the words mentioned in § III. 
and § rV., pages 3 and 4. See Conversational Practice, 
page 14i, 



EXERCISES ON THE FOURTH DECLENSION.* 

Vocabulary No. 31. 



ber 9tb{utant, the adjutant 
ber 2lbi)ocat, the advocate 



ber SBdr, the bear 
ber SUent, the client 



* In the following Beading Lessons and Exercises, chiefly nouns 
belonging to the Fonrth Declension, with noims belonging to the 
previoiis Declensions, will be used. 



84 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



ber Go^jijl, the copyist 
bcr ©iamant, the diamond 
ber I)octor, the doctor 
bcr ^leV^ant, the elephant 
ber ^tVo, the hero 
ber Scifctifant, the manu- 
facturer 
ber Surft, the prince 
ber «?)irt, the shepherd 
ber iP^onatc!^, the monarch 
ber 9J?cnfci^, man (mankind) 
ber Dd^g, the ox 
ber patient, the patient 
Der $oet, the poet 
ber ^rdfibent, the president 
ber ^xo)pi)tt, the prophet 
ber ©d^merj, the pain 
ber ©olbat, the soldier 



ber ®^ci^, the sparrow 

ber Stuitni, the student 

ber Xlntertl^att, the subject 

ber <StaU, the stable 

bad Q3aterranb, the fatherland 

bad ^ter, the animal 

bad ®t^bpf, the creature 

in biefer ©tobt, in this town 

ireiben, to tend a flock 

fangen, to catch 

ernjarten, to expect 

em^jfiuben, to feel 

rcilb, wild 

to^^fer, brave 

fonjol^t aU, as well as 

einanber, one another or each 

other 
ed Qibt, there are 



Reading Lesson. 

On tTie Nominative a/nd Accusative. 

L I)er ^Doctor iefucbt ben ^atienten. 2. 2)le 5)octoren 
"Befud^en bie ^Patienten. 3. (Sd gibt in biefer Stabt i)iele 
$rofe[foren unb ©tubenten. 4. ©fitter unb ©otl^e njaren 
$oeten. 5. @d gibt ie|t feine ^Pro^^eten. 6. ^te 
Sabrifanten j!nb fel^r reid^. 7. 2)ie »&irten weibcn bie 
©d^afe. 8. 2)ie ©olbaten fdm:pfenfurbag3SaterIanb. 9. 2)er 
ffiirft Uebt feine Untert|)anen. 10. DieSlbiutantenbegletten 
bie 5^rinjen unb bie ©enerdte. 11. 0lelfon unb SBettington 
rcaren «§elben. 12. 3m i^^l^iergarten flnb einige ©le^l^anten. 

13. 3n ben ©tdtlen ber SBauern fmb ^ferbe, Dd^fen unb ^n^. 

14. 2)ie SBauern ^abm mU 53ferbe, Dd^fen unb MU, 15. 2)ie 
5Bdren fmb fe:^r njilb. 16. I)ie .^naben gel^en in ben SBalb 
unb fangen t>iele @:|3a^en. 17. Die $atienten l^aben 
©dbmerjen. 18. I)ie@oIbaten erroarten ben SD^onard^en 
unb ben $rdfibenten. 19. Siefer Qlbtjocat f)at i)iele 
(llienten. 20. 3n bem «§aufe meineg 33aterd rool^nen jwei 
5lbx>ocaten unb brei (Jo^ijlen. 21. 2^eine a^Jutter ]|at Jjiele 
S'iamanten. 22. £du?en Umpfm nid^t gegen &mm, a6er 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 85 

!Kcttf(i^ett fam^fctt gcgen 5Wenf^cn. 23. Die 9^cttfcbett 
fottten (should) cinanDer liebcn. 24. 3)le ^iere fowol^I atS bie 
mtn\^tn fmb ®efc!^o|)fe ©ottcS. 25. Sllte SKenfd^en ftnb 
bie Jtittber einc§* QSater^.f 



Vocabulary No. 32. 



The gentleman, bcr ^txx 
The Christian, ber 6^ri^ 
The philosopher, bcr ^l^llofo^J]^ 
The Protestant, ber ^roteflant 
The Catholic, ber ^at^olif 
The rebel, ber 9lete(l 
The Moor, ber a^ol^r 
The peacock, ber 5Pfau 
The insect, baS Snfeft 



The cock, ber ^af)n 
The trunk, ber dluffel 
The court-yard, ber «§of 
The present, baS ©efd^enf 
The goose, bie ©anS 
The contract, ber Sontract 
Useful, ttu^Ii^ 
More, mel^r 
Than, aU 



The ear, bag D^x I Troublesome, Iciflig 

Exercise. 

1. ITie patient feels many pains. 2. The soldiers are 
brave. 3. Who are these gentlemen ? 4. Who has the con- 
tract ? 5. The advocates have it. J 6. The animals as well 
as men- are creatures of God. 7. /S^ome§ insects are useful 
and many are troublesome. 8. TJie Oatholics as well as the 
Protestants are Christians. 9. There are more Protestants 
than Catholics in London. 10. All my brothers are soldiers 
and all my uncles are philosophers. 11. These peasants 
have many oxen^ sheep, and horses. 12. In the court-yard 
of the castle are mowiy cocks and peacocks, 13. We are 
children of one father ; we love each other. 14. All men 
are brothers. 15. The emperor sends his soldiers against 
the rebels, 16. The Moors are black. 17. The ears of the 
hare are long. 18. The professors buy many books for the 
students, 19. The students buy presents for the professors, 
20. The elephants have a trunk. 21. The peasant has more 



* ein is here nsed as the number one, which is declined like the 
indetinite article ein. 
t See Conversational Practice, page 14. 
X See note f to Yocabnlazy No. 21, page 54. § Some, SP^and^e. 



86 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



geese than peacocks, 22. TJiese gentlemen buy presents for 
their friends. 23. The patients ex^iect their doctors, 24, The 
poets apeak with the scholars. 25. The soldiers fight for 
their fatherland.* 



Vocabulary No. 33. 



ber SD'^ufifant; the musician 

bcr ®raf, the connt 

t>tx ^\)ox, the fool 

bcr 0larr, the fool 

ber 9latl^, the advice 

ber SBefu^, the visit 

bcr Rbx\>tx, the body 

bng %\iQt, the eye 

bag ^tx], the heart 

baS @ei!rf)t, the face 

bag ©cf^jrdc^; the conversation 

bag ©cfieber, the feather, 
plumage 

bog injhument, the instru- 
ment 

bie ©eelC; the soul 



bie ^at, the deed 

bic SBol^nung, the dwelling 

ful^len, to feel 

ubetrcld^en^ to hand over, to 
present 

untcrbriicfen, to oppress, to 
suppress 

lel^tteld^, instructive 

folgctt, to follow 

gerabe, straight 

Bcqucm, comfortable 

jlerben, to die 

jlerblld^, mortal 

unjierblid^, immortal 

an^^iel^enb^ interesting, attrac- 
tive 



Eeading Lesson. 
On the Genitive, 

1. ©ic @o^ne beg 5Praj!bentcn gcl^en gu ben ©dl^nen be6 
©rafen. 2. 2)ie Slicnten biefeg ^Ibxiocaten fmb feftt rei(^. 
3. 5)er muffel beg ©le^^anten iji [e^r ftorf. 4. S)ie 3d^ne 
beg ©leV^atiten f!nb l^art unb ml^. 6. £)le ^ferbe beg 
^^rinjett flnb [d^on. 6. S)er ^or^er beg SRenfd^en i^ 
jierHic^. 7. 2)ie ©eele beg a^ettfci^en ifi unflerHi^. 8. ©U 
Corner beg Dd^fen flnb nlc^t gerabe. 9. I)ie 5lugen bet 
Snfeften flnb fe^r fleln. 10. 2)ag ©efld^t beg 2)?o^ren ifl 
[d)n?arj. 11. 5)ieI)iener!ommenmitbenaBuc^ernber ©tubenten. 
12. 3d^fenneben OJater beg »&elben. 13. 5Bir fd^relben bie 
i$!^aten ber »&elben in eln SBuc^. 14. ffiir folgen ber Stimme 
(dative of bie ©timme, the voice) unfereg «&ergeng. 15. SBir 

* See note f on previous page. 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 87 

glauBen ben ©orten ber ^ro^Jl^cten. 16. 2)le SBoftnungen 
bet 5Wenf^eit finb Bequem. 17, 5Blr folgen bcm Static unfcrcr 
|?teunbe. 18. 2)le SBcrfe btr $octen ftnb Icl^rtclrf). 19. ^cnuen 
®iebleaBet!ebiefeg$oeten? 20. 2)ag®el>rdd^ ber ^^oten 
ifi nid^t anjiel^enb ; eg ifi fel^r lajiig. 21. ffiir warm in ben 
3elten ber ©olbaten. 22* 3)le ,^inber fiplelen ntit ben 3n* 
flrumenten bev 2)'?u{t!anten. 23. I)le (5cf)merjen biefeS 
$at ienten j!nb grog. 24. S)le ^Patienten erwarten tm SBefuc^ 
ber S)octcren. 25. Die ©timme ber Jpfauen ifl ni^t 
angeml^m, aber ii)x ©efieber ifi fel^r \^bxu 



VOCABULAST No. 34. 



The answer, bie Slnhrort 
The revolt, bie @m:|35rung 
The petition, bie SBittf^rift 
The discovery, bie (Sntbeifung 
The command, ber SBefefil 
The merchant, ber ^^aufmann 



The value, ber fficrt 

The pulse, ber ^nU 

The evangelist, ber ^oangetifl 

The astronomer, ber Qlfironom 

The production, ber (Sr^eugniS 

Interesting, interejfant 



Exercise. 

1. The poems of the poets are very interesting. 2. The 
eoldiers obey {dat,} the command of the prince. 3. The 
students read the books of their prof essors. 4. The minister 
hands over to the emperor the petition of the students. 
5. The feet of the elephant are short. 6. We expect the 
visit of the cowrd, 7. The physician feels the pulse of the 
patients. 8. The conversation o/ ^^e/ooZ is not interesting. 
S. The patients follow (dat.) the advice of the doctors. 10. I 
was in the rooms of the president. 11. I hear the instru- 
ments of the musicians. 12. The merchant buys the pro- 
ductions of the manufacturers. 13. The tents of the soldiers 
were not very large. 14. We expect the answer of our 
professors. 15. The astronomers speak of the discovery 
(tJOtt ber @ntbe(f ung) of a comet. 16. We read the books of 
the evangelists. 17. The plumage of the peacocks is very fine. 
18. The horses of the soldiers are in the stables. 19. The 
value of rrvy diamonds is very great. 20. The answers of 
the students were very short. 



88 THE OERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



Vocabulary No. 35. 



X>n ^T^colog, tte theologian 

bcr «&err, the master or gentle- 
man 

ber ^rieg, the war 

bet SSdl^rcnful^rer, the bear- 
leader 



jiel^en, to march, to pass, to 

draw 
fl^en, to sit 

untcr, among or amongst 
id^ bin gewefen, I have been 



Reading Lesson. 

On the Dative, 

1. ^ie ©tubcntcn f^rcd^en mit ben SJrofefforen. 2. 3)ie 
SJrofefforen fpred^enmlt ben ©tubenten. 3. 3)ie Qlbjutanten 
fommen mitben^rinjcn unb ben ©enerdlcn. 4. 3)ie felientcn 
gel^en ^u bem 2lbt>ocaten. 5. Die ©otbaten njaten Bel bem 
$rinjen. 6. ©er SBauer gel^t ^n bem «&irten. 7. 2)er 
^Jrdflbent gel^t bem ©rafen entgegen. 8. I)er 5lbt)ocat fl|t 
bem Slienten gegenuBet. 9. Ser Sdrenfu^rer jiel^t mit 
ben a3dren, ben ^le:|3l^anten unb ben Qlffen burd^ bag 2)orf. 
10. 2)ie Sutjien unb ©rafcn jlel^en mit ben ©olbaten in ben 
^rieg. 11. S)cr »&unb folgt bem «&ivten. 12. 3)er 3)iener 
folgt bem ^txxn, 13. 3d^ bin Bet bem ^Ptingen gen>efen. 
14. SBer ijl Bei bem ©rafen genjefen? 15. 2)ie 3!]^eologen 
unb bie $l^ilofo:|3l^en ftnb Bet bem Surpen genjefen. 16. ^o 
flnb @ie genjefcn. 17. SBirflnbmit ben ©tubenten Bei ben 
^Jrofefforen gen?efen. 18. i)ie »ftinber fpielenmitbemSBdren. 

19. ©er abater f^tcft ben ©tubenten SBud^er unb Jtleibcr. 

20. I)er ,^ned^t fommt mit ben Ddbfen t)on bem Selbe. 

21. 2)ie Ul^lanen giel^en ben aiefcellen entgegen. 22. I)ie 
^inber geBen ben <3\>ai^tn Corner. 23. 2)ie SDiatrofen geben 
bena^uflfanten SBrob unb ffiein. 24 Unterben ©olbaten 
waren J?iele Wlot)xm. 25. Untet ben^tofefforen njaren ijiele 
Sefuiten. 



Vocabulary No. 36. 



The master, ber «§err 

The order (of merit), ber Drben 

The shirt, bad «&emb 



The laundress, bie SBdfid^rin 

To open, ofnen 

To present, u6errei^ett 



the oesman declensions. 89 

Exercise. 

A. 1. The advocates speak with their clients, 2. We are 
going (go*) to (gu) the professors. 3. The servant follows 
(^dut.) his master, 4. The children play with the monkeys 
and the bears. 5. The bear- leader conies with his hears and 
his elephants. 6. The ministers go to meet the prince, 
7. The peasants go with the shepherds mto the forest. 8. The 
child is sitting (jl|t*) on the elephant. 9. The servant stands 
before his mazier. 10. The princes stand before the monarch. 
11. The soldiers stand behind the adjutant. 12. The count 
is sitting between the prince and the president. 13. The 
students are sitting (flfecn*) by the side of (neBen) their 
professors. 14. The physicians go to their patients. 15. We 
speak with the soldiers. 16. We are sitting* on the ele- 
phant, 

B. 17. We receive many books /rom the students. 18. I 
speak with the soldier. 19. The students go to the count, 
20. The counts go to the princes. 21. The laundress comes 
toith the shirts of the students! 22. The servant speaks 
(ft)titi^t*) with his master. 23. The subjects present a 
petition to the monarch^, 24. The servant opens the gates 
of the castle. 25. The generals are going* to meet tJw prince, 
26. The emperor presents an order to the hero. 27. Among 
the soldiers were many heroes. 28. The students are going* 
with the soldiers to meet the co-unts and the princes. 29. The 
doctors speak with their patients. 30. The astronomers 
speak of (ijon) the comets. 

Pra^ice. — Sentences like those on pages 81 — 83 are to 
be formed with nouns belonging to the Fourth Declension. 
See also Conversational Practice, page 14. 

* The present tense, expressed in English by the auxiliary to he 
and the present participle of the verb, is rendered in German simply 
by the present indicative, thus, — is sitting must be translated ft^t 
(sits), and a/re sitting jijen (sit) j is going gcl^t (goes), are going ge^en 
(go). See Note * page 25. 

t Place the dative before the accusative. 



90 THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



§ XV.— FIFTH DECLENSION. 

To the Fifth Declension belong all feminine nonns ; they 
do not change in the singular, and the article only is 
declined. 

The plural of feminine nouns has been treated with others 
in the diflTerent Formations of the Plural. 

In recapitulating the Five Formations of the Plural, the 
student will see : — 

1. That there are only two feminine nouns belonging to 
the First Formation of the Plural, namely, bie Sautter and 

2. That there are no feminine nouns belonging to the 
Second Formation of the Plural, namely, the plural in or. 

3. That there are nst a great many feminine nouns be- 
longing to the Third Formation of the Plural, namely, the 
plural in t, (See Rule 4, Third Formation of the Plural, 
page 37.) 

4. That there are a great many feminine nouns belonging 
to the Fourth Formation of the Plural, namely, the plural 
in n. (See Rules 1 and 2, Fourth Formation of the Plural, 
page 61 — 65.) 

5. That there are also many feminine nouns belonging 
to the Fifth Formation of the Plural, namely, the plural in 
tn. (See Rules 2 and 3, Fifth Formation of the Plural, page 

78—80.) 

Examples of Feminine Nouns belonging to the First 

Formation of the Plural. 



N. bic WlntUx 
A. bic abutter 
G. bet SD^utter 
D. bcr WlntUx 



Singular, 

bic ^o^ter 
bie Xo^ttt 
bet $od?tcr 
bet ^o^ter 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



91 



K bie SUJuttcr 

A. bic STOuttct 

G. bet SWuttet 

D. ben SKuttern* 



bie S^od^tet 
bie ^od^ter 
bet Xod^Ux 
ben 3!od?tetn 



The same examples in sentences : — 

Singular, 



N. Die !WuttetMtba8 «inb. 
A. 2)a8,^inbIieBtbiea)iuttet. 
G. S)ie SieBe bet fSHutttx ifi 

gto§. 
D. S)aS Jtinb gel^otd^t bet 

SKuttet. 



The mother loves the child. 
The child loves the mother. 
The love of the mother is 

great. 
The child obeys the mother. 



N. 2)ie 3»uttet Men bie 

i^inbet. 
A. Die JUinbet lielBen bie 

fSflutUx, 
G. Die Siefce bet aJiuttet ifi 

gto$. 
D. Die Jtinbet gel^otc^en ben 

WlhtUxn. 



Plural, 

The mothers love the children. 



The children love the mothers. 

The love of the mothers is 

great. 
The children obey the mothers. 



Singular. 



N. Die3:oe^tettuftbie2routtet. 
A. Die2)?uttet tuft bie ^o^tet. 
G. Die fSdutUx liefl ben SStief 

bet Xo^tn, 
D. Die WlvLtUx fd^teiBt bet 

3!oti^tet einen SStief. 



The daughter calls the mother. 
The mother calls the daughter. 
The mother reads the letter 

of tJw daughter. 
The mother writes a letter 

to the daughter. 



• See General Eules Nos. 3 and 1, § Y, and also Eemark to § VI., 
page 10. 



92 



THE OBBMAN DECLENSIONS. 



Plural, 



N. S)ie %b6^tn tufcn bie 

!Wuttcr. 
A. 5)ie Sautter ruft bie iToti^tcr 
G. 2)ic a)?utter llefl ben SBrief 

bet ^odjter. 
D. 5)le 3)?utter fc^reiBt ben 

3:6(3^ tern elnen SSrief. 



j[%6 daughters call tlie mother. 

The mother calls the daughters. 
The mother reads the letter 

of the daughters. 
The mother writes a letter 

to the daughters. 



Practice. — E«ad and copy the preceding examples, and 
replace the definite article by one of the words mentioned 
in § III. and §IV., pages 3 and 4. Ex. : N. 3ebe 2J^utter 
lieBt il^r ^Inb. A. 3ebe8 ^inb liefct feine Sautter. G, 2)ie 
^kbt einet SU^utter ifi gro$. D. S)aS ,^inb gel^ord^t feiner 
flutter, &c. See also Conversational Practice, page 14. 



Examples of Feminine Nouns, which form the Plural in t, 

(See Third Formation of the Plural, § IX., 

Rule 4, p. 37.) 



N. bie ®an8 «&anb 

A. bie ®an8 «^anb 

G. ber ®an8 «&anb 

D. bei* ®ang «&aub 



Singular. 
0luf8 

9Juf8 
0luf3 



ijru^t 



a^au9 
SU^aud 



N. bie ®5nfe '©anbe 
A. bie ®anfe 4anbe 
G. ber ®anfe »&anbe 



Plural. 

91uffe 
91iiffe 
0luffe 



D. ben ®anfen* «§5nbm* 0lufTm* 



SriidjU 
Srut^tm* 



SKaufe 



Practice, — Decline a few more feminine nouns belonging 
to the Third Formation of the Plural. 



* See General Rule No. 3, § V., page 6. 



THE 6EKMAN DECLENSIONS. 



98 



The Fibst and Last op the preceding Examples used in 

Sentences. 

Singular, 



N. 2)ie Oang iji tin SSogel. 
A. 2)ie ^od^in Bratet bie ©anS 
G. Die gii^e ber @an8 flnb 

mit einer ©ti^wimml^aut 

Jjetfel^en. 
D. 2)ie 3»agb gifct bet ®an8 

SBaffer. 



TAe ^oo«e is a bird. 
The cook roasts the goose. 
The feet of the goose are pro- 
vided with a web. 

The maid-servant gives (to) 
the goose water. 



Plural, 



N. S)le®dnfei!nba5ogeL 
A. S)ie Stb^in Bratet b ie @ d n f e 
G. Die 5iifie ber @dnfe fmb 

mit einer S^wimml^aut 

sjerfel^en. 
D. S)ie!P?a0bgi6tbett ©dnfen 

SBafler. 



The geese are birds. 
The cook roasts the geese. 
The feet of the geese are 
provided with a web. 

The maid-servant gives (to) 
the geese water. 



Singular, 



N. 2)ie5Wau81^atfc]&arfe3dl^ne 
A. Die ^ai^ fdngt bie 3)?au3. 
G. Die 3d|ne ber 3Kau« fmb 

fc^arf 
D. Die ^a^ Iduft nac^ ber 



The mousse has sharp teeth. 
The cat catches the mouse. 
The teeth of the mouse are 

sharp. 
The cat runs after the mousse. 



Plural, 



N. Die SKdufe i)abm fd^arfe 

3d]f)tte. 
A. Die ,^afee fdngt bie fWdufe. 
G. Die 3^|ne ber STOdufe finb 

Warf. 
D. Die ^a|e Iduft naCt} ben 

3»dufen. 

Practice, — Read and copy the examples of above, and re- 
place the definite article by one of the words mentioned in 
§ III. and § lY., pages 8 and 4. See also Conversational 
Practice, page 14. 



The mice have sharp teeth. 

The cat catches the mice. 
The teeth of the mice are 

sharp. 
The cat runs after the mice. 



94 THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 

ExEECisES ON Feminine Nouns forming the Plural in t* 

YOCABULARY No. 37. 



bie 5lrt, the hatchet 

bie SSanf, the form 

bie SStaut, the bride 

ble «&anb, the hand 

bie ®an^f the goose 

bie SBanb, the wall 

bie @tabt, the town 

bie ^xnd)t, the fruit 

bag «^(eib, the dress or robe 



ber fRaQd, the nail 

tJerfel&en, to provide, provided 

nti)mmf to take 

Begleiten, to accompany 

feu^t, damp 

burnt, thin 

teif, ripe 

uureif, unripe 

jeber, iebe, iebeS, eachf 



Beading Lesson. 
On the Four Cases, 

1. ©ie ^anb beS^inbeSift Hein. 2. ^ie '^dnbe beg JtinbeS 
flnb flein. 3. 2)ie Singer ber »&anb finb mit )DldgeIn t)erfel^en. 
4. 2)ie Singer S^rer «&dnbe fiub [el^r biinn. 5. 3c^ arbeite 
mit ber «§anb. 6. 9Bir arbeiten mit ben ^dnben. 7. 3)ie 
aOt^dgbe fuc^en bie Odnfe. 8. @« ifi ©inter ; bie fRa^tt 
finb lang. 9, d^ ip @ommer; bie 3!age jlnb lang unb bie 
Sldd^te flnb furj. 10. 3Bir nel^men bie SSilber ijon ben 
SBdnben. IL 2)ie ^^dufer ber Stabt flnb grog unb fti^5n. 
12. Die SSenjol^ner ber ©tdbte fmb rei*. 13. Die 3»dgb« 
fommen mit ben Sriid&ten. 14, Der %pftl ijl eine Stu^t. 
15. Die S'^iuffe unb bie Stepfel flnb Srud^te. 16. Die SBraut 
Ifl iung unb fctjon. 17. DaS ^(eib ber SSraut ifl weig. 
18. Die aJ^agb bringt ber ^raut jn^ei ^(eiber. 19. Die a^dbd^en 
begleiten bit 33raut. 20. Die S&dbd^en begleiten bie ^rdute. 
21. ffier fonimt mit ben SSrduten. 22. Der SSauer f)at 4)iel« 
®dnfe unb '^iil^ner. 23. Die ®*iiter fl^n in ben 93dn!en. 
24. Die SBdnbe biefe« 3immer« fmb feud^t. 25. SBir ^aBen 
fiinf Singer an jeberf ^anb. 26. Der SSauer gel^t mit ber 
3lrt in ben ®a(b. 27. Diefe 2te^fel flnb reif unb ienej 0lujfe 



* In the following Beading Lessons and Bxercises chiefly feminine 
noans and also nouns of the preceding Declensions will be nsed. 
f For the declension of Jeter, jebe, iebe^, see § IIL, page 3. 
X See § III., page 3. 



THE QEBMAN DECLENSIONS. 95 

llnb unrelf. 28. 3)ie aJJdufe flnb tteln. 29. ©le ©tdbte 
flnb gro§ unb bie Dorfer firtD flein. 30. SBlr vooi)ntn voai)xm't> 
beS 5Binter8 in ber ©tabt unb njdijrenb beg ©ommerg auf 
bem fianbe.* 



The meat, bag 5'(eif(S^ 

The wood, bag ^golj 

The hole, bag ^od} 

To cat down (wood), fdHen 

To fly, piegen 

To be able, Knnen 



YOCABULARY No. 38. 

I am able, I can, 3c^ !ann 

Idle, lazy, trdge 

Agreeable to the taste, good 

to eat, fc^macf^aft 
Or, ober 



Exercise. 

1. Give me, please, a nut or an ajpple, 2. Give me thy^ 
hand, 3. Give me yourf hand. 4. The geese are birds. 
5. The meat of the geese is agreeable to the taste. 6. It is 
summer, the nights are short. 7. The peasant is cutting 
down (cuts down) wood with the hatchet, 8. The nut is a 
fruit. 9. The maid-servant comes with the geese and the 
fruit (pi,) 10. The bride goes with herf mother and herf 
uncle. 11. The priest comes to meet the brides (cntgegen, 
with dat,) 12. This country has few towns, but many 
villages. 13. The fruit of these trees is very good. 14 The 
dresses of the brides are very fine. 15. The girl gives (to) 
the children nuts. 16. I take the pictures from the walls, 
17. Jw ^Aw t(;aZZ are many holes. 18. The children ask /or 
nuts, 19. The goose cannot fly, but it can swim. 20. The 
maid- servant goes to (auf, with ace,) the market and buys 
two geese, 21. The meat of the goose is good to eat, 22. We 
have two hands and two feet. 23. Most (bie meifien) animals 
have no hands, 24. TJw walls of my room are damp. 25. Ou/r 
maidservants are very lazy ; they do not like to work. 



* After the above and each following Beading Lesson and Exercise, 
see Conversational Practice, page 14. 
t See § IV., page 4. 



96 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



Examples op Feminine Nouns forming the Plural in n. 

(See Fourtli Formation of the Plural, Boles 1 and 2, § XI., 

pages 61 — 65.) 



N. bie »ffa|c 
A. bic ^a^t 
Gr. bcr Rat^t 
D. bet ^a^e 



N. bic ^a|ctt 

A. bie ^a§eu 

Gr. bet ,f a|ctt 

D. ben Ma^n 



Singular, 

ble Olofe bie ®d^Iange 

bie 9lofe bie ©d^lange 

ber Olofe bet <B(i)lan^t 

ber 9lofe bet ©c^lange 

Plurah 

bie Sflofett bie ©d^tangeu 

bie Olofen bie ©cJ^laiigett 

bet Sflofett bet Sc^Iangeu 

ben aiofen ben ©^langen 



bie ^kc^t 
bie QitQt 
bet ^kQt 
bet 3^^9^ 



bie ^itc^n 
bie 3i^9«tt 
bet ^k^tn 
ben 3if9«ii 



K bie SaSel 
A. bie So^el 
G. bet SaSet 
D. bet Sabel 



N. bie SaBeItt 
A. bie Sabeitt 
G. bet Sateltt 
D. ben SaWn 



Singular, 

bie ©aBet bie 0label 

bie ©abel bie 0label 

bet @a6el bet S'^abel 

bet @aBel bet 0label 

bie ©abeitt bie Ohbetn 

bie ©abeitt bie SRabeln 

bet ©aljeltt bet SRabeta 

ben ©abeltt ben 0labeln 



bie «©ael)tel 
bie OBacijtel 
bet 5Ba*te( 
bet ffiad^tel 

bie SBadbteItt 
bie ^adjteln 
bet SBadbteltt 
ben ilBad^teln 



N. bie 5lbet 

A. bie 5lbet 

G. bet Qlbet 

D. bet 5tDet 



N. bie 5tbettt 
A. bie Qlbettt 
G. bet ^betn 
D. ben 5lbetn 



Singular. 

bie Sebet bie @(^nttet 

bie ffebet bie ®d^u(tet 

bet Sebet bet ©c^ultet 

bet Sebet bet ©c^ultet 

Plural. 

bie ffebetn bie ©(^uttettt 

bie Sebettt bie S^ultetn 

bet Sebettt bet ©dbultetn 

ben Sebetn ben ©t^ultetn 



bie Sdjrceflet 
bie ©cl)n?ejiet 
bet @ct)n?eftet 
bet ©c^wepet 



bie ®^n?ef!ettt 
bie ©^njefiettt 
bet ©^n^efiettt 
benSti^roepettt 



THE GEBMiLN DECLENSIONS. 



97 



Tradiee, — ^Decline a few more feminine nonns belonging 
to the Foarth Formation of the Plural. Compare the 
nonns declined above with those masculine and neuter nonns 
ending in el and tx and belonging to the First Formation of 
the Plural, Rule 1, § VI., and with those ending in e, 
Rule 2, § VI., page 5—10. 

The fiest, fifth, and last of the PRECEDiNa Examples 

USED IN Sentences. 

Singular, 



N. 2)ie Jta^cfangt STOdufc 
A. S)a3 ^inb ruft bie Ra^t. 
G. S)ic Sxi^e bcr ^afee fmb mlt 

itrattcn tjctfel^en. 
D. 3)a8 ,fmb [plelt mit ber 

Plural. 



The cat catches mice. 
The child calls the cat. 
The feet of the cat are pro- 
vided with claws. 
The child plays with the cat 



N. 5)icJta^cn fangen 3Wdufe. 
A. ^ag R\xi> ruft bic ^a^en. 
G. Die guBc bcr J^a|en jlnb 

mit ,f ratten tierfel^eji. 
D. 2)a3 ^inb frielt mit ben 

Singular. 



TJie cats catch mice. 
The child calls the cats. 
The feet of the cats are pro- 
vided with claws. 
The child plays with the cats. 



N. Diefe gaBeliji fe^r le^r*: 

reid^. 
A. 3^ fenne biefe SaBel. 
G. ffield^eSijibie amoral bie fer 

ffaBel? 
D. SBir finben mel^r aU eine 
SKoral in biefer SaBel. 



This fable is very instruc- 
tive. 

I know this fable. 

What is the moral of this 
fable ? 

We find more than one moral 
in this fable. 



Flural. 



N. Diefe Safceln flnb fel^r 

lel^rreid?. 
A. 3ti^ fenne biefe SaBctn. 
G. ffiel^eS iftbie ^Koral biefer 

ijabeln. 
D. ®ir finben mel^r aU eine 
Wloxal in biefeniJafcelm 



TJiese fables are very instruc- 
tive. 

I know these fables. 

What is the moral of these 
fables ? 

We find more than one moral 
in these fables. 



98 



THE OEEHIK DECLENSIONS. 



The sister loves the brother. 

The brother loves the sister. 

The sister'* s dress is new. 

The brother brings the sister 
roses and violets. 



Singular, 

N. ^ie ©d^ttjefler liefct ben 

SBruber. 
A. 5)er SBruber IlelBt ble 

®c^n?efler. 
G. Dag ^lelb bcr ©d^roejler 

ijt ncu. 
D. Set SBrubet Sringt bet 

©d^njeper 9lofen unb 

QSeild^en. 

N. Die ©d^rrefletn lieBen bie 

SBniber. 
A. Die 3Brubet lieBen bie 

(Sd^roeflern 
G. Die»ftleiberber©^tt)efletn 

flnb neu. 
D. Die 5Briibcr t»rinc^cn ben 

S^weflern 9lofen unb 

S3eild^en. 

• » 

Vraciice, — Read » and copy the preceding examples, and 
replace the article by one of the words mentioned in § III. 
and § IV. See also Conversational Practice, page 14. 



The sisters love the brothers. 
The brothers love the sisters. 

The dresses of the sisters are 

new. 
The brothers bring the sisters 

roses and violets. 



Exercises on Feminine Nouns fobming the Plural in n. 
(See Fourth Formation of the Plural, Rules 1 and 2, § XI.) 

Vocabulary No. 39. 



bie 5lufga^e, the exercise, task 

bie 55iene, the bee 

bie SBirne, the pear 

bie 9Bu(i)e, the beech 

bie Dot}le, the jack-daw 

bie (Si^e, the oak 

bie @efd?ic^te, the story 

bie .^irfc^e, the cherry 

bie t^ratte, the claw 

bie i^ar^e, the larch-tree 



bie J^erd^e, the lark 
bie SKeife, the tom-tit 
bie 9iofe, the rose 
bie <B)p\xmt, the spider 
bie ®i)i|e, the point 
bie ^auSe, the pigeon 
bie QBeft)e, the wasp 
bie 3i^9^f ^^^ goat 
bie Qtmfel, the blackbird 
bie ijabel, the fable 



THE GEKMAN DECLENSIONS. 99 



blc ®aBcl, the fork 

bie ^id^el, the acorn 

bU 3)^uf(^et, the mussel-shell 

bie ^appdf the poplar 

ble jjcbet, the pen 

bie 3^auer, the wall 

bie Sd)ulttXf the shoulder 

bie S^wejler, the sister 



bie WlavL^f the mouse 

bet ^o!t>tn, the shop, shutter 

bet ©tad;el, the sting 

bag SD^eer, the sea 

bag Ufer, the shore 

tx^at)Un, to tell a story, to* * 

relate 
frejfen, to eat (of animals) 



Reading Lesson.. 

On the Nominative and Accusative:. 

1. Die ^ai^t l^at ,^taflen. 2. Die ^a^en fangen SD^aufe. 
3. Die SBiene l^at einen <Sia^tL 4. Die 3i^9^ 9^^^ "wg 
Tlild). 5. ^ix i)aUn tini^t QitQtn, 6. Die Setd^en, bie 
SKeifenunb bie Xan^^n flnb 03%!. 7. Die Sdrd^en, bie 
^iti^en unb bie SBud^en flnb 3Bdume. 8. Sd^effegern ,f itfd^en 
uttb SSirnen. 9. Die ©pinnen unb bie SBienen jinb 
Sttfeften. 10. Die ^el^ret geben ben (B&)hUxn 5lufgaBen. 
11. Die Qlmfel ijl ein a3ogel. 12. SiJJein 95rubet ^at brei 
Slmfetn unb ijier Do^len. 13. Die @a!>eln l^abea j;n?ei, 
brei ober i)ier @:^i^en. 14. Die SBienenunb bie SBefipen. 
baben einen ©tadjel. 15. Die $a)3:peln flnb l^od). 16. 3d^ 
pabe jraei <B^ulttxn, 17. 2Bir lefen gem SeffingS. Sabetn. 
18. 3d^ licbe meine ®d^n?efiern. 19. SBir !aufen unfere 
gfebern in bicfem Saben* 20. 3lm Ufer beg S^eereg gibt eg' 
t)iele aJJufti^eln. 21. DieSd^n^einefreffen (Sid^eln. 22. ffiir 
l^aben in nnferem ®arten biele 9lo[en. 23. Die Wlantxxt 
bet @tabt flnb ^o^. 24. Det Jiel^rer er^dp ben t^inbetn biele- 
©efd&iti^ten. 25. SU^einc Sd^n^eftetn liebeh bie ^auben. 

26. Die S^agb bringt bie SU^effer, bie Soffel unb bie ©abeln. 

27. Diefe SS i men flnb nic^t teif. 28. Diefe ^irfd^en flnb 
reif. 29. Der SBaucr l^at biele fPferbe, (Sd^afe, M^j, Od^fen unb 
3 leg en. 30. SBir lefen bie ® efd^i^te bon Sofe^pl^ unb feincn. 
$8nibern. 



Vocabulary No. 40. 

The apricot, bie ^^rifofe The birch-tree, bie Sirfe 

The beau, bie SBol^ne The bonnet, bie «&aube 



100 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



The cap, blc !M^ 

The bottle, blc gtafti^e 

The box, ble *^ifle or ©c^ad^tel 

The bust, ble SSufte 

The coal, ble .^ol^le 

The church, ble Stixd^t 

The duck, ble ^nte 

The flute, ble 5I5te 

The gilly-flower, ble 8eb!oie 

The gnat, ble Wlhdt 

The grape, ble 3:rauBe 

The harp, ble "Sarfe 

The hen, ble «&enne 

The lentil, ble 8lnfe 

The lip, ble ^\)ppt 

The plum, ble fPflaume 

The pink, ble SldU 



The serpent, ble ©d^tange 
The snail, ble ©ci^necfe 
The street, ble ©trage 
The swallow, ble Sd^walbe 
The tulip, ble Xulpe 
The almond, ble S0?anbel 
The organ, ble Drgel 
The tax, ble ©teuer 
The basket, bet i^otS 
Sweet, fug 
Narrow, ettge 
Numerous, jal^Irel^ 
To sell, t)er!aufen 
To build, Bauen 
To pay, gal^len 
To bear, wear, or cany, 
tragen 



Exercise. 

1. The lips are red. 2. The serpents have no feet. 3. The 
snails creep. 4. The ducks can swim. 5. The oaks and 
hirch'trees are numerous in this country. 6. The mercharU 
brings two hottles (of) wine. 7. The stvallows build their 
nests. 8. The musicians have harps and flutes. 9. The 
hens lay eggs. 10. The streets in (of) this town are very 
narrow. 11. In this carriage are two boxes. 12. The 
peasants pay many taxes. 18. This church is very large. 
14. The curate buys two organs for the church. 16. In 
this basket are apricots^ almonds, and plums. 16. The gnats 
are troublesome to the horses (to the horses troublesome). 
17. We have in our rooms the busts of the poets. 18. These 
grapes are sweet. 19. We have many tulips, giUy- 
flowers, Bud piiiks in our garden. 20. {The) Coal is black. 
21. The boys wear caps and the girls wear bonnets. 22. I 
like to read stories and fables. 23. The spiders cannot fly, 
but the bees can fly. 24. Have the peasants m,any goats? 
26. The oaks and poplars are very high. 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



101 



Vocabulary No. 41. 



bie ^meife, the ant 

bie ^ule, the owl 

bic SUege, the fly 

bie @^\xk, the school 

bie @tu6e, the chamber 

bie ^lanne, the fir-tree 

bie Ctuettc, the source, fountain 

bie SBoti^e, the week 

bie ffiiifle, the desert 

bie dlaM, the needle 

bie dm^XQhitf the industry, 

diligence 
bet 5lraljer, the Arab 
ber ®cmal^I, the husband 
ber ®txvL(i), the smell 



ber Xoxif the tone, sound 

ber '^onig, the honey 

bag Jlameel, the camel 

bag ^flafler, the pavement 

bag @ewebe, the web or tissue 

6ett)unbern, to admire 

l^eif en or nennen, to call by 

name 
nal^rl^aft; nourishing, nutri- 

cious 
gerdumig, spacious 
offen, open 
frifc^, fresh 
f^d^bar, valuable 
io\tbax, precious 



Beading Lesson, 
On the Genitive, 

1. 3d) Benjunbere bie ^mflgfeit ber ^Imeifeunb ber SBieue. 

2. 3Bir Benjunbern bie @mjlg!eit ber 2C me if en unb berSSienen. 

3. ©as aSajfer ber Ctuetten ifl frifci;. 4. ^tx®mxaf)l meiner 
©^njeper iji ein SDi^ter. 6. Die 3)iamanten meiner ®d^n?ejler 
flnb fe^r fojlbar. 6. Die ^ratten ber ^a|e finb fd^arf. 7. Die 
JJarbe ber Slofen ijl gellB, n?ei^ ober rotl^. 8. Die ^l&firme ber 
^ird^en flnb i)i>d), 9. Die Sliegen fallen in bag ©ettjebe ber 
iSpinnen. 10. Die 3traBer nennen bag ,^ameel bag ©^iff ber- 
aBiifle. 11. Die genfler ber @tu6e flnb offen. 12. Die 5lugen 
ber ^ulen flnb gro$. 13. ffiir l^dren bie S5ne ber «§arfen 
uftb ber ^loten. 14. Die 3tmmer ber @(3^ule flnb gerdumig. 
15. Die ®dnber ber^^auben finb Hau oberrot)^. 16. Die @ier 
ber S^auben flnb flein. 17. Der *&onig ber SBienen ifl fu^, 
18. Der @erud^ ber 9tofen ifl fe^r angenel^m. 19. Die 2»ild^ 
ber Siegen ifl fel^r na^r^afl. 20. Dag $flafler ber ©tra^en 
ifl rein. 21. Die SSIdtter ber i5:annen ^eipenirtabeln. 22. Die 
Slugen ber ©))innen fmb Hein. 23. Die Senfler ber .^ird^en 
fbtb l^od^. 24. Die Sxn^U ber @i^en ^ei§en @i^eln. 25. Die 
9lugen finb ber Spiegel ber @eele. 26. Die i$^age ber $8o(^e 
>ijen: ©onntag, SKontag, Dien0tag, a^ittivo^, DonnerStag, 

^ ^itag unb ®onnabenb« 



102 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



VOCABULABT No. 42. 



The cannon, ble ^anone 
The colour, bie SJarSe 
The door, bie ^nxt 
The flame, bie Slamme 
The (female) consin, bie SBafe 
The meadow, bie SBiefe 
The orphan, bie 38aife 
The waistcoat, bie SBefle 
The widow, bie ffiittroe 
The sin, bie ©unbe 
The stin, bie Sonne 
The viper, bie flatter 
The pardon, bie SSergeil^ung 
The floor, ber ffloben 



The shade or shadow^, ber 

©d^atten 
The ray, ber <Stral 
The shine or glare, ber ©d^ein 
The bite, ber SSifg 
The thunder, ber 2)onner 
The cousin, ber SSetter 
The grass, bag ®raS 
The prayer, bag @ebet 
To pray, Beten 
To correct, berBeffern 
Dangerous, gefd^rlic^ 
Dry, trorfen 



Exercise. 

1. The leaves of the fir-tree are always green. 2. The 
acorn is the fimit of the oak, 3. The leaves of the rosea lie 
on the floor. 4. The buttons of this waistcoat are yellow. 
5. The door of the chamber is open. 6. The grass of 
the meadow is dry. 7. The soldiers hear the thunder of 
the cannons. 8. The rays of the sun are warm. 9. The 
children of the widow are poor. 10. The houses of vmf 
aunts are large. 11. The teachers in (of) this school are very 
young. 12. The wings o/^^^te« are very small. 13. Grod 
hears the prayer of the widows and of the orphans. 14. The 
brothers of my cousins (/.) are painters. 15. The masters 
correct the mistakes in (of) my exercise, 16. The bite of 
the vipers is dangerous. 17. The claws of the cat are sharp. 
18. We see the glare of the flames, 19. We pray for (um) 
pardon of our sins, 20. We are sitting (we sit) in the 
shade o/ ^^e ottA;*. 21. These boys are my cousins. These 
girls are my cousins (/.). 22. The smell of the pinks 
is very agreeable. 23. The milk of the goat is very 
nourishing. 24. The colour of the tulips is red. 25. The 
son of this widow is a soldier. 26. The honey of the bees is 
very sweet. 27. The Arabs call the camel the ship of the 
desert, 28. We hear the sounds of the harps and the flutes. 



THE GEBMAN DECLENSIONS* 103 

29. I look for the diamonds of my sister. 30. The fly lies 
in the web of the spider* 

VOCABULAET No. 43. 

SicBen, to love. 

Present Indicative. Imperfect Indicative. 

i^ UeSe, I love 3e^ 1 1 e 6 1 e, I loved 

W litb% thou lovest bu lieBtefl, thou loved^^t 

tr lieBt, he loves er lithU, he loved 

voix lieBen, we love mix licBten, we loved 

@ie UcBen ) , @ic IletJtcn 7 , , 

3^t lieBet { y^^ ^^^^ 3^r liebtet \ ^^^ ^^^^^ 

fie IkUn, they love fie UeBten, they loved 

Past Participle, 

gelieBt, loved. 

R&ma/rTc, — It has been observed already that the third 
person singular of the present indicative of German verbs 
ends in t ; by adding t, we obtain, as may be seen from the 
example above, the first and third person singular of the 
impedect indicative, viz., UeSt, \6^ lieljte, et {ieBte ; by adding 
tfif we obtain the first, second, and third person plural of 
the same tense, viz., liefct, voix lieBten, @ie lieBten, fie tiefcten; 
by adding efl, we obtain what may be called the familiar 
second person of the singular, and by adding et we obtain 
the familiar second person of the plural, viz., \\thi, bu lielBtefl, 
3^t IleBtet; by adding the prefix ge to the third person 
singular of the present indicative, we obtain the past 
participle, viz., Ilebt, geliebt. 

All verbs which form the imperfect indicative and the 
past participle in the way described above, namely from 
the tliird person singular of the present indicative, are 
called Weak Verbs, See model of weak verbs above, and in 
Synoptical Tables of Strong Verbs. 

In the following Yocabularies, all verbs not forming the 
imperfect indicative and the past participle in the manner 

* Before passing on to the following Beading Lessons and Exer- 
cises, the student is to make himself familiar with the list of strong 
and irregolar verbs. 



104 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



described above, are called strmig verbs^ and will be acconl- 
panied by those two tenses. See model of strong verbs* 



faUen^t to fall, pel, gcfaUenJ 
gel^en, to go, Qing, gegani^enj 
bleiBcn, to remain, Ukh, gc* 

HiebenJ 
f!^n, to sit, \a% gefeffenj 
fommen, to come, Um, ge» 

fommcnj 
licgen, to lie, lag, gelegen J 
tragen, to carry, trug, ge^ 

tragen 
QtUn, to give, ga6, gegc^en 
^e^en, to sting, fiad?, gc* 

njerfen, to throw, n?arf, ge< 
icorfen 



fci^reiBen, to write, ^^xxtb, gc* 

fd^ricSen 
fd^neiben, to cut, fd^nitt, ge* 

fd^nitten 
fpielen, to play 
nfil^en, to sew 
nafg, wet 

fronim, pions, religions 
gefiern, yesterday 
bic ^anUf the bower 
bie Slinte, the gun 
bic 3Biege, the cradle 
ble ®enfe, the scythe 
bie ^eiter, the ladder 
ber 2^aurer, the mason 



Reading Lesson. 
On the Dative, 

(A.) 1. 2)aS Jlinb f^telt mit ber ^a^e. 2. ^ie Jtinber frlelm 
mttben^alen. 3. SBcr f^lelte mit ben^inbern? 4. S)er 
Stnait pel »on ber ^Better. 5. 3)ie JtnaBen pelcn ^on ben 
Setter It. 6. ®ir 6Iei6en iieute gu «&aufe. 7. ©eftcrn Mieben 
wlr aud^ ju «&aufe. 8. Der 5elnb Hiefc i)or ben aJJauern ber 
®tabt. 9. 5)ie SBiene fta^ bag ^inb mit il^rem (Stad^el. 
10. 5)er 9lffe njarf (Sid^eln »on ben @id&en. 11. SBir fd^reiben 



* See Synoptical Tables of Strong Verbs. 

t The first form of the verbs g^ven in the Vocabulary is the infiui' 
tive. The second form is the imperfect indicative fer the first and 
third person singnlar, viz., ^if fiel, I fell ; tx fiel, he fell : for the plural 
we add en, viz., toir fielen, we fell; (Eie ficlcn, you fell; fie fieUn, they 
fell : for the familiar second person of the singnlar, we add fl, and 
for the familiar second person of the plural we add ct, viz., bu fietjl, 
thou fellest ; ^Ifx fielct, you fell. The third form is the past participle ; 
it is always placed at the end of the sentence. 

J Verbs marked J are conjugated in their compound tenses by 
means of the auxiliary fetn, to he; viz., 3^ bin gefatten, I have 
fallen; Sd^ bin fiegangen, I have gone; ^(i) bin geblieben, I hone 
remadned. 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 105 

mii ber ffeber. 12. 2)a8 Stin\> ging ^u feiner ^antc. 
18. 5DcrDiener trug baS ,Rinb auf feincn ©djuUern. 14. 2)cr 
5lffe fa^ auf einer ^ai^pcl. 15. 2)ie ©olbatcn famen mit 
i^ren glintcn. 16. !Dag fWiStx^en mi)t mit bcr 0^abeL 
17. 5)a8 Jlinb liegt in ber ffiiege. 18. 2)ag «inb lag auf 
bem ®rafc. 19. S)ie ^ndnjtx lagen auf bem 23obcn. 20. 2)ie 
®(]^nittcr fd^neiben baS Moxn mit ben ® en fen. 21. SBir 
fd^nitten baS ,Rorn. 22. S)ie SWufifanten famen mit il^rcn 
^arfen unb gidten. 23. SBir beten in bcr ^irci^e. 24. 5)icfe3 
Jlinb bctet gem; eg iji fcomm. 25. 2)ie »Rinber lernen in ber 
©c^ule. 26. 3* gab ber ffiittn^e unb bem Settler 3Brob 
unb mKi). 27. SBirgaben ben QBittnjen unb ben SBaifen 
^leibcr unb 95ud^er. 28. ®ir fl|en neben unfern ©cbwejtern. 
29 a)?eine SBafen fa§en neben il^ren ^anten. 30. SBir 
njol^nen ber ^ird^e gegenfiber. 31. 3c^ gel^e meiner ^ante 
entgegen. 32. Die 0^effen unb bie Safen gingen gu il^ren 
Xanten. 33. Die ©chiller gingen nad^ *§aufe. 34. Die 
SBIatter fallen t)on ben SBdumen. 35. SBir f^reiben einen 
Srief. 36. ©ejiern fc^rieben njir girei ^riefe. 

(B.) 1. 3(^ iin i)on ber ^eiter gefaUen.* 2. Du bijt na^ 
«&aufe gegangen.* 3. @r iji gu »&aufe geblieben.* 4. SBir 
jlnb in ber Saubegefeffen.* 5. @ieftnbi?om5elbegefommen.* 
6. Diefe Sle^fel fmb nafg; fie flnb im ®rafe gelegen.* 7. 3c3^ 
^abe bag ^inb naCt) »&aufe getragen. 8. Du l^ajt bem ^inbe 
einen Wei gegeben. 9. Die -3Biene l^at baS ^inb gepod^en. 
10. 3Bir l^aben bie ©teine inS SBajfer genjorfen. 11. @ie 
^aben mir einen Srief gef^rieben. 12. Diefe SU^dnner flnb 
miibe; fie l^aben auf bem JJelbe baS Jtorn gefc^nitten. 13. Die 
*inber l^aben aufber 2Biefegef)3ielt. 14. Die2^db(l;en ^a^txi 
gen&l^t. 15. Der SDJaurer ip tjon ber SlKauer gefallen. 



Vocabulary No. 44. 



To spring, fpringen, flJrang, 

gefprungen* J 
To receive, erl^alten, erl^ielt, 

erl^alten 



To sboot, fcj^ie^en, fc^of, ge^ 

f^offen 
The mill, bie 3Wu^le 
The chalk, bie »^reibe 



* See Note J to Vocabulary 43, page 104. 



106 THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



The fountain, bie Cluelle 
The bridge, bie SBrude 
The scissors, bie ©d^ere 
The pockefc, bie 3!af(i^e 
The apron, bie S^urje 



The lead pencil, ber ©leipift 
The worm, ber ®urm 
The flour, baS mi)l 
To-day, l^eute 
Paris, 5^ari8 



Exercise. 



1. The tailor works with a needle, and the scissors. 2. In 
these boxes are cherries and apricots. 3. What is in these 
bottles T 4. In these pears and apples were worms. 5. These 
children like to play with knives and /orA;». 6. The soldiers 
shot /rom the walls of the town. 7. The bees sting me 
with their stings. 8. The brothers went ivith their sisters to 
their aunts, 9. We received many letters from our aunts. 
10. Our maid-servant went with the grapes and the pigeons 
to the peasant. 11. ThefLourcoinesjfrom the mill. 12. My 
uncle came /rom the town. 13. The children came /row the 
wood. 14. In tlie desert are no trees. 15. In the deserts 
are neither fountains nor flowers. 16. The children have 
apples and pears in their pockets. 17. These girls have 
neither ribbons nor flowers on their bonnets. 18. The boys 
are neither with the goats nor with the sheep. 19. These 
children write neither with pens nor with chalk, they write 
with lead pencils. 20. I wrote yesterday a letter. 21. We 
wrote to-day many letters. 22. The man sprang from the 
bridge into the water. 23. These children play with their caps 
and books. 24. The children remain at home. 25. Igave 
the widow and her children bread and wine. 26. We speak 
of the widows and of the orphans. 27. I write a letter to my 
sister.* 28. The dogs run after the cats. 29. My father 
came yesterday from Paris. 30. The girls had nuts and 
pears in the pockets of their aprons. 

Practice. — Form sentences like those on the pages 97 — 98 
with feminine nouns belonging to the Fourth Formation 
of the Plural. 



• Place the dative before the accusative. 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



107 



N. bie Jl5nigin 

A. bie Jt5mgin 

G. ber Jlonigin 

D. ber ^nigin 



^xnfmQ aSa^rl^cit 

5|3rufung ©al^rl^elt 

^riifung Jffia^r^eit 

^rufung m^xijdt 



Examples of Feminine Nouns which form the Pltteal in m. 

(See Fifth Formation of the Plural, Enles 2 and 3, 

§ XIII., pages 78—80.) 

Singular, 

!Weimmg Station 

9)^einung Elation 

!Weinung Elation 

SOiclnung 0^ation 

Phiral. 

N. ble Jldnigiitnm SD'^einungen Dktionm ?^rufungen ffia^rl^eitm 
A. ble ^nlginnen a)ft'einungen S'^ationen SJJrufungen ^^al^r^eitm 
G. ber Jldnlginnen fWeinungen 0^ationen $rufungen ^ai)xi^dtm 
D. ben,R^mginnen9)^einungen 0Zationen C|}rufungm SBal^r^eiten 

Singular, 

S5urg &orm 

SBurg fform 

SBurg fform 

Surg ?Jorm 

Flural, 

95urgen fformen 

95urgen fformm 

SBurgen JJortnen 

SBurgm Gormen 

FracHce, — Decline a few more feminine nouns belonging 
to the Fifth Formation of the Plural. 



N. bie 9lntwort 

A. bie Slittttjort 

Q. ber9lnttt)ort 

D. ber SlnttDort 



N. bie Stntnjortm 
A. bie Slntttjorten 
G. ber Slntnjortm 
D. benSlntwortm 



Sigur 
Sigur 
Sigur 
Sigur 

ffiguren 
;urm 
juren 
mren 



5?rau 
Srau 
Srau 
Srau 



j?raum 
jjrauen 
Srauen 
Srauen 



The fibst, sixth and last of the preceding Examples used 

IN Sentences. 

Smgular, 



N. JDle Jlonigin i)ai einen 

ft^ftnen $alaji. 
A. 3(^ fal^ bie ^dniginbon 

©ilpanien. 
G. DieaBcn)o]^nerber«§auVtflabt 

ertuarten ben SBefu^ 

ber ^dnigin. 
D. Die »&ofbamen gel^en ber 

A5ntgin entgegen. 



The Queen has a beautiful 

palace. 
I saw the Queen of Spain. 

The inhabitants of the 
Capital expect the visit 
of the Queen, 

The ladies of honour go to 
meet the Queen, 



108 



THB QEBMAN DECLENSIONS. 



Plural. 



N. S)le Jloniginnett i)aUn 

A. 3^ [a^ bie Beiben StbnU 
ginnen, bie ^finigln t>on 
©^anien unb bie ^bni* 
gin t>on ®ried)enlanb, 

G. 2)ieSBen30^ncrber4au:^tflabt 
crroarten ben SBefu^ 
ber ,^oniginnen. 

D. 3)ie «&ofbamen gel^en ben 
Adniginnen entgegen. 



The Queens have beantifnl 
palaces. 

I saw both the Queens^ the 
Qneen of Spain and the 
Queen of Greece. 

The inhabitants of the 
Capital expect the visit 
of the Queens. 

The ladies of honour go to 
meet the Queevis, 



Singular, 



N. !Die2tntn?ortbe8®t^uIer0 

iji rid^tig. 
A. S)er i&e^rer loBt bie 3lnt* 

ttjort beS ©drillers. 
G. Der Sel^rer lobt ben ©t^ftler 

ber^lntiDortwegen,* 

ornjegenber5lntn?ort 
D. !Beri^e^reriflmitber2lnt* 

wort beS ©t^iiIerS ju* 

frieben. 



Tlie answer of the pnpil is 

correct. 
The teacher praises the answer 

of the pupil. 
The teacher praises the pupil 

on account of the answer. 

The teacher is pleased with 
the answer of the pupil. 



Plural. 



N. 3)ie2lntnjottenbe3®d^ii* 

lerg flnb tid)tig. 
A. 3)er i^el^rer lof^t bie 2tnN 

n?orten beS ©d^iiletS. 
G. 3)er i^e^rer loSt ben @d?ii* 

ler ber 3lntn)orten 

n)egen, or njegen ber 

5lntn3orten. 
D. Derl^e^rerifimitben3lnt* 

n? or ten M S^UlerS 

jufrieben. 



The 
The 
The 



answers of the pupil are 
correct. 

teacher praises the 
answers of the pupil, 
teacher praises the pupil 
on account of the answers. 



The teacher is pleased wUh 
the answers of the pupil. 



• The preposition hjcgcn governs the genitive, and may be placed 
before or after the genitive. See Vocabulary No. 47. 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



109 



Singular, 



N. 5)ie Stau errrartet il^re 

Steunbin. 
A. Der Diener Begleitet ble 

G. 5)ct SBagen ber Srau jiel^t 

i)or bem »&aufe. 
D. 5)er 5)iener btingt ber ff r au 

il^ren SDJanteL 



TAe lady expects her friend. 

The servant accompanies the 

lady. 
The carriage of the lady is 

standing before the honse 
The servant brings (to) the 

lady her cloak. 



N. Die ffrauen ertrarten il^re 

SJreunbinnen. 
A. Der Diener Begteitet bie 

Sfrauen. 
G. Der SBagen ber Srauen 

jiel^t i[?or bem «&aufe. 
D. Der Diener Bringt ben 

?Jrauen il^re 2)idntel. 



Flural, 

The ladies expect their friends . 



The servant accompanies the 

ladies. 
The carriage of tJie ladies is 

standin g before the honse 
The servant brings the ladies 

their cloaks.* 



Exercises in Feminine Nouns which form the Plural in en. 

Vocabulary No. 45. 



bie 9lubienj^, the audience 

bie (Sonferenj;, the conference 

_bie Sreunbin, the friend 

bie ©efal^r, the danger 

bie Sanbfd^aft, the landscape 

bie Section, the lesson 

bie ^latur, nature 

bie ^Ration, the nation 

bie WldnnriQ, the opinion 

bie SJerfon, the person 

bie ^flicbt, the duty 

bie Oual, the torment 

bie SRadjtigatt, the nightingale 

bie Sdftdn^eit; the beauty 



bie ©ipur, the trace 
bie ©d^ulb, the debt 
bie ©c^lacbt, the battle 
bie ^ranfl^eit, the illness 
bie Ul^r, the watch or clock 
bie Droffel, the thrush 
ber 23iirger, the citizen 
ber DieB, the thief 
ber Sriebe, the peace 
ber <Sunber, the sinner 
berU^rmac^er, the watchmaker 
j)er[d)ier)cn, different 
getX!i|Tent)aft, conscientious or 
conscientiously 



* See Practice, page 98. 



110 THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



ga'^ten, to pay 
malen, to paint 
erfuUen, to fulfil 
Jln^en, fang, gefungen, to sing 
t)eriieren, 5?erlor, tjcrloren, to 
lose 



getrinnen, gcirann, gctronneti, 

to win 
Bringen, Brad^tc, getrac^t, to 

bring 
lajfen, lie§, getaffen, let or leave 
l^alten, l^lelt, ge^altcn, to hold 



Beading Lesson. 
On the Nominative and Accusative, 

(A.) 1. 2)ie®efa^renbe«^ncge8ftnbgrog. 2. S)tc0la^. 
tigallen (Ingen fdbon* 3. 2)er ^e^rcr erfuUt getciffcnl^aft* 
feine ^t^ic^ten. 4. 2)er *&unb 5?erlor bte ©ipur feineg «&crrtt. 
5. S)le iS^el^rer lo^en bic ^Intirortcn ber ®d&ulcr. 6. 2>ie 
Oualen uer ©unber jinb gro^. 7. 3c^ Benjunbcre bie ®t^6n* 
l^elten bcr 9latur. 8. aJf^einc ©d^njejter malt nur l^anb* 
fd^aften. 9. 2Bir letncn unfere J&cftionen. 10. (Dei SSater 
jal^Ite nid^t bie ©c^ulben feineS ©ol^neS. 11. Die ©olbaten 
getuannen ijlete ©d^Ia^ten. 12. a^eine ©c^weflern encatten 
il^re Srcunbinnen. 13. SSiele 5^erfonen tcaren auf bent 
SBatte. 14. !Die S'lationen lekn ntd^t immer in Stieben. 
15. fKanc^e ,^ran!]^eiten jinb fel^r gefdl^rli^. 16. S)m: ^nig 
gaS ben a)tini|letn grcei ^lubienjcn. 17. 2)er Ul^rma^er Brati^tc 
beni 33ater einige Ul^ren. 18. 2)ie 3Bo]^nungen ber SSiirger 
flnb gerdumig. 19. Unfere SD'^einungen flrfb ijerfd^ieben. 
20. ^ie a)hnifier l^alten einige (Sonferen^en. 21. SBirl^a^n 
inunferem ©arten ijiele S'ladjtigallen, 5^a^ageien, SBad^teln 
unb 2)rojfeIn. 22. 2)ie 5)iebe Uegen feine ©ipuren. 23. 
SReine &reunbinnen flnb fc6r franf. 24. Die tftranf^eit 
ift nid^t gefd^rlid^. 25. SDJein IDiencr trug bie Ul^r gu bem U^r* 
madder. 

(B.)1.2)iefera)^aterl^ati)iete@(^Ia(^tenunbganbfd&aften 
gemalt. 2. Sd^ l^ate meine ^pid^ten immer genjiffenl^aft 
erfiittt. 3. %\x l^afi ein J^ieb gefungen. 4. 5)iefer @dt;iiler 
^at atte feine 33iic^er ijerloren. 5. Der SSote 1^ at meinemSSater 
eincn 3Brief ge6rad;t. 6. 3Bir l^aten unfere 2^dntel ju «&au|e 
gelaffen. 7. 2)er ©iener l^at baS ^ferb beS ©raf^n ge^alten. 



* Adjectives can be need as adverbs in German. 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. Ill 

8. S)ag *inb iji iit'8 SBafter gefallen. 9. 2»eine ©d^trcjier ifi 
mit l^cr gteunbitt in'S Soncert gegangen. 10. 2Bir finb ju 
«&aufc geblleten. 

Vocabulary No. 46. 



The post or post-office, bic 

The news, bie S^ac^ri^t 
The passion, bie Selbenfd^aft 
To tame, jdl^men 
To tame or govern, fceja^mcn 
Bought, gefauft 



To find, Pnben, fanb, gcfunben 

To be able, Unmn, fonnte, 
gefonnt 

To know (anyone or any- 
thing), fennen, fannte, 
gefannt 

Over or passed, JJoruBer 



Exercise. 

(A.) 1. The danger is over. 2. We have bought* two 
nightingales. 3. Do yon know your duties ? 4. Have you 
many debts ? 5. We fouod the trace of the thief. 6. Many 
persons cannot govern their passions {say, can their pas- 
sions not govern). 7. We have three clocks in onr room. 
8. These landscapes are very fine. 9. The enemy lost many 
battles, 10. My friend has (iji) gone* to the post-office 
(auf bie SBoji). 11. My father and my mother expect news 
from their friends. 12. The pupils learn their lessons, 
13. The illness of my nephew is very dangerous. 14. The 
dwellings of the students are not very spacious. 15. The 
ministers are holding (hold) a conference. 16. They held 
yesterday also a conference. 1 7. The king gave the princes 
an audience. 18. We lost the battle. 19. Many persons 
lost their houses. 20. These gentlemen caunot pay their 
debts (can theii* debts not pay). 21. These boys are always 
losing {say, lose always) their hooJcs. 22. The messenger 
brings news from our friends. 28. Yesterday he brought wo 
news. 24. Who lost these watches ? 25. I found two watches. 

(B.) 1. I ^at;e/ot*nc? your watch. 2. Have jon knoum my 
father? 3. I have known your father and your mother. 
4. Who ha£ brought these thrushes ? 5. We have bought 
two nightingales. 6. He has lost his hat. 7. She has lost 
her apron. 8. The child ^s ci*^ his bread. 9. The children 
have played in the garden. 10. These men and these 
women have stmg many songs. 

* See note t> pag© 104, 



112 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



Vocabulary No. 47. 



onflatt* or jiatt, instead of 
oufctl^alS,* without, outside 
Inuct^alb,* within (place and 

time 
ofcetl^alS,* above (at the upper 

part of) 
untet^alS* below (in the 

lower part of) 
bieSfeitg,* on this side of 
icnfeit§,* beyond 
Idn^^,* along 
trog,* in spite of 
um...trincn,t for the sake of 
imgcacfctet,* in spite of 
imiveit,* not far from 
t>ermoge,* according to 
ijermitteljl,* by means of 
U'cgen,* on account of J 
trdl^renb,* during 
gufolcje,§ in consequence of, 

according to, or by 

virtue of* 
bic Sanbmarf, the boundary of 

a country 
bie UeBung, the exercise 
bic 3^ucjenb, the virtue 
bic SBurg, the castle 
bic tgcimat)^, home 



bic Samilic, the family 
bic Scftung, the fortress 
bic $riifung, the examination 
bic QSctgcl^ung, the offence 
bic 33crorbnuni3, the command, 

instructi(m. mandate 
bic ^Qixl, the boundary 
bie Jtettc, the chain 

bag 3"t^^ii«"f ^^e confidence 

ba§ OiefuUat, the result 

bcr ^n^^x, the hand of a clock 

or watch 
ber ©laubc, the faith, belief 

(religious) 
ber '^euboDen, the hay-loft 
bie -^leltern, the parents 
bvis «§algjbanb, the necklace 
befanut, known 
bcIicSt, popular, agreeable, be- 
loved, liked 
bejlimmcn, to fix 
Bcftrafcn, to punish 
lagern, to camp 
fe(^en, fal), gcfc^en, to see 
oerlaffen, x>crlic^, ijcrlajfeit, to 

leave 
nod^ nid^t, not yet 



* The words in Vocabulary No. 47 marked *, 17 in nnmber, are 
prepositions which govern the genitive. 

t The genitive governed by the preposition inn., toiffcn is placed be- 
tween urn and ttjiUcn. 

% The preposition Iregcn can be placed before or after the genitive; 
we say, tvcgen be^ Oicgenei, and be^ {Regent tregcn. 

§ The preposition j^ufolge governs also the dative, when placed 
after the noun ; thus we say : gufolge bed S9cfef)led, or bcm SBefc^l^ 
gufolgc. 



THE OESMAN DECLENSIONS. 118 



Beading Lesson. 

On the Genitive* 

1. SKcin ffrcunb erl^iett tjon feincm SSatcr cine SttiU an flat t 
finer U^r. 2. Die Sleltern nieiner ffreunbinnen njol^nen 
au^erl6al6 ber ffeflung. 3. S)ag ®cf)lo[3 beS Jtdnigg liegt 
Innerl^alB ber ffeflung. 4. SBir fallen jenfeitg ber SSrude 
eine ft^one ^anb^aft. 5. S)er Metier ifl unterl^aU nnb ber 
*&eu6oben oBerl^alb beS «&aufeS. 6, DieSBurgbeS ^aiferS Uegt 
biegfeltS beS glnffeS. 7. 2)aS ^lofier liegt jenfeitS beg 
gluffeg. 8. ffiirgingenUngg beS Uferg. 9. SWan^e^er* 
fonen flnb tro| il^rer ^ugenben tcenig MxtU, 10. S)ie 
©olbaten lagerten unnjeit ber 2anbeSmarfen. 11. Diefer 
»&err Ifl ungead^tet feiner ©d^ulben fel^r Mlcbt. 12. QJiele 
Samlllen berlie^en um il^reS @lau6en8 tritten* il^re *&eimat]^. 
13. 5)er 8ll(^ter bejiraft ben 93erBrec]&er ijermoge feiner 
SSerge^ungen. 14. 2Bir bejtimmen bie ©tunben beS ^ageg 
mittelfi {or Jjermitteljt) ber Ul^ren. 15. SSieleSeute (people) 
tjerlicren i|>rer @c]&ulben wegenfbag 3utrauen ll^rer tyreunbe. 
16. SBdl^renb meiner Jlranfl^eit befu*ten mid; ijlele 
^eunbe. 17. SD'^eine Sreunbe Muc^^ten mit^ njdl^renb meiner 
Jtranfl^eit. 18. 5)ie S^tger meiner Ul^r flnD new, aber bie 
Ul&r iji alt. 19. SufolgeJ ber Sorf^riften beS ^aiferS 
lagerten bie ©olbaten Jjor ber ©tabt. 20. S)en SSorfti^riften 
beg Jlaiferg gufotgej lagerten bie ©otbaten Jjor ber ©tabt. 
21. Die ^rofefforen ber Uniijerfitdt galBen ben ©tubenten eine 
Stubienj. 22. Dag 3lefultat ber 5^rCifnngen iji no^ niti^t 
tefannt. 23. 3ufoIgeJ ber SSerorbnung beg ©eneralg, or 
ber SSerorbnung beg ©eneratg gufolge, blieben bie Dfficiere 
innerl^alb ber ffeflungen. 24. 2Bir Bleiben l^eute beg 
flflegeng njegen jju «&aufe. 25. ©ejtern WieBen ttjir au(^ gu 
<&aufe. 26. SWan^e %\i\txt fd^Iafen (sleep) wd^renb beg 
8Bin terg. 27. ^aUw ©ie bag 'galgbanb ber Jtonigin gefel^en? 
SRein, x&i l^aBe eg nid^t gefel^en. 



* See note t on previous page. 
t See note % on previous page. 
X See note § on previous page. 



ii4 THE OEBHAK DECLEKSIONS. 

Vocabulary No. 48. 



The costnme, bic %xa(i)t, bcr 

5lnjug 
The ability or talent, bie 

The negligence, bic 9lad^* 
Idfflgfeit 



The card. Die Staxtt 
Happy, gtocCid^ 
Unhappy, ungludlidj 
To make progress, Sottfti^ritte 

To drive, fafjxtn, fvii)x, gefal^ren 



Exercise. 

1. The parents sent (to) their son a parrot instead of a 
nightingale, 2. The professors work much during the 
examinations. 3. The pupil cannot go to school on a^ccotmt 
of his illness (can on account of his illness not to school go). 
4. The castle lies on this side of the river, 5, The peasants 
did not pay (paid not) the taxes in spite of the instructions 
of the Minister. 6. The physicians visit often their patients 
in spite oftlie danger. 7. We drove along the shore, 8. We 
live not far from (untrett) the fortress. 9. We love these 
persons on account of their virtues, 10, We are happy or 
nnhappy according to our passions. 11. The soldiers are 
camping (camp) beyond the river. 12. We admired the 
costumes of these ladies. 13. The towers of the castle are 
high. 14. This merchant lost on account of his debts the 
confidence of his friends. 15. I remained at home on 
OfCcount of the rain (on account of the rain at home). 
16. We remained at home on accormt of the illness of our 
mother. 17, The pupils make progress according to their 
abilities. 18. We live outside the fortress. 19. My aunt 
lives inside the fortress. 20. I received a card instead of a 
letter. 21. The tailor brought the coat instead of the cloak. 
22. We went to meet our friends in spite of the rain. 23. I 
visited my friend during his illness. 24. The teacher re- 
wards his pupil on account of his diligent.. 25. The parents 
punish their children on a^ccount of their negligence. 26. The 
professors of the Universities expect the students. 



Vocabulary No. 49. 

SSerben, to become; also shall or ivill, when used as 
auxiliary for forming the future. 



THQ GEHMAK DECLENSIONS. 



115 



Semarh, — To form tlie future of a German verb, the 
infinitivB of the verb is added to the present tense of the 
auxiliary werben ; the infinitive of the verb has its place at 
the end of the sentence. Ex. : , 3c3^ njeroe werben, I shall be- 
come ; 3^ wcrbe ein ©olbat werben, I shall become a soldier ; 
3(^ wctbe gel^en, I shall go ; 3ti^ tcetbe in ben ©arten gel^en, 1 
shall go into the garden. 



S(^ tcerbe, I shall 

bu mx^, thou wilt 

er roirb, he will 

n?ir toerben, we shall, 

®ie njerben or \^x werbet, you 

will 
f!e werbcn, they will 
gufricbcn, content 
bie ^lutf), the flood 
bie ®c|lolt, the form, shape 
bie SSetfi^etung, the assurance 
bie ©efettfd^aft, the company, 

the society 
bte Slegung, the motion 
bie afte^nung, the bill 
bie SBemu^ung; the endeavour 



bie 3Ser(egen]^eit,the embarrass- 
ment 
bie (Jlgenfd^aft, the quality 
bie @rbe, the earth 
bie «^ugel, the globe, ball 
bet ^ixti), the host 
ba§ SBilb, the game 
gleic^en (gli^, gegli^en), to 

resemble 
f^red^en (1>rad^, geft)ro(^en), to 

speak 
fterben (fiarti, geporben), to die 
ijelfen (^alf, gel^olfen), to help 
benfen(baci^te,geba^t), to think 
erfd^einen (erfd^ien, erfd^ienen), 
to appear 



Reading Lesson. 

On the Dative* 

1. 3^ njetbe meiner 5*reunbin einen SBrief fc^reiBen. 
2. SReine ©(i^trejier wirb mit il^ren JJreunbinnen in bie 
Jlirti^e geben, 3. I)ie ^unbe folgen ber @:^ur beg 2BilbeS. 
4. 33iele ©olbaten 6lie6en in ber ®^Iad;t. 5. 2)ie ©eftalt ber 
<&rbegreid^t ber ©ejJalt einer ^ugel. 6. ©er Jtonig trirb ber 
Adnigin entgegen gel^en. 7. SBir f^^recjen i[?onbett ^^ugen* 
^tn itnbben^Jpi^tenber SKenf^en. 8. 2)ie a^dbt^enmrbenmit 
^tn Stauen In'S Koncert gel^en, 9. $Bag benfen @ie bon ben 
<5igenfd^aften biefeS ©d^iilerS ? 10. 2)ie ©cS^iuefiern ertrarten 
SBriefe bon il^ren Sreuubinuen. 11. Whim Sreunbe l^alfeu 
niir au0 bielen QJerlegen^eiten. 12. I)er SBirt)^ erfc^ien 
mit ber aieci&nung. 13. ^^ir glaubcn 3)^ren $5erfld?e* 
rungen. 14. Die ^^rofefforen traren mit ben ^Inttrorten 
ber ©tubenten gufrieben, 15. aJieCe ^erfonen jlarfcen in ben 



116 



THE GERMAN DE0LEKSION8. 



Svlutl^en. 16. 3Blr folgen ben Olegungen unfereS ^etjenS, 
17. $Bir fanbcn na^ ^ielcn SBemul^ungen unfcte $fe¥be. 
16. 2)ie ©olbaten f^re^cn \)on ben ©cfal^ren ber ®d^la(]^t 
19. aBirtraren in ber ©efeUfd^aft bicfer «&crrcn. 2a ffia« 
Denfen ©ic ijon ber Jlranfl^eit meineS ©o^neg? 21. S)ie 
Solbaten MieBen in ben Sepungen. 22. 5)ie Soctorm ft>re^ett 
\)on ben ^ranfl^eiten il^rer *4^atienten. 28. S)ie ©enerdfe 
njol^nen bet ffepnng gegenuber. 24. 3(^ Bin mit S^^ren 
2lntn?orten gujxiebem 

VOOABULAET No, 50. 



To be, fein 

I shall be, i(^ ttjerbe [ein 
Thou wilt be, bu wirfl [ein 
He will be, er ttjirb fein 
We shall be, njir njerben fein 
You will be, ®ie njetben fein 
or ti)x njerbet fein 



They will be, fie werben fein 

April, 2l^til 

May, 2^ai 

The fourth, ber, bie, bad 

ijierte 
The fifth, ber, bie, bag funfte 



Exercise. 

1. The professors will be* content with your answers 
(will with your answers content be). 2. The shepherd 
found after many endeavours his sheep. 3. Many persons 
will die* in the floods. 4. 1 shall write* a letter to my 
friends (I shall to my friends a letter write). 5. The 
soldiers will speak* of their dangers. 6. What do you 
think of (i)on) my illness ? 7. The host comes wiYAowr 6iW. 
8. I follow the motions of my heart. 9. The children went 
vdth the ladies to the concert. 10. The dogs foUow the 
traces of the game. 11. I am very often in the company 
of these ladies. 12. I came yesterday from Paris. 13. We 
came with our instruments. 14. We shall be* very happy. 
15. The watchmaker will come* with my watch. 16. They 
will be unhappy, because they are not content (they will 
unhappy be, because they not content aref ). 17, I shall go* 
with my aunts to the country. 18, We shall not be at 



* See Eemark to Vocabulary No. 49. 
t See Note t to Vocabulary No. 17. 



THE GERMAN DECLEHSIOKS. 



117 



lumie to-morrow (we shall to-morrow not at home be). 
19. These students are happy, their professors were content 
toith their answers. 20. We shall remain at home to-day 
(we shall to-day at home remain)* 21. The fourth month 
of the year is called April. 22. The fifth month of the year 
is called May. 23. I expect letters from my friends. 
24. We speak of the danger of a battle. 25. January, 
February, March, April and May. 

Prac^ice.-=-Forra sentences like those on page 107, with 
feminine nouns belonging to the Fifth Formation of the 
Plural. 



§ XVI. Supplementary Remarks on the Formation op 

THE Plural op Nouns. 

I. Foreign nouns ending in eut, and other terminations, 
take ii in the plural, and in the genitive of the singular. 

Ex.: 

Singular. Plural, Sing^dar, Plural, 



bet @ou\)erneut, bie ®ous?crneur8* 
bet $aIetot, bte ^oletot^ 
ber Sicerone, bie G^ceroned 



ber 5JaWa, bie$af^a3 
bet Solibti, bte SoUbtig 
bet ?lccent, bie Slccentg, Ac. 



n. Some nouns form the plural irregularly, as : 



Singular, 

bafClima 
betlAaufmann 

^f<^au:t)tmann 

ff @eemann 

,, «&ofmann 
(Sbelmatttt 

,, SBetfmann 

badUnglfid or bet 

lbi9lii(f@fall 
bet fRat^ 

©tteit 

Sob or ^obe^faO 



ft 



the climate 
merchant 
captain 
seamau 
courtier 
nobleman 
workman 
thanks 
misfortune 






II 



H 



H 
ft 



»> 



99 



n 



99 



Plural, 

bie 6limate 
^aufleute 

©eeleute 

•^ofleute 

^belleute 

ffietfleute 

^anffagungen 

UitQlfwfgfdae 



ft 
It 
II 
II 
II 
II 



advice 

dispute 

death 



It 
It 



(Ratl^fid^Iage 

©tteitigfelten 

SobedfdOe 



* Alflo ®Dtt))eniettte. 



118 



THB OBBUIH DBCLKirSIONS. 



Singular, 




Plural. 


bie ©unfi 


the favoxir 


ble ©unfikjei* 


. e^re 


„ honour 


,f (ii)xtn or 
(Sl^renfcejeigitngm 


taa 806 


y, praise 


„ i^oBeScrl^eBuitgett 


;, ©etreibe 


„ grain, com 


,, ©etrcibearten 


. a^^a^i 


„ meal 


„ 'JDla^itiUn 


ber Olat^ or ble 


„ conncil 


ff 9lat|SJ?erfamm* 


9latl^Si)crfamm* 




lungen* 


lung 







in. Some notms have no plural, and others have no 
singular. 

No jplwral have : — 

1. Proper nouns. 

2. Most nouns expressing matter ; as : bet ®anb, bad @oIb, 
bag 93lut, &c. 

3. Most abstract nouns ; as : bie Drbnung (order), bad 
l^ebcn (Ufe), bie ©efunblfeeit (health), ber JJIei^ (diligence), 
&c. These nouns are declined in the siugular like nouns 
with similar terminations and having a plural ; thus : bad 
^tbm will be declined like bad 3ei^en (sign) ; ber 5lei§ like 
ber ©reid (the old man) ; bad SBlut and bad ©olb like bad 
SBud^, &c. 

No singular have the following nouns: — 



bie Sleltern (or ©Item), the 
parents 
Serien, the vacations 
^ojien, the expenses 
i^eute, the people 
%l)pm, the Alps 



// 



tf 



ff 



bie ^jPngfien, Pentecost 

Djiern, Easter 

©efd^wiper, brothers and 
sisters 

(SinHmfte, the income, re- 
venue (of state) 



ft 



IV. There are, finally, nouns which, though having a 
plural, are sometimes used in the singular when preceded 



* A few more of such nonns are given on page 78, as synonyms of 
feminine nouns ending in IUI9 and tit. 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



119 



by a number ; in that case they are followed by an adjective 
or substantive, and express weight, quantity, or measure. 
Ex.:— 

btet^ig ®rab Sdrme^ 30 degrees heat 
i)ter ffufi Breit, 4 feet wide 



ber ®rab, 


the degree ; 


n 5?"i 


the foot ; 


. 3oa, 


the inch ; 


bag <SiM, 


the piece ; 


n 5P««t, 


the pair ; 


,. «uc^, 


the quire ; 


„ 5)u|enb,the dozen ; 


tf ©!««/ 


the glass ; 


,, »af8, 


the barrel ; 


bet SKann, 


the man ; 



brel 3»tt I^nSr 

^n?ei ^aat Sti^ul^e, 
brel SBud^ ^(tfier, 



3 inches long 
10 pieces of cloth 

2 pairs of shoes 
3 quires of paper 



fe(i^g Du|enb 3!afd^en* 6 dozen hand- 

tuti^er, kerchiefs 

brei @Ia8 SBein, 3 glasses of wine 
bier ff afS SSter, 4 barrels of beer 
jn?el l^unbert STOann 200 footmen 
Snfanterie, 

Y. Some substantives have a double plural or double 
gender, or both. 



Singular, 








BuraU 


ber aSanb 


the volume 


bie SBfinbe 


bad 93anb 


» 


ribbon 


If 


aSdnber 


bie aSan! 


*) 


form or bench 


It 


SBdnfe 


bie SBanf 


» 


bank (for 
money) 


II 


aSattfen 


ber Sauer 


» 


peasant 


If 


aSauern 


bad Sauer 


»> 


cage 


If 


aSauer 


ber Qi)ox 


9> 


chorus, choir 


ff 


Sb5re 


bad gl^or 


» 


choir (place) 


ft 


ewre 


ber ©ei^el 


9> 


hostage 


fi 


©ei^eln 


bie ®eif el 


>J 


whip, scourge 


If 


©eifleitt 


bad ®e^(^t 


>» 


face 


fi 


©efl^ter 


bad ®t^^t 


» 


vision 


ft 


©efl^te 


ber «&eibe 


99 


heathen 


fi 


«&eibett 


bie «&eibe 


>» 


heath 


ff 


•^eiben 


ber Jliefer 


» 


jaw 


ff 


liefer 


bie Jliefer 


» 


pine-tree 


ff 


^iefern 


ber Aunbe 


99 


customer 


If 


Jtunben 


bie iRunbe 


99 


knowledge(news) 






ber 8elter 


99 


guide 


II 


Selter 


bie gelter 


99 


ladder 


n 


8eltem 



120 



/THB GEBMAK DECLENSIONS. 



Me Sl^anbel 
ba« a^anbel 

ber SKangel 
bie S^angel 
ber ®^ilb 
bad ®c^ilb 
ber See 
ble See 
ber ©proffe 
ble ®pxo^t 
bie ©teuer 
bad ©teuer 
ber Sttft 
bad ©tift 
ber ©trau^ 
ber ©trauf 
ber %^ox 
bag '^ox 
ber aJetbienji 
bad aJerbtenji 
bad SBort 
bad SBort 



the almond 

number of 
fifteen 

defect 

mangle 

shield 

flign-board 

lake 

sea 

offspring 

step of ladder 

tax 

mdder, helm 

peg, tag 

institution 

ostrich 

nosegay 

fool 

gate 

profit 

merit 

word 
„ speech (French 
la parole) 



97 

99 

» 



bie SRanbeIn 
SD'^anbeln 



ff 



„ SKdngel 

,, aj^angeCn 

„ ©ti^ilbe 

f, ©^ilber 

,, ©een 

„ Seen 

„ @))rofren 

„ ©proffen 

„ ©teuern 

f, ©teuer 

/, ©tifte 

„ ©tifte 

„ ©trau^e 

,, ©trdu|e 

,, ^l^oren 

„ Zi)oxt 

„ aJerbienjie 

,, 33erbienfle 
aBorter 



ff 

tf 



aBorte 



§ XVIL— DECLENSION OF PROPER NOUNS. 

Proper nouns can be declined with and without the 
article. 

1. Preceded by the article, the proper noun does not 
change its termination.* Ex. : — 

N. ber SloBert ber gerbinanb bie 9fnita 

A. ben SloBert ben fferbinanb bie 5lnna 

Q-. bed Slotert bed Serbinanb ber 5lnna 

D. bent SloBert bem Serbinanb ber 5lnna 

* Proper nouns of some mountains and rivers, when msustcnline, 
take ^ or e^ in the genitive ; Ex. : bed 95efut)d, of Vesuvins j be0 
Sftifiinte (or OHl^eind) of the Ehine, Ac. 



THE GERMAN DECL£NSI01!7S. 



121 



2. If the proper nonn is to be declioed withotit the 
article, then attention must be paid to its termination. 

Masonline proper nonns ending in ^, §^ fd^^ t^ f^^ x or i, 
take n or en in the dative,* and or end in the genitive. 
Ex. :— 



N. muxt 

A. gilbett 
G. 2H6ertrf 
D. 5llberten 



«&an$ 
«&and 
^anfntrf 
«&anfm 






ffranj 
fftang* 
Srangntit^ 
Srangen 



3. Where euphony does not allow an n in the dative and 
accusative, these two cases resemble the nominative. Ex. : 

N. ^aul Jlatl 3o]^ann 

A. Spaul Staxl Sol^ann 

Q. ^anU StaxU So^annitJ 

D. Spaul Jlarl Sol^ann 

4i. Feminine proper nouns ending in a take in the 
genitive. Ex. : 

3ba Saura 

3ba ^anxa 

Sba'itJ ianxa'i 

3ba )Saura 



N. SBertl^a 

A. SBert^a 

Q. SBertk'jtf 

D. SBett^a 



5. Some feminine proper nouns ending in a^ take tttli in 
the genitive, and tn in the dative. Ex. : 



N. Wlaxia(yr 
STOarle 

A. aKarla or 
Sl^atte 

D. SWatlnt 



Jlatl^artna or 
^atl^arlne 

Jlatl^arlna or 
XaH)axint 

Jtat^arinnii^ 

Statijaxinm 



fSllaxQaxH^a or 
a^argaretl^e 

aji^argatetl^a or 
STOatgaretl^e 

ffflax^axtthtva 

ai^argaretlpm 



6. Feminine proper nouns ending in t take xii in the 
genitive, and n in the dative. Ex. : 

N. (Smllle »&elene »&entlette 

A. (Smilie «^e(ene <&enriette 

G. (SmrtUnitJ «&elenenjtf «&enrietteniEJ 

D. (Smiltm «&elenen <&enrietten 



Seonore 
fieonore 
fieonorenjtf 
fieonoten 



* We also find the n or en sometimes in the aoonsative ; Sllberten, 

^anfen, ^axm, Sranjen. 



122 THE OERHAK DECLENSIONS. 

7. When the proper noun is preceded by a common nonn 
with the article, the latter only is declined. 

N. bcr ©ti^nelber Stanj 
A. ben ©c^ncibct S?ranj 
G. bc8 ©(^neibcrjtf ffranj 
D. bem ©i^neibcr ffranj 

8. The proper noan, preceded by a common noun without 
the article, is declined thus : 

N. StbnxQ maxidf 

A. «5nlg Otlarid^ 

G. ^onig 9llaricf)8 

D. bem Jldnige 5llariid^ 

9. The proper noun followed by an adjective or ordinal 
number is declined thus : 

N. ^l^ili^^ ber ©c^one S'la^oleon ber @rfie 

A. Sp|iIijpJp ben ®d)6nen 9la:poleon ben ^rjien 

G. $^iU^^6 be6 ©d^onen S'la^oleond bed Srflen 

D. ^J^ilii):^ bem ©d^onen ^apoUon bem dt^tn 

10. Proper nouns of towns and countries when ending 
in ^, i), I are not declined ; the prepositions t)on, Sei, in are 
made use of. Ex. : 2)ie ^innjol^ner yon $arid, Jjon SKainj ; the 
inhabitants of Paris, of Mayence. But we may say : ble 
^innjol^ner SSerlinjtf, fionbonjtf, SBienrf, &c. 



Examples to the Declension op Proper Nouns. 



emtllenSSBtubetunbSSettj^a'a 
©^wepetn tterben btefen 
91ad^mittag einen ©i^ajier* 
gang mit und ma^en. 

(SeBen ®ie biefe^ ^u^ afearien, 
or ber SJ'^arie, nnb biefen 
SSlumen jirau^ @ o ^ 1^ i e n, 
or ber ©o^l^ie. 

aBil^elmS SSu*er, or bie 
SBud^erbe8 9Bil]^eIm,jInb 
immer gerrijfen. 



JEmily^s brothers and Bertha's 
sisters will take a walk 
with us this afternoon. 

Give this book to Mary and 
this nosegay to Sophia. 



WilliarrCs books are always 
torn. 



THE QEBMAN DECLENSIONS. 



123 



Stiebtl(^d jjrcunbe, or bie 
&reunbebc85tlebtl(i^,jlnb 
afcgereifi. 

©efcenSle bagSStIb bem fftan^, 
or &ranjen, unb bie Slofe 
bem Jtarl. 

S^ltfen @ie bem Stiebriti^ 
u^n @ulben unb bem 
Wbinanb fiinf @ulben. 

3)ie UmgeBungen SB lend {or 
i?on aBien or bet @tabt 
SB ten) jlnb fel^r fd^dn. 

S)ie «&aufer »on ^attS jlnb 

S)le SBrntfen SonbonS jlnb 

gal^Ireid). 
5)ie {JlujTe Seutf^IanbS jlnb 

fel^r gro^. 
3)ie SBetge ber ®d^tt?elg jlnb 

fel^t l^od). 
5)iefe aBud^er gel^oren 51 1 Set ten 

or bem 5ll6ert. 
(SnglanbS ^Jferbe flnb berul^mt. 

Die HBelne @:^anien8 unb 
Sranfrel^S jlnb gut. 

3ti& l&afce In meinet SBibliotl^ef 
©dtl^eS unb ©(i^llletS 
SBerfe. 

SBo l^ bad <&au$ bed Doftord 
®(^mlbt? 

'gat ber @(3^neibet ©o^l^ienS 
Jllelbge6ra(i^t? 

SDI^orimlKan, Jtaifet i? o n STO e 1 1 c o, 
war eln SBruberbeS JlaiferS 
t)onDeperrel(3^. 

SBlnbfor, bie fllejlbeng ber 
JWnlgln 95 let or I a, Ilegt 
ungeffil^r 25 engllfd^e Snellen 
Jjott bonbon, ber »&au^)t* 
fiabt (Snglanba. 



Frederick's friends have de- 
parted. 

Give the picture to Francis 
and the rose to Charles. 

Send (to) Frederick ten 
florins and (to) Ferdi- 
nand five florins. 

The environs of Vienna are 
very fine. 

The houses of Paris are very 

high. 
The bridges of London are 

numerous. 
The rivers of Germany are 

very large. 
The mountains of Switzerland 

are very high. 
These books belong to Albert. 

England's horses are cele- 
brated. 

The wines of Spain and of 
France are good. 

I have in my library Goethe's 
and Schiller^ s works. 

Where is the house of Doctor 
Schmidt ? 

Has the tailor brought 
Sophia's dress ? 

Maximilian, . emperor of 
Mexico i was a brother of 
the emperor of Austria. 

Windsor, the residence of 
Queen Yicioriat lies about 
25 English miles /row 
London, the capital of 
England, 



124 



THE QEBMAN DEOLBHSIONS. 



anber Jjon Sluf^lanb Ifl 
fcl^t gro^ unb f(i^on. 
@<]^dnBtunn, eine6 Dcr f^dnflen 
guflfd^ldffer be8 JtaiferS 
Sranj Sofc:^:^, Ilegt un^* 
gefdl^r i?lct englifti^c Snellen 
i) n as i e n, ber «&au))t jlabt 
jjonDeflcrrel^. 

S)ie Ufet M Sll^elng unb ber 
3) n a u jlnb fcl^r anmutl^ig. 

2)ie ^r^en SlomS jlnb gro^ 

unb fd)dn. 
Die «&eiIBrunnen SB 6 1^ m e n 6 

flub weltbcru^mt. 
SBlt Sefuti^tcn bie ©cmdibe* 

gallerien ber ©tabtD r e 8 b e n 



The palace of the emperor 
Alexcmder of Busda is 
very large and fine. 

Schonbronn, one of the finest 
conntry seats (castles of 
pleasure) of the emperor 
Francis Joseph, lies about 
four English miles from 
Viernia, the capital of 
Austria* 

The banks of the Rhine and 
of the Danube are very 
pleasant. 

The churches of Borne are 
large and fine. 

The mineral waters of Bohemia 
are &r-famed. 

We visited the picture- 
galleries of the town of 
Dresden, 



TABLES OF DECLENSIOlSrS. 

Steono oe Ancient Declension (Fiest and Second 

Declensions). 



YIBST DECLENSION. 



» 
Sz; 

M 

P 
OQ 



K 
A. 
G. 
D. 

N. 
A. 

a. 

D. 



a 



n 



SECOND DECLENSION. 



Singular, 



N. 
A. 

Or. 

D. 



PJ/wral. 

N. - 
A. - 
G. - 
D. - 






t* 

N. - 
A. - 
G. 
D. . 



See examples, page 11 and page 39. 



t 
t 
t 

m 



* See Bemark 1, page 38. 



THE QEBHAN DECLENSIONS. 



125 



Weak or Modern Declension (Third and Fourth 

Declensions). 



THIBD DECLENSION. 



M 

P 
o 

OQ 



A. 

Or. 

D. 



A. 

a. 

D. 



n 
n 
n 



n 
n 
n 
n 



POUBTH DECLENSION. 



Svngula/r, 



Plu/ral. 



K 
A. 

D. 



N. 
A. 
G. 
D. 



m 
m 
m 



m 
m 
en 
m 



See examples, page 67 and page 81. 



Feminine Declension (Fifth Declension). 

Singula/r. 

N. 

A. 

G. 

D. 



PVwral. 



K 
A. 
G. 
D. 



n 



A. 
G. 
D. 



t 
t 
t 

m 



N. 
A. 
G. 
D. 



n 
n 
n 
n 



N. 
A. 
G. 
D. 



en 
en 
en 
en 



See examples, page 90, page 92, page 96, and page 107. 

Bema/rh, — Some masculine and neuter nouns are declined 
in the singular after the strong and in the plural after the 
weak Declension. This form of Declension is called the 
mdxed Declension. See Remark, page 65 ; Remark 1, page 
79, and Remark 2, page 80. 



PART 11. 



§ XVTIL— THE ADJECTIVE. 

Thb qualificative adjective, when joined to a notrn by 
means of the auxiliary fein, to be, is called '* predicative 
adjective,^' takes its place after the noun, and does not 
change its termination, except in the degrees of comparison. 

Thas we say : £)rr QSater ift gut !£)te S^Uttet ifi gut. S)ad 
JMnb ift gut. !fcle 9Satfr ftnb gut 

The qualificcUive adjective, not nsed predica/tively, is placed 
before the nonn and declined in three ways : 

1. With the definite article. 

2. With the indefinite article. 

3. Without any article. 



§ XIX.— DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES. 

Peeceded by thb Definite Article. 

The qualificative adjective not used predicatively, and 
preceded by the definite article ber^ bte, Sad, or one of the 
other wor^ mentioned in § III., page 3,* is declined by 
taking e in the nominative of the singular, and en in all 
the other cases of the singular and the plural, except in the 
accusative singular of adjectives before neuter and feminine 
nouns which resemble the nominative of the singular, t 

* The a^'ective before a plural noun, when preceded by tnatt^t, 
folc^e, einige, me^tete, ^xtU, tDenige, etlic^e, UiU, mtldit, anbete takes e 

in the nominative and accusative, and in the other two cases etl. 
See Plural, § XIX., page 128. 

t Adjectives in el often drop the e before the t. Ex. : ebet, noble; 
bet eble ^ann, and not bet ebele SD'^ann. Adjectives in er also drop 
sometimes the e before the r. Ex. : fauet, sotw ; ber fauere or faure 
^jjfel, be^ fauem 5lpfel^, &c. 



THE GEBMAK DECLENSIONS. 127 

Examples : — gut, ^bn, grog. 
Singular, 

N. ber gute SBatet, ble gute abutter, bad gute 'fSlla't>^m 

A. ben guteti 33ater, bie gute abutter, bag gute Sl^dbd^en 

G. bed guteti 9Saterd, ber guteu abutter, bed guteti 2^clbd^end 

D. bem guteti SJater, ber guteti abutter, bem guteti SU^dbd^en 

Plural, 

N. ble guteti 93dter, ble guteu abutter, ble guteti SKdb^eti 

A. ble guteti SSdter, ble guteti abutter, ble gutett a^dbd^en 

G. ber guteti 33dter, ber guteu abutter, ber guteti a^dbd^en 

D. ben guteti SSdtern, ben gutett a^uttertt, ben gutett a^db^en 

Singular. 

*N. ber fc^one ,^na6e, ble [d^one Slofe, bad fd^5ne 5tuge 

A. ben fd^5nett .ft'naben, ble fd^5ne 8lofe, bad fd^dne 5luge 

G. bed fd^dnett ^naben, ber fd^onett Olofe, bed f^onett 5luged 

D. bent f^^nett J^naben, ber [c^dnen 9lofe, bem fc^onett 5luge 

Plural. 

N. ble fd^dnett ^naBen, ble f^onett Oiofen, ble fd^5nett 5tugett 

A. ble fd^dnett ^naben, ble fd^onett Olofen, ble f(3^5nett ^lugen 

G. ber fd^dnett .^naBen, ber fd^onett Olofen, ber fdjonett 5lugen 

D. benf^ftnett .Rnaben, ben fd(>6nett Slofen, ben fd^dnett 5lugen 

Singular. 

*N. bet grofie «&elb, ble groge Uibr, bad groge *aud 

A. ben grogett '^elben, ble gro|e lli)x, bad groge ^^aud 

G. bed gro^ett «&elben, ber gro^ett U|r, bed gro^ett »&aufed 

D. bem grofeu «&elben, ber grogen U^r, bem gro^ett ^aufe 

Plural, 

N. ble grofett «&elben, ble groge Ul^ren, ble grogett *&dufer 

A. ble grofett »&elben, ble gro^e Ubren, ble grof ett 4dufer 

G. ber gro|ett »&elben, ber gro^ett Upren, ber gro^ett »&dufer 

D. bengrofett »&elben, bengro^ettU^ren, bewgrogett «&dufemt 

* Notioe the similarity between the declension of adjectives 
preceded by the definite article and the declension of nonns forming 
the plural in n or en. 

t Compare the above examples with those in § XX. 



128 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



Bemark : — The three adjectives gut, fi^5n, and gro^, have 
been declined each three times, namely, with a mascnline, 
a feminine, and a neater nonn, in the singular and plural ; 
each adjective therefore appears 24 times in these 
examples, and ont of these 24 cases, as may be seen, only 
five cases, namely, the 3 nominatives of the singular and the 
accusative of the feminine and neuter singular end in e ; 
the other 19 cases end in en. 1^ therefore, the adjective 
preceded by the definite article is not a nominative singular, 
or an accusative singular before a feminine or neuter noun, 
it will always end in en. 



Examples of Adjectives before a Plural Noun, 

And preceded by mand^e, fold^e, einlge, mel^rere, ijiele, wenige, 

etlid?e, beibe, roeld^e, anbere.* 



N. tttand^e gute ©d^ixler, 
A. man^e gute <S<i)VLltx, 
G. manner guUn ©c^uler, 
D. manc^en guUn ^Sd^nlmi, 

K eintge f)oi)t 3^unne, 
A. einige i)oi)t %i)\ixm(, 
G. einiger ^ol^en ^^urme, 
D. elnigen l^ol^m ^^urmen, 

N. Jjicle reid^e ©rafen, 

A. i)iele reid^e ©rafen, 

G. ijleler reid^en ©rafen, 

D. ijielen reid^m ©rafen, 

N. etlid^e wet^e SHofen, 

A, etUd^e njei^e 9lofcn, 

G. etU^er n:ei^en 3^ofcn 

D. (tli^m n?ei^en 9lofen 

N. we^e f^one SBIumen 
A. njelc^e fd?une SBlumen 
G. njelc^er [djonm 3Blumen 
D. njel^en [d^onen SBlumen 



N. fotc^e W6ne ©ilber 

A. fo(dbe fd?one SBiltf r 

G. fold^er fd^dnen 3BlIber 

D. fol^en fd?onen SBilbem 

N. mel^rere 6ofe Jtnaben 

A. ttte|rere hb]t JJnafcen 

G. me^rerer bofen Jtnaben 

D. mc^reren bofm Jlnaben 

N. wenige falte 0ldd)te 

A. n?enige falte 0ld(^te 

G. njeniget faltnt 9lai^U 

D. Roentgen taltm 0lad^ten 

N. beibe trene ffreunbe 

A. belbe treue Sreunbe 

G. beiber treuen Sreunbe 

D. beiben treuen Sreunben 

N. anbcte nu^lid^e SBiid^er 

A. anbere nugUdje SBudjer 

G. anbcrer nu^Itd^m SSii^er 

D. anberen nu(Ud^en ^^u^em 



* See note * page 126. 



THB aETBMAN DECLENSIONS. 



12^ 



Prac^wk-'— Copy the following adjectives, and Use some of 
them in declension after the examples given, replacing the 
article by one of the other words mentioned in § III., p. 3. 



olUvtlf silly 
alt, old 

angenel^m, agreeable 
arm, poor 
bittet, bitter 
fclinb, blind 
hrelt, broad, wide 
bicf, thick 
bunfel; dark 
biinn, thin 
enge, narrow 
faul, idle 
frei, free ' 
frif^, fresh 
fremb, strange, 

foreign 
Qtli, yellow 
QtUfftt, learned 
gefid^ibt, sensible 
gef4i<ft^ clever 
gefunb, healthy, or 

wholesome 
glfidli^, happy 



gut, good 
Bart, hard 

i)a\m, ugly 

Inciter, cheerful 
]&0^ * high 
iung, young 
fait, cold 
fletn, small 
franf, ill, sick 
furn, short 
lal^m, lame 
lang, long 
leici^t, light, easy 
nidd^tig, mighty 
mager, lean 
tia^ldfjlg, careless 
nai), near 
neu, new 
ntebrig, low 
reid?, rich 
teif, ripe 
rot^, red 
runb, round 
auer, sour 



grau, grey 

gro^,large, tall, great fcftarf, sharp 

grfin, green WlecJ^t, bad 



f(i^6tt, fine, beautiful, 
handsome 

i^XJoaxi, black 

i^wer, heavy, diffi- 
cult 

f(^tt)ul, sultry 

feid^t, shallow 

h^m, pointed 

jiumm, dumb 

jium:pf, bluat 

fu^, sweet 

taitb, deaf 

trfige, idle, lazy 

traurig, sad 

treu, faithful 

ttube, dull, gloomy 

unwtffcnb, ignorant 

ttjann, warm 

ttjeife, wise 

ivei^, white 

wilb, wild 

galgni, tame 

gart, tender 

gdrtli^, tender, deli- 
cate 

gufrieben, content 



Exercises on Adjectives, 

Preceded hy the Definite Article, or the other words mentioned 

in § III., page 3. 

Vocabulary No. 51. 



engHf(^, English 
franjdflfd^, French 



bcutf^, G-erman 
bcrul^mt, celebrated 



* The adjective 1^0$, when used before a nonn, changes $ into 1^. 
Ex. : bet bole Q3autn, the high tree ; in the superlative it resumes (]^ . 
Ex. : b(¥ ]9^d^{le ^aum, the highest tree. 

K 



180 THE GEBMAK DECLENSIONS. 



treu, faithful 

ber fed^fle, the sixth* 

ber flebente, the seventh 

3unt^ June 

3uli, July 

bte <S^xad^t, the langruage 

bie ^Briirfe, the bridge 

bie ®tUc^m\)dtf the opportunity 

oft, often 

lithm, to like or love 



tteincn, to cry or wedp 
erbett, to inherit 
geerBt, inherited 
retten, to save 
Bebauertt, to pity 
t)txloxtn, lost 
fel^en, to see, fal^, gefel^cn 
fd^affen, to create, f(3^ttf, 
gefd^affen 



Reading LESSONf. 
On the Nominative cmd Accusative, 

1. ©iefetguteSKann, bicfe guteSrauunbbtffeS gute Jftnb 
irol^ncn in bem »&aufe meineS S3ater6. 2. ©lefe guten aKdnner, 
biefeguten Stauen unb bicfegutcn ,^inber trol^nen In bem «&aufe 
meineS QSaterS. 3. 3ti^ fenncbicfenguten 3Wann,biefe gute J5tau 
itnb biefe^ gute ^inb. 4. ffiirfennen biefe guten SWdnnet, 
biefeguten grauen unb biefe guten ^inber. 5. 3)er arme 
58auer fonnte njeber Dctjfcn no(i^ ©d^afe retten. 6. 3d^ bebauere 
ben arm en SBauer, 7. 2Bir bebauern bie armen 95auern. 
8. SBir lernen bie englifd^e, bie franj5fifd^e unb bie 
beutfd^e ©^rad^e. 9. 2^ein SSater gab mir geflern biefen 
fdjonen 9ling. 10. 9Wein SBruber ifl reid^, er l^at bie fd^onen 
^dufer unfereS DnfelS geerBt. 11. @r tt?irb audb bie gro^en 
Selber unferer il^ante erBen. 12. S^eine ®(^trejter iji gufirieben, fie 
]^at bie fc^onen Simmer ber ^5nigin gefel^en. 13. i)ad ^inb 
ireint, e8 ^at bie fd^onen SBiteer beg SBucl^eg x>erIoren. 14. 3tl& 
l^atte oft ©clegenl^eit bie berixljmten ^rofefforen ju fel^en. 
15. 5Bjr fallen bie neuen 3Brii(fen. 16. 3ti^ Uebe bie langen 
S^ageunbbie furjen 0ldd^te. 17. 3uni ift ber fed)fie unb 3uli 
ber flebente 2)?onat be8 3a^re8. 18. 3d? fa^ baS \^hm 



* Ordinal Numbers are declined like adjectives ; they are formed 
from the cardinal numbers by the addition of te up to 20 ; thus : the 
eecond, ber bie bad gtucite ; the fourth^ ber bie bad tjierte ; the nine- 
teenthj ber bie bad neirnjel^nte. From 20 upwards jle is added instead 
of te; thus: the twerjeiet^i, ber bie bad i^ttjanjigfte. The first and the 
third are irregular; viz^ ber bie bad erjle, ber bie bad britte. 

t See note { to Beading Lesson, page 16. 



THE GEBMAlf DECLENSIONS. 131 

®(^Iof« M ^rinncn. 19. fflit fa^en blc f*6nen Werbe ber 
^rinjen. 20. ®ott fd^uf ble fd^dtte Sonne unb an^ ben 
f(!^6nen a^onb. 2L 3)lefe6 rotl^e aSanb ijl fur meine 
(Sdjvot^n. 22. iDiefet neue *&ut iji fur meinen SBruber. 

23. 2)lefe guten ^irfcfeen flnb fftr ble ^inber unfereS ©artnerS. 

24. ®ott Uebt bie guten *nber. 25. 5)er treue Wiener liebt 
feinen «&erm. 



Vocabulary No. 52. 



To nurse, ))Piegen 

To tell or say, fagen 

To read, Tefen, lag, gelefen 

To suffer, letDen, litt, gelitten 

Dear, Iteb (tl^euer; 

All, aOi 

Blue, Blau 

The eighth, ber a^U 



The ninth, ber neunte 
It is, eg ifl 
August, 5(ugufl 
September, September 
The spring, ber ffrul^ling 
The star, ber ©tern 
The writing, bie ©d^rlft 



Exercise. 

1. The faithful dog follows me (dot,)* 2. I love the 
faithful dog. 3. The faithful dogs follow me. 4. I love 
the faithful dogs. 5. Ihs sick child suffers much. 6. The 
mother nurses i^ sick child. 7. The sick children suffer much. 
8. I pity the sick children. 9. Have you seenf the fine ring, 
thefme watch, and the fme horse of my brother ? 10. I have 
seent the fine gardens, the fine meadows, and the fine rooms 
of the Count. 11. That little boy is my brother, and that 
Utile girl is my sister. 12. This poor man is unhappy; 
he has lostf all his children. 13. We pity thepoor old hlind 
man. 14. What has this good man toldf you (dat.) ?* 
15. We saw the high towers and the fine churches of the 
town. 16. My father has bought the old castle and the old 
houses. 17. I like to see the blue sky and the beautiful stars. 
18. I admire the fine writing of your sister. 19. We like 
to read the beoMtiful works of our poets. 20. We give the 
ripe cherries to the children. 21. August is the eighth and 



* See Vocabnlary No. 21, page 54. 

t The p^t participle to be placed at the end of the aentence. 



132 THE GEBMAN DECLEITSIONS. 

September the ninth month of the year. 22. It is springs 
the young lambs spring and the dear birds sing. 23. It ia 
summer, the tweet apples and pears are not yet ripe, but 
the sweet cherries are ripe. 24. It is antanm, the yeUow 
leaves are falling (fall) from the trees. 25. It is winter, 
tAe cold nights are long. 

VOCABULAET No. 53. 



ber je^nte, the tenth 
ber elfte, the eleventh 
ber jttjdlfte, the twelfth 
gefd^irft, clever 
reuig, repenting, repentant 
fd^lec^t^ bad 
DctoSer, October 
S^oi?emBcr, November 
©egemtier or SD^cembcr, Decem- 
ber 
bie Sal^reSgclt, the season 



bad SBettagen, the conduct 
bad 9Scrm5gen, the fortune 
ber Slegenbogen, the rainbow 
tabein, to bhime 
trinfen, to drink, tranf, ge^ 

trunfcn 
audgel^en^ to go out 
Iteft; reads or is reading 
jju t^euer, too dear 
ju iung, too young 
ju f))dt, too late 



Ebading Lesson.. 
On the Genitive. 

(A.) 1. $Der ^t^xtx lobt bie guten ©igenf^aften be« guten 
®^ftrerS. 2. Die 2»utter liefl ben SSrief ber guten ^o^ter. 
3. S)er SSater liep ben SBtief bed guten «inbed. 4. Die it^n 
tabeln bad SSetragen ber fd^le(i^ten ©djMer. 6. SBit Miet»en 
bed f^led^ten ffiBetterd we gen gu «&aufe. 6. SBir tool^nen 
wal^renb ber warmen Sal^redjeit auf bem fianbeunb n)d]^renb 
ber fatten Sal^redjeit in ber Stabt. 7. Diefer Jtaufmann jkt 
ungea^tet feined gro^en SSermogend ioiele ©d^ulben. 8. 3(^ 
liefce bie furjen SRd^te bed warm en ©ommerd, aber i^lieBe ni^t 
bie langen 0ldci^te bed fatten SBinterd. 9. ffiBdl^renb ber 
tangen ^ranfl^eit nteined 93atetd fcefut^ten il^n J?iele fjreunbt.* 

10. SBit Bewunbern bie f^dnen ©emdlbe ber gef(i^irften Scaler. 

11. 3d^ fann ben SBrief ber fc^Ied^ten ®^ift wegen ni^t 
lefen. 12. 5)er ©eruti^ ber f^onen Stofen unb bet Blauen 
33eil(^en i|t fe^r angene^m. 



* See note f to Vocabulary No. 23, page 57. 



THB GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 133 

(B.) 13. fflir lefen bie SJcrfe bet BetCil^mten S)l(^ter, 
14. ®ott l^drt ba« ®e6ct beg teulgen ©unberg. 15. ®ott i^M 
bad ®tUt bet teulgen ©finbet. 16. ©it fa^en bie gtogen 
Stmmet be« f^5neft ^Jalafieg. 17. 2)te fKuttet lag ben SStlef 
bet guten 5!o*tet. 18. S)ie fWagb l^oCt bie 2^uttet beS f tanfen 
JKnbeg. 19. ffllt Senjuttbetn bie ffatBen betfd^dnen 9lofen unb 
beg fd^dnen SlegenSogeng. 20. Dctobet ip ber jel^nte, 0looemBet 
bet elfte unb S)ejem6er bet jnjSlfte SD^onat beg Sal^teg. 21. SBit 
fonnen bie ©emcilbe blefeg Betftl^mten 9WaIetg ni(3^t faufen ; fie 
flnb gu tl^euet. 22. 2)le Jtinbet biefet guten gtau gel^en nod^ 
nid^t In bie @^ule ; fie flnb j;u iung. 23. 3^ fann bie Senfiet 
blefeg gto^en 3immetg ni(!^t dffnen; fie flnb ju f^odti. 24. 3c^ 
fann biefen 5l:^fel nidbt effen ; et ifi j^u fauet. 26. SBit fdnncu 
l^eute ni^t auggel^en j eg ifl gu fi)at. 



VOCABULAET No. 54. 



The sotigiitress, bie @angetin 
The air, bie Suft 
Everybody, Sebetmann 
Handsome, fc^on 
Mild, milb or milbe 
Far, fetn 



Excellent, i)0ttrepi(3^ 
Italian, italienif^ 
To blow, wel^n 

The brothers and sisters, bie 
©efd^wijiet 



Exercise. 

1. The eyes of this litUe child are bine. 2. The condnci 
ilf these yov/ng pnpils was good. 3. We speak with the 
children of that handsome lady. 4. Everybody admires the 
voice qf this excellent songstress. 5. The windows of the new 
honse are very low. 6. We read the works of the excellent 
poets. 7. We admire the pictures of the great Italian 
painters. 8. The streets of the large towns are often very 
narrow. 9. This young lady is the sister of the rich count* 
10. We saw the fine horses of the young princes. 11. I 
admire the colours of the heoAitiful rainbow. 12. The child 
reads the stories of the good book. 13. The rooms of the 
old castle are very large. 14. The children of the poor 
woman are very ill. 15. We are calling (call) the faithful 
dog of the good shepherd. 16. After the winter blows the 



134 TH£ GERMAN DECLENSIOITS. 

mild air of the heautifvl spring. 17. We gave (to) the 
children of the poor widow bread and milk. 18. We expeci 
the visit of the celebrated physician. 19. The brothers and 
sisters of this clever artisan are very rich. 20. I bay meat 
and wine for the mother of these sick children. 



VoCABULAfiT No. 55. 



ber SBart, the beard 
ber «&ertjl; the autumn 
hex StxwQ, the pitcher 
ber Xxo% the consolation 
ber Sleifenbe, the traveller 
bie 9lafe; the nose 
bie Sode, the curl 
bie «&offnung, the hope 
bie ©efettfd^aft; the company 
bie 9leife, the journey 
bie 3wfunft, the future 
bie Sutter, the butter 
bie Sl^ild^, the milk 



bad Sein, the leg 

lal^nt; lame 

ttJO^Itl^dtig; benevolent 

bad HBeif^iel, the example 

fcraun, brown 

leet; empty 

^errlid^, splendid 

unguftieben, discontented, dis- 
pleased 

erjdl^lett, to tell or recount 

fc^Iagen, to beat, f(^Iug, 
gefd^Iagen 



Eeading Lesson. 

On the Dative, 

(A.) 1. S^geBebem armenSlJianne SBrob unb ffiein. 2. 3^ 
gaB ber armen grau SButter unb ^ild}. 3. 2Bir iterben bem 
armen Jtinbe 5te^fel unb SBinten geBen. 4. 9Bir gaBen unfere 
fd&onen SBIumen ben franfen Jtinbern unfereS 0lad^6ard. 6. 3)ie 
@efettfd)aft njar in bem neuen ©ti^Iofie. 6. ©er SKann mit 
bem lawmen Seine fam gu mir. 7. SBir Bebauem bie arme 
jjrau mit ben "Blinben ,Kinbem. 8. SBir fauften biefe fd^5nen 
$ferbe tion ben rei(3^en @ngldnbem. 9. 5)ie SKagb ging mit 
bem leeren Jtruge jum SBmnnen. 10. I)ie ^Ptofefforen waten 
mit ben flei^igen <Bttj\dnn jiifrteben. 11. S)ie ^t^xn finb 
mit ben furjen SJntnjorten bet <S6;)hhx unjufrieben. 12. SKein 
Steunb niai)lt gem tion ben langen unb f(^5nen Sfteifen feined 
SBruberd. 13. 2)ie ©olbaten ft)te(3^en J) on ben gr o^en S^lad^ten. 
14. 01 a d^ bem fatten SBinter njel^en bie milben 8ufte M 
fd^onen ffnipngg. 16. 9la6) bem f(3^5nen Sriil^Iing fommt 
ber warme ©ommet. 



■ THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 135 

(B.) 16. SBir gel^en bem gutcn Sreiinbe xinfercS SSaterg 
entgegen. 17. ffiir irol^ncn bem altcn ©d^Ioffe gcgenuber. 
18. SBer icol^nt in biefcm neucn »&aufc? 19. 9Bir folgen bem 
gutcn SBeift)ieIe ber guten SUienfdben. 20. Jtennen ®ie jenen 
jungenSKann mit ber langen S^afeunbbem f^njarjen SBarte? 
21. 5)er »&err gab bem treuen ©iener bag f(^one $ferb mit ber 
langen a^dl^ne. 22. I)er ©artner fommt mit ben reifen 
^ruc^ten. 23. ©a8 !Kdb(^en mit ber Blauen »&auBe unb ben 
fd&ttjarjen Slugen ijl bie 0lid^te beS WlaUx^, 24. Die Jtinber 
fi)reti^en oon ben fd^onen Slofen nnb bem Ifcerrlid^en 3?egen* 
Bogen. 25. Die 5teUern fd^iden ben guten Jtinber n 5Bud^er unb 
Jtleiber. 26. Die gute Srau ga6 bem 6 Unb en SBettler einen 
®ulben. 27. Der Hinbe Settler banfte Der guten Srau. 28. aSir 
ft)red^en J?on ben guten ^l^aten biefeS njol^It^dtigen SWanneg. 
29. Die SKutter jl^t neben bem franfen Jtinbe. 30. Die tjier 
3a][)re^geiten l^ei^en : jJriil^Ung, ©ommer, «&er6ft nnb ©inter. 



Vocabulary No. 56, 



The thimble, ber S'ingerl^ut 
The overcoat, ber Ueberrocf 
The umbrella, ber Slegenfd^irm 



The mast, ber 2^afl or ay?ajl6aunt 
The wood, bag *&olj 
The uniform, bie Uniform 



Exercise. 

1. My father gave (to) the diligent servant this new 
overcoat. 2. My mother gave the diligent maid- servant this 
new thimble and this new umbrella. 3. The teacher gave 
the diligent child this new book and these beautiful pictures. 
4. We shall give* the poor men bread and wine. 5. We 
give milk and wine to the poor women. 6. Who has given* 
these children cake and nuts ? 7. Do you know these 
children with the brown curls ? 8. Are you contentf with 
this new servant ? 9. The pupils are pleasedf with the new 
books. 10. The teachers threaten (dot.) the lazy pnpils. 



* The infinitive in a future tense, and the past participle in a com- 
pound tense, are placed at the end of the sentence. Say : We shall 
to the poor men bread and wine give. 

f Note the place which the adjective occupies in the sentences 10 
and 11 of the preceding Beading Lesson. 



136 THB OEBMAK DECLBN8T0NS. 

11. The children play wUh the UttU dogs ,and the Utile cats. 

12. We were in the fine gardens of the Qaeen. 13. Do yon 
see the yonng sailor on the high mast P 14. Mj brothers 
are always beating (beat always) the ^og wiih the little 
stick. 15. The yonng lady vnth the blue eyes and the white 
bonnet is my sister. 16. The doctor remained with the etch 
children. 17. We went to meet the good friends of onr 
parents. 18. We live opposite the new chnrch. 19. We 
saw the brave soldiers with the fims nniforms. 20. We 
received many letters from the good firiends (/.) of onr 
parents. 

Practice. — Add an adjective, preceded by the definite 
article, or by one of the other words mentioned in § III., to 
each of the nonns in the examples given at the end of each 
declension, pages 14, 44, 69, 83, 91, 93, 98, 109. 



§XX. DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES PRECEDED BY THE 

INDEFINITE ARTICLE. 

The adjective preceded by the indefinite article ein, eine, 
cin, or one of the other words mentioned in § IV., is declined 
by taking in the nominative singular er before masculine 
nonns, e before feminine nonns, and ed before nenter nonns ; 
all the other cases take en, except the accusative before 
feminine and neuter nouns, which is like the nominative. 

Eemaric 1. — A singular noun, preceded by an adjective 
and indefinite article, will be declined in the plural without 
any article, in which case the adjective will take the endings 
of the definite article as declined in the plural ; namely : e, t, 
X, n, like the endings of bic, bie, ber, ben. (See § III., page 3, 
and Plural, § XXI., page 146.) 

Remarlc 2. — If in the singular one of the other words 
mentioned in § IV. is used, the adjective will in the plural 
be preceded by the plural of that word, and will then take 
en in all the cases of the plural as if preceded by the plural 
of the definite article. (See Remark to § IV., page 4.) 



thb osbman de0lensiok8. 1b7 

Examples. 

Singular. 

N. eltt guttt Sater* elne gute abutter eln guteii SD^dbd^m 

A. ■ elnm gutm 93ater eine gute abutter ein %\xtti a^dbd^en 

G. clncS gutm ^BatcrS cincr guten 2J?uttet elncS guten !Kdb(^en8 

D. etnem gutm Skater einer gutm abutter einemgutmSl^dbi^en 

Flural, 

N. gute aSdtet gute aMtter gute a^dbd^m 

A. guU aSdtcr gute abutter gute a^db^eu 

G. gutet SSdter gutet abutter guter a^dbd^en 

D. guten SSdtern guten ai'^uttcrn guten aWdbc!^en 



Singular, 

N. cln fd^onet ^nafee eine fd^one 9lofe ein fd^oneii 9luge 

A. cinen f(^onen Jtnaten eine fc^one 9lofe ein fd^oneii 5lugc 

G. eineS fd^onen «^na6en einer fti^6nen SRofe eineS [d^onen ?luge8 

D. einem fd^dnen Jtna6en einer fc^dnen 9lofe einem fci^onen Sluge 



Flural, 

N. fd^dne ^aBen fd^&ne Slofen fd^5ne 2(ugen 

A. fid^one JtnaSen f(^6ne Olofen fd^one ?lugen 

G. fid^dner JtnaSen f(^5net 9flo[en f^onet 5lugen 

D. fti^dnen Jtnaben f^^nen 3?ofett fd^6nen Slugen 

Svngular. 

N. ein grof et ^elb eine gro^e Ul^r ein grofiest '^ayx^ 

A. einen gro^en «&elben eine gro^e Ul^r ein grof eie; »&auS 

G. eineS gro^en »&elbett einer grof en Ul^r eineS gropen »&aufeS 

D. einem gro^en '^elben einer gro^en Ul^r einem gropen «&aufe 

Tlural, 

N. groge ^elben grofie U^ren grofie »6dufer 

A. gro^e «&elben groge Ul^ren gro|e «&dufer 

G. grower »&elben grower Ui^ren grower »&dufer 

D. gro|en «&elben gro^en U^ren gro^en «&dufem 



• Compare the above ezamples with those on pa^e 127, § XIX. 



138 



THE OEBMAN DECLENSIONS. 



Singular, 

N. tncin artner greunb meinc anne grcunbin 

A. tneinen armen Jteuiib tneine arme Sreunbin 

G. mcine^ annm greunbc^ mciner artnwi S^eunbin 

D. tneinem artnwi Jreunbe meiner armen Sreunbin 



mein arm^iS Itinb 
mein amteiS Jtinb 
tneine^ ann«i ,^inbe« 
meinem armm ^inbe 



Plural. 

N. mcine artnm {Jreunbe* mcine annwi Steunbinnen meine armen .^inbcr 
A. vMim Qxxatn g^^unbe tneine armoi Sreunbinnen meine artnni .^inbet 
G. meiner annni Jteunbe meiner armen Jteunbinnen meiner armen .^inber 
D. meinen armen Steunben meinen armen greunbinnen meinen armen .^inbem 

Practice. — ^Decline a few more nouns with adjectives 
preceded by the indefinite article or by one of the other 
words given in § IV. Use the adjectives given in § XIX., 
page 129. 



ExEECiSES ON Adjectives, preceded hy the indefinite article 
and the words given in § IV., page 4. 

Vocabulary No. 57. 



ber Deutfd^e, the German 
bie I)eutf(^e (/.), the German 
cin I)eutf^er,t a German 
ber «&eiUge, the saint 
ein 4eiliger,t a saint 
ber Srangofe, the Frenchman 
ein Stangofe, a Frenchman 
ber ©traup, the ostrich 
5lboIf, Adolphus 
«&einrid^, Henry 



ber SWunb, the mouth 
ber 5Jar!; the park 
ber Sfl^ein, the Rhine 
bie I)onau, the Danube 
bie ©tirn or® time,the forehead 
njeinenb,J crying 
fd^lafenb;J sleeping 
baS kAxdi, the cloth 
bad ^afd^entu^; the handker- 
chief 



* See Remark 2, page 136, and Remark to § IV., page 4. 

t Sucli masculine nouns in e, which are formed from adjectives by 
the addition of an e, as ber JT^eutfd^e, from beutfd^ ; ber ©elcl^rte, firom 
gelel^rt ; ber ^eilige, from l^citig, &c., are, when preceded by the indefinite 
article, declined like adjectives preceded by the indefinite article ; 

thus we say : ein JDeutf(3^cr, ein ©elel^rter, ein .^ranter, ein fjrember, ein 
SBitber, ein ^eitiger ; ber Sunge, the youth or boy, preceded by the 
indefinite article, makes however ein Sunge. 

J The present participle is formed in German by the addition of 
the letter b to the infinitive. Present participles used as adjectives 
are declined like adjectives. 



THB OEBHAK DBOLENSIONS. 89 



bad Stinttf the cilin 
bad ®ett)iffen^ the conscience 
bad Stul^efiffen^ the pillow 
bad StmbUin, the little boy 
fjtHiQf sacred, holy 
Iftgenl^aft, lying, telling lies 



gel^orfant; obedient 
ungcl^otfam, disobedient 
fanft, sofb, gentle, mild 
tdgiid^, daily 
fdngt^ catches 



Ee^ding Lesson. 
On the Nominative and Accusative, 

(A.) 1. Slbolf Ifl eltt trager, lugcnl^aftcr, unge^orfamer 
imbnad^ldffigcr Jtnafee. 2. SD^aticifleinc trdgejugenl&afte, 
itngel^orfaine irnb na^Idffigc 3Kagb. 8. ^einrid^ ijl ein 
trdged, lugenl^afted, iingc|orfamed wnb nadjldffiged 
Jlittb. 4. ^ein fflater l^at cincn flcifilgen; trcucn unb 
gefc^idten Diener, 6. SKeinc SKutter l^at cine flei^igc, treue 
«nb gefd^idte STOagb. 6. 9Bit l^aBcn eln fd^oned, l^o^cd wnb 
getduniiged ^an^, 7. Dlefcr Wlann ifl cin gefd^idtet 
Strtclter; er iji ein Deutfd^er.* 8. 2)iefer »&err ifl ein 
Berfil^mter Scaler; er ijl ein &ranjofe. 9. Diefer Jtnafee ^at 
einen grof en Jto^f, eine l^ol^e ©time unb ein fleined ^inm 
10. SKeine ©c^wefter i)at eine l^ol^e, breite ©time unb einen 
fleinen SKunb. 11. fenglanb ift ein f(^5ned unb reici^ed 
8anb. 12. I)er ©trau$ l^at einen langen «&ald. 13. 3n beui 
©tatte bed Sauerd iji ein [d^oner, fd^njarjer Dd^d, eine fd^&ne, 
xoti^t Stuff unb ein (defined, brauned *43fetb. 14. 3n biefer 
©tabt iji ein grower ^axt, eine fd^one ^ird^e unb ein alt^^ 
©c^Iofd. 

(B.) 15. Der SSatergabbemDiener einen blauen Siod, eine 
weife SBefieunbein rotl^ed 3!afd6entud^. 16. 2)ie©onauiji 
ein fc^dner unb grofier Slufd. 17. Sonbon f)at gro^e $arfe, 
»lele fd^dne JKr^en unb fd^dne SBnidfen. 18. I)ie @id^en unb 
ble fPa))i)eIn flnb l^ol^e SBdume. 19. SBit l^aben in unferem 
Simmer ein guted Seuer. 20. ^in guted ®en?ijfen iji ein 
fanfted Olul^efijfen. 21. ^in ©deafer fa^ in bem ©d^atten einer 
©d^e unb fein fleiner ©ol^n fa^ neben il^m. 22. Die ^i^e iji 
ein l^ol^er unb f^dner ®aum. 23. SBir UUn ieben ^ag: ®ib 



• See Note f previous page. 



140 THB OBBMAN DBGLEITSIONS. 

un« l^eute unfer tdgllctiefi ©rob. 24. (Sin fleineS 9R4b^ 
^atte ein fleined QSogeld^en. 25. S)te ^o^ter bed Jtontgd fa^ 
im gluffc ein weinenbed* JlndBIein. 26. ^Iti f^Iafenber* 
gu(f>g fangt f e I n e n »& a f e lu 27. S)er St^ln wnb bie 5)onau flnb 
gro^e gluffe. 28. ©In tteuer ©iener lieBt feinen guten 
^errn. 29, @tn relfer Ol^jfeUfl fii^, ein unreifer Ol^jfeUfl 
fauer. 30. @in guteS ^inb liefct feine 2leltem. 



VOCABULABT No. 58. 

The general, ber Selbl^err or Do you know? SBijfen ®ie? 

©enewl I know, 3d^ njeifl 

The beverage, bag ©etrdn! That (cori/.), bafSf 

The weapon, bie Safe To be obliged (must), mftffett, 
Precious, f o^Bar mujfte, gemufft 

Golden, golben Whether, oBf 

Silvery {adj.), fHSem Already, fti^ott 

Toknow,n)iffen,tt3uffte,gen)ufft | 

EXEBGISB. 

1. My finend's brother is a c^^ painter. 2.. My mother's 
friend (/.) is a tall and handsome lady. 3. We have a finB 
and large house. 4. Napoleon was a great general. 5. I 
shall buy a golden ring, a silver chain, and a good knife. 
6. GoldJ is a precious metal. 7. The apple is a good fruit. 
8. Wine J is a good beverage. 9. The swan has a long neck. 
10. The elephant has a long trank. 11. The stork has a 
long beak. 12. The lion has a long mane. 13. The sheep 
is a useful animal. 14. The oak is a high tree. 15. This 
singer has a good voice. 16. Bring me a golden spoon, a 
sHoer fork, and a silver knife. 17. The Danube is a ^n^ and 
la/rge river. 18. Byron was a great poet. 19. I like a 
short winter and a long summer. 20. I gave (to) the child 
a good apple and a good pear. 21. The bee has a sharp 

* See Note J on page 138. 

t The conjunction bafiS {tha£), and the conjunction oB {whether), 
require the verb at the end of the sentence. Say, — that my father ill 
is ; whether your little sister at home is. 

J Use the article. 



THE GBSMAN DECLENSIONS. 



141 



And ^ngercms weapon. 22. Goethe was a great poet. 
23. London is a large town. 24. The king has a large 
castle. 25. I love my good parents and they love me. 
26. Do yon know that* my good father is ill ? 27. Do yon 
know whether* yov/r little sister is at home ? 28. I know 
that* she is at home. 29. Must yon go already P (already 
go). 80. Yes, I must go already. 



VOCABULABY No. 59. 



cingebenft fein,to be mindful of 
fal^lgt frtn, to be capable of 
jjenjdrtlgt fein, to be in expec- 
tation of 
funbigt f^in, to be acquainted 

with 
tterbd(3^tlgt fcin, to be sus- 
pected of 
Werbrfif flgt fein, to be tired of 
md^tigt frin^ to be master of 
wurbigt f«in, to be worthy of 
fti^ulbigt feln, to be guilty of 
ftttn^, severe 
ftemb^ foreign 
iunt, many-coloured 
pets, always 
Jenelben, to envy 



ber Dicnfi, the service 
bie ©ebulb, the patience 
bic <Spxad;)t, the language 
bie aPo^ltl^at, the benefit 
bie Selol^nung, the reward 
bie «&anblung, the action 
bie Strafe, the punishment 
ba0 ®egel, the sail 
ba0 ^tx^ii)m, the fault or 

offence 
aUx, but 
fonbern, butj 

nad^flc^tig, indulgent, for- 
bearing 
jjergejTen, to forget, J?erga^, 
oergeffen 



Beadino Lesson. 
On the Oenitive, 

1. S)er ©ruber meined guten greunbeS iji franf. 2. Die 
©ti^weper m einer guten ffreunbin ifi fe^r rei(^. 3. Die 93ilber 
metned neuen SBu^eS flnb fel^r fd^dn. 4. Die ©ebulb beinea 



* See Note f on previous page. 

t The adjectives in Vocabulary No. 69 marked f govern the genitive, 
when used predicatively, and are then placed after the genitive. See 
p. 161. 

X But can only be translated by fonbent after a negative sentence. 



142 THB GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 

guten 8cl^rer8 iji gro§. 5. S)le Sru^tc meiner fti^drten 
©drten fln^ rcif. 6. Die ©cbulb unfcrer guten Sel^rer ifl 
grofi. 7. <3inb ®ie ciner fremben ©^rac^e md(^tig? 8. 3d^ 
Bin fcincr fremben ©^rad^e mdd^tlg. 9. !Keln Sreunb i^ 
ber franjdfifd^en unb ber beutfc^en ©Jjrad^e funbig. 
10. 2)le[er Si^ann iji f einer guten »&anblung fdl^ig. 11. 2)er 
aJertrec^et ifl einer flrengen ©trafe gewdrtig. 12. asir jlnb 
feiner [d^led^ten «&anblung oerbdc^tig. 13. ©ie tapfttn 
©olbaten flnb einer grofien SBelol&nung njiirbig. 14. aWeine 
Sleltern flnb il^rer trdgen ©iener uSerbruffig. 15. ®ir flnb 
Sl^rer guten ©ienjie eingebenf. 16 3i^r feib eined gro^en 
aJergel^enS f^ulbig. 17. 9Bir fu^en bie SBol^nung unfered 
guten SreunbeS. 18. SBirflnb ber SBol^Itl&aten unferer 
guten Steltern eingebenf. 19. 2)ie ©5^ne SafoM Beneibeten 
if)xm 93ruber njegen feined bunten OtotfeS. 20. ffiir fallen 
bie ©egel eineS gro^en @^ifeS. 21. 5)er SSater meined 
guten jJreunbeS ift fel^r flreng, aber feine ai^utter ifl fel^r nac^* 
jli^tig. 22. 3Bir ijergeffen* nie ber SBo^Itl^aten unferer 
guten Steltern, fonbem flnb il^rert petS eingebenf. 23. SBo 
^aUn @ie Sl^ren ©tocf gelaffen ? 24. 3c^ i)aU il^n ju «&aufe 
Jjergeffen. 25. Die ^Kenfd^en flnben ^rop in ber fu^en «&o|^ung 
einer f^onen gufunft. 



Vocabulary No. 60. 



The fog, ber 0leBeI 
The death, ber ^ob 
The storm, ber ©turm 
The arrival, bie 9(n!unft 
The fatigue, bie SlJiiibigfeit 
The poor, bie 5lrmen 
Tired, miibe 



Violent, l^eftig 
Dear, tl&euer 
Dense, bi(^t 
France, Sranfreic!^ 
Germany, Deutfci^Ianb 
England, (Snglanb 
Bussia, 9iuf6lanb 



* SSergcffen, when meaning to forget = le<we hehind, govenis the 
accusative ; in the above sentence it means not to he mdndfuZ of; 
thus, aSergif^ mein nid^t = aSergifd meiner nid^t, forget me not. 

t 3^rer, genitive plural of jle, they ; for dative and accusative of 
this and other personal pronouns, see Vocabulary No. 21 and § 25. 
The genitive of i(| is meiner ; of bu, beiner ; of er, feiner ; of fie, il^rer ; of 
e^, feiner ; of toir, unfer ; of i^r, euer ; of @ie, S^rer ; and of jle, il^rer. 



the german deolensions. 143 

Exercise. 

1. I saw the garden of our good nncle. 2. Our teacher 
18 acqnamted with some foreign lafiguages [say, is 8om6 
foreign languages (gen.) a>cquaiuted with], 3. You are 
worthj of a good friend. 4. Thou art suspected of a had 
action, 5. He is mindful of your good condact. 6. The 
rooms of our old house are very small. 7. The windows of 
otir new houses are very high. 8. We are in expectation of 
on agreeable visit. 9. We are in expectation of a severe 
winter. 10. The patience of your good teachers is very 
great. 11. This teacher is tired of his idle pupils. 12. I 
received a fine picture instead of a good book. 13. We 
work, in spite of our great fatigue. 14. The princes rode 
along a deep river. 16. The poor suffer much during a long 
and severe winter. 16. We remained in the forest in spite 
of a violent storm. 17^ We remained at home on accoimt 
of a dense fog. 18. I am reading the letter of a good friend. 
19« We live in the house of our dear aunt. 20. We think 
of (an, with a^c.) the arrival of our faithful servants. 
21. We think of the death of your poor sister. 22. We 
are very tired. 23. We are tired of the had weather. 
24. I am mindful of your good services. 25. My friend was 
last year (JjorlgeS Sal^r) in France, Germany, England, 
Hussia, and Italy; he is a merchant and master of several 
foreign languages (mel^rerer fremben ©^rad^en mdd^tig). 
26. We think often of (an) your good brother, bat he never 
thinks of us. 27. The pupils of our good teacher are not 
lazy, but very diligent. 



VoCABaLARY No. 61. 



dl^nlic^* fcln, to be like to, to 
resemble 

ongenel^m* fein, to be agree- 
able to 



angemeffen* feln, to be appro- 
priate or suitable to 
banfbat* fein, to be grateful t.o 
QC^orfam* fcin, to be obedient to 



• The adjectives in Vocabnlary No. 61 marked * govern the dative 
and are placed after the dative ; the adjective xidf^t is also placed be- 
fore the dative, and is generally followed by the preposition bet or an. 

Ex. : SDit kool^neit nal^e lei ber ®tabt ; nal^e bei einem grogen fQatbt, 



14A 



THl OBRICAN DE0LBN8I0NS. 



geneiflt* fcln, to be inclined to 
genjogen* feln, gftnfllg* fein, to 

be favourable tg 
gndbig* fein, to be gracious 

to or unto 
Qtvoatb^tn* fein, to be equal to 

or up to 
l^llfaui* fein, to be salutary to 
naf)t* fcin, to be near to 
Idfllg* f«in, Befc^irerliti^* fein, to 

be troublesome to 



f^fibli^* fein, to be hurtful to 
trcu* fein, to be fiiithful to 
wittfommen* fritt,t to be wel- 
come to 
^eig, hot 

ber jjruc^tfcaiim, the fruit-tree 
bet ©ommettag, the summer- 
day 
bte %jnei, the medicine 
bte 9lau^e, the caterpillar 
bad Zakntf the talent 



Beading Lesson. 

On the Dative. 

1. Diefer «§err ijl meinem gnten ajater fel^r dl^nlid^. 
2, 2)iefe grau ifi meiner gnten !Kutter dl^nlic^. 3. Set 
^tf)vn ijt einem gnten ^inbe fel^r geneigt. 4, I)ie Se^er fhib 
nnferen guten Jtinbern fel^r gewogen. 5. ®ott iji einem 
reuigen ©iinber gndbig. 6. SDiefer alte !Kann ip fe^ir franf ; 
er iji bem 3!obe na^e.* 7. 5)ie ?lrbeit ifl einem ttdgen 
3»enfd^en Idflig. 8. Die ^Itjnei ifi einem franfen ^inbe 
l^eilfam. 9. ^in guter «&erT ifi einem guten unb ttenen 
©iener banfbar. 10. SDie 5)iener flnb ii^ren gnten »&erren 
tren. 11. 3Bir flnb nnferen guten ?leltem gel^orfam. 

12. S)ie SlrMt ifl einem franfen STOanne 6ef*tt)erli^. 

13. Der trdge 5)iener iji feiner l^arten '2lr6eit geroac^^fen. 

14. 5)ie Slufgaben ber ©d^uler flnb il^ren ^^rca6)tn 3!alenten 
angemeffen. 15. Die Sftau^ljen flnb nnferen guten Smc^t* 
Mumen fe^r f(^dblid&. 16. Die Jtinber flnb il^ren guten 
2leltern banfiar. 17. SBir f^)re(3^en tion unferen gnten 
Srennben. 18. ^adf einem l^ei^en ©ommertage ging ein 
3Sater mit feinem fleinen ©o^ne auf bag Selb. 19. 3^r 
39efu(^ n?irb meinem gnten QSater fel^r angenel^m fein. 
20. Die flekn 2!age ber aBc(^e l^ei^en: ©onntag, SRontag, 
DienStag, Witivoo6[), DonnerStag, Sreitag, ©onnabenb. 



* See Note * on previous page. 

t For other examples of adjectiyes which govern the datire, see 
$XX1II. 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 145 



Vocabulary No. 62. 



The vacationa, bie fferien 
The work, blc Qlrbcit 
The blade, bic JlUnge 
Beautiful, fd^on 



Instructive, lel^rreidb 

To drive, fal&ren, fu^t, gefal^ren 

To meet, kgegncn 

I met, idi Begegnete 



Exercise. 



1. We live in a large and new house. 2. We receive 
many letters from our good friends. 3. The hunter goes 
tvith his large dogs into the forest. 4. Our friends are 
speaking (speak) with their faithful servants. 5. I met* 
an old man with a long beard. 6. We drove in an open 
carriage. 7. We met* your teacher with his youtig pupils. 
8. I have a knife with a very sharp blade. 9. The child is 
very ill, it is near death. 10. We live nearf a beautiful 
place. 11. My aancs live nearf alarge town. 12. We are 
gratefult to our good parents (say, to our good parents 
grateful). 13. The king was very favourablef to his faith- 
ful subjects. 14. Every work is troublesomef to our lazy 
servants. 15. The vacations are welcome^ to a diligent 
pupil. 16. I am obedie^itf to my good teacher. 17. I am 
likef my good mother. 18. These children are likef their 
good mother. 19. My parents gave books and pens to some 
(cinigen) ;poor children {dat. before ace.) 20. The emperor 
gave money to some brave soldiers. 21. We went with our 
old friends to the concert (in ba§ or in'3). 22. We read in 
owr instructive books. 23. The tailor is coming ivith our 
new coats. 24. The children had apples, pears, and nuts 
in their large pockets. 25. Life (the) resembles* a short 
dream. 

Practice. — Add an adjective, preceded by the indefinite 
article, or one of the other words mentioned in § IV., to 
each of the nouns in the examples given at the end of each 
Declension. See pages 14, 44, 69, 83, 91, 93, 98, 109. 

* SBcgegneil, to meet, and gteicifceil, to resemhle, govern the dative, 
t See Note • to Vocabulary No. 61. 

L 



146 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



§ XXI.— DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES NOT PRECEDED BY 

ANY ARTICLE. 

The adjecHve, when declined withont any article, takes the 
termination of the definite article ; in the genitive singular, 
before mascnline and neater noans, it may take n instead 
of ^ for the sake of euphony. 



good wine 

N. guter ffiein 
A. guten SBein 

D. gutem Seine 



Examples. 

Singular, 

good food 

gute ©peife 
gute <Spn\t 
gutnr ©:|3eife 
gutnr ©i)eife 



good spice 

guteii ©ewfirj 
Qixttii ©erourj 
guten(S) ©erourjed 
gutetn ©etvurne 



N. gute 3Beine 
A. gutt Seine 
G. gutnr SBeine 
D. guten Seinen 



Plural, 

gute ®))eifett 
gute ®^)eifen 
guter @))elfen 
guten ®pti\m 

Practice. — Decline in the singular: guter Q^dtt, good 
sugar; gute 2)hlti^, good milk; gute0 SBaffer, good water; 
guteS ^toD; good bread ; guteS ff leifd^, good meat ; and in 
the singular and plural : guter Jtud^en, good cake ; gutr 
@u^^e, good sonp ; guted ®rad^ good grass. 



gute ©ewftrje 
gute ©ewfirge 
guter ©enjurje 
guten ©erourjen* 



Exercises on Adjectives, not preceded by any article, 

VOCABULABY No. 63. 



ber Jtdfe, the cheese 

ber SBeg, the way 

bte ^urj^e(; the root 

bte ^euntnid, the knowledge 



bie 5BoIfe, the cloud 
fdjwer, heavy 
bitter, bitter 
Wutuig, flowery 



* Adjectives preceded by cardinal numbers ai'e declined in the 
same way. Of cardinal numerals only ^tOtX and btet are declined; 
the genitive is jweier, breier, and the dative gtteien, breien ; preceded 
by the genitive of these two numerals, the adjectives will end in cn. 



THB GERMAN DGGLENSIONS. 



147 



cBen, above, npstairs 

unten, below, downstairs 

fo9leid^r At once 

kau^fti, outside 

ful^en, to lead 

f^medm, to taste 

Beberfen, to cover 

teflon, to possess, Btfaf^ 

Befcffett 
effen, to eat, o^, gegeffen 
bringen, to bring, ixa^Uf ge* 

Bra^t 
fommett ®ie l^etauf, come ap 



fommen @ie l^nter or i)txah, 

come down 
fommen @ie Bereln, come in 
fommen ®le oerauS, come out 
fommen @ie peruber, come over 
gel^en @le l^lnauf, go np 
gel^en ®ie l&lnunter or \)xmhf 

go down 
gel^en ®ie Ibinein, go in 
ge^en @ie IplnauS, go out 
gel^en @ie ^Inuber, go over 
ttdgt, carries, bears, wears 



Reading Lesson. 

On the Nominative and Accusative, 

(A.) 1, SBarum bleiben ®ie unten ? fommen Sie gu mir 
^rauf; l^ier ijl guter SBein, gute 9)^11 d^ unb gut eg ^rob. 

2. ^aUn<Bit gut en ^dfe, gute SSutter unb gute 3 Sleifd^? 

3. $Barum Heiben @ie oben ? Jtommen ®ie ju mir l^erunter ; 
^ier finb gute 9(e:|)fel, gute Sirnen unb gute ^ier. 4. Uufer 
gjater l^at fc^dne Dd^fen, f(^5ne ^ul^e unb fd^one $ferbe, or 
fd^dne D(^fen, *ul^e nnb $ferbe. 5. ©iefe fftau l^at wei^e 
3dl^tte, groge ^^dnbe unb Blaue Qlugen. 6. S)er 5Beg ful^rt 
fiBet Blumige ffiiefen, burd^ tiefe, enge Xf)aUx, burd) einen 
bid^ten SBalb unb hnx^ fd^one Selber. 7. ©iefet a^ann 
Befl|t grof e ^enntniffe. 8. 5)er ©trau^ l^at lange SBeine unb 
furje glugel. 9. 2tlte ©utter unb alteS fftelf(^ fd^medeen 
fd^Ied^t* 10, S)ie ^inber a^en guten ^ud^en, unb tranfen 
fu^e 2^ll(^. 11. SBarum jie^en @le brau^en? Jtommen @ie 
berein unb Bringen ®le mir gefdaigfl f r i f d^ e 8 SBaffer. 12. OlrBeit 
6ato^ Bit t ere ffiurjel aBer fii^e ffruci^t. 13. 3d^ ^ore gem 
fd^dne ©efd^id^ten. 14. filter 3Bein ifl gut. 15. Sonbon f)at 
lange Sruden, l^o^e ^dufer unb fd^dne ^ird^en. 16. ©ie 
Witter l^atten rotl^e Sl^dntel, golbene ©d^ilbe, fd^dne ^Pferbe 
unb lange ©d^werter, 17* @in guter 3Baum trdgt gute 



* Host adjectives can be used as adverbs in German, when quali- 
fying an action. . . 



148 THB GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 

grud^te. 18. ^ommcn @ie foglcid^ l^erunter. 19. 3t^ tcei^ 
bafe* mein SSater gutc grcunbe l^at. 20. aBiffen ®ie o6* 3^r 
Sreunb f(^onc ^fcrbcl^at? 

(B.) 21. 3ttbem!Kecref(^ttiimmcngrofcSifd^e. 22. @g ijl 
tramt; f(^wcre 3BoI!en bcberfen ben «&immel. 23. SBarum 
n?cinp bu, Iie6c0 ^inb? 24. 5Ko ttjo^nen @ic, lieBer Sreunb ? 
25. SBol^in gel^ft bu, lie Be !Kutter? 26. SBatum Bleiten @ie 
immer in Sl^rem Siwimet ? 27. ^ommen ®le ju tnir l^erauS in 
ben ©arten; l^ier flnb f(^one {Rofen unb 35eild^en. 28. ®er 
3Sater ifl im better ; gel^en ®ie ju l][)m l^inunter unb geBen ®ie 
i^m blefen SBrief. 29. ®er Sector ifl in biefem 3itnmer ; gel^en 
@ie l^inein unb geBen ®ie xi)m nieine ^arte. 30. 3l^r ©niber ifi 
auf bem ^il^urme ; gel^en ®ie l^inauf unb fd^lden ®ie tbn ^etunter. 
31. aSer i)at bie guten 2le:|)fel unb 3Blrnen gegefien? 32. S)er 
©drtner ^at ben ,^inbem uufereS Sel^rer0 gute ^irfd^en unb 
fd^one Slumen ge6rad^t. 33. 5)ie ^inbet flnb im ©arten; 
ge^en ®ie l^inauS unb fd^itf en ®ie fie l^erein. 34. «&at>ett ®ie 
ttjei^eS ober fci^war jeS ^robc^eBrad^t ? 36. ^ahm ®ie rotl^en 
ober roei^en SBein getrunfeu? 36. Jgahm ®ic braune ober 
gelbe «&anb[d^u]^e gefauft ? 37. »&aBen ®ie reife ober unreife 
SBimen gegeffen? 38. ^ahm ®ie fd^on reife ,^rf(^en gegeffen? 
39. IMen ®ie gern nu |Udbe SBfid^er? 40. ^at biefer ®d^uler 
gute ^igenfdbaften ? 



Vocabulary No. 64. 

The joy, bie ffreube 

The pigeon or dove, bie ^aube 

The fruit, bie ffru^t or bag 

DBfl 
The soup, bie ®uV^5e 
The rabbit, bag ^anind^en 



The salt, bag ©alg 
Agreeable or agreeably, 

angene^m 
Unripe, unreif 
Spain, ®panien 



Exercise. 

(A.) 1. Here is good honey, good soup and ^ooc? beer. 

2. Bring me, please, good wine, good butter and good salt. 

3. Here are black ravens, white doves and yellow rabbits. 

4. We have fine rings, fine chains and fine pictures. 6. Have 



* See Note f to Vocabulary No. 68. 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



149 



jan good Bui faithful friends? 6. These students have cZever 
teachers. 7. These teachers have (ii7%en^ pupils. 8. OoodiaiVk: 
is nourishing. 9. Unripe fruit (Dbfi) is hurtfal. 10. Faithful 
friends are rare. 11. Fresh honey, fresh butter and fresh 
fruit taste agreeably. 12. Old men, young women and 
little children played in the garden. 13. Good children are 
the joy of their parents. 

(B.) 14. England has groo^? sailors ojidfine ships. 15. Spain 
has good wines. 16. Germany has many and large rivers. 

17. Come in ! here is good wine, good milk and good bread. 

18. Here are good apples, good pears and good eggs. 

19. Bring us good sugar, fresh water and white flour. 

20. My mother has bought rijpe cherries for the children of 
this good man ; they are now in the garden ; go out and 
send them in. 21. My mother is in her room. Go in ! 
she has bought cherries for you (put, she has cherries for 
you bought). 22. It is cold ; come in ! here is a good fire. 
23. My sister was at (in) Paris ; she has brought me good 
books and pretty birds. 24. We have eaten fresh honey 
and good bread. 25. I like to read good stories. 



Vocabulary No. 65. 



ber ©enufS, the use 
ber SButtfd^, the desire 
bet ©efd^mad; the taste 
bcr ^ntf), the courage 
ber ®^nee, the snow 
ber ®ipfel, the summit 
ber ©d^ri^jietter, the author 
bie (Srjicl^ung, the education 
bie «&eilfraft, the healing 

power 
bie ©efetlf^aft, the society 
bie 5leltertt, the parents 
ba^ ©etrdnf, the beverage or 

drink 
bag "Seu, the hay 



ba§ ©efc^fift, the business 
bag Scfen, the reading 
fiarf , strong 
fcefannt, known 
md^tg, sober, moderate 
unmd^ig, immoderate 
gefunb, wholesome, healthy 
t^ori^t, foolish 
n?id^tig, impoi-tant 
i?ema^Idfflgt, neglected 
loBenSttjert, praiseworthy 
meiben, to shun, micb, gemieben 
ijermeiben, to avoid, ijermieb, 

ijermieben 
6ebecEt, covered 



150 the 6ebman de0len8ioks. 

Beading Lessok. 
On the Oenitwe, 

1- Dcr md^ige ®enuf^ guteti* ffieineS ifi gefunb. 2. Der 
©ef^marf guter 2^llti^ ijl angenel^m. 3, 5)er @en«^ frifc^^en* 
•&euc8 ifl angenel^m. 4, 2)a8 Sefen gutet SBii^er ijl nullid^. 
5. Die ffiunfti^e f leiner ^inbet jlnb oft fel^r tfifitl^t 6, 5)ie 
•&dufct grower ©tdbte jlnb ]^o(J^ unb fd^dn. 7. aBitlefenbie 
2Bcr!e giiter ©d^riftjicllcr, 8. SBir Benounbem bie ®emdlbe 
ictul^mtet 2^aler, 9. Der unmd^ige ©enufS fiatfet ®e* 
ttdnf e ijl gefd^rll^, 10, Die ^eilfraft f alien* ffiaffer^ ifl 
Mannt 11, SBir folgen bem SBeiftjiele guter Wttxi\6^^xi. 

12. a^eine 5leltern erwarteu ben SBefu^ guter {^reutibe. 

13. 3Bir Knnen ®ie njid^tiger ©efd^dfte njegen niti^t Je* 
fu^en. 14, SRiemanbglauBtbenSBortenliigettl^after ^erfonen. 

15, ffiir ijermeiben bie ©efettWaft f^Ie^ter SKenf^eti. 

16, Die Jtenntnig frember ®))rad^en ifl fel^r nfl|liti^, 17. Die 
Kr^iel^ung armer ^inber ifl oft fel^r i>erna^ldfflgt. 18, Die 
©i^fel l^ol^er Serge flnb im ©ommer oft mit ©d^nee iebetft 

19, Die J^inber reid^er Sleltern flnb nid^t immer glutflid^* 

20, DerSWutl^ ta))ferer ©olbaten ifl lokngirert. 21, Da8 
©efieber mand^er 93 5 gel ifl fel^r fd^6n, aBer il^re ©timmeifl 
unangeneftm, 22. Der Sefuc^ guter ?Jreunbe ifl nid^t IdfHg, 
fonbern fel^r angenel^m, 

VOCABULABT No. ^Q. 

The contents, ber Sn^alt I Funny, ^)offlerlid^ 

The motion, bie 23en?egung Dirty, f<^mu|ig 

The neighbourhood, bie 

S'iad^barfdjaft 
The inhaling, bag ^inatl^men 
The fate, bag !iJoo3 
People, i^eute {jpl.) 
Unwholesome, ungefunb 
Poisonous, venomous, giftig 
Unrepenting, unrepentant, 

unreuig 



Weak, fd^wa^ 
Damp, feud^t 
Tom, gerriffen 
Negligent, nad^ldfjlg 
To inhale, einatl^men 
Inconsiderable, unanfel^nlid^ 
Deadly, mortal, tobtlid^ 
Even, fogar 



k 



• Instead of guted, fcif(3^e«, falter. 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



151 



Exercise. 

1. The moderate use of good beer is wholesome. 2. The 
taste of good milk is agreeahle. 3. The smell of had cheese 
is disagreeahle. 4. The eyes of old people (pi.) are weak. 
5. The parents of obedient children are happy. 6. The 
example of bad men (2)^enfc^cn) is dangerous. 7. The books 
of diligent pupils are clean. 8. The books of negligent 
students are dirty and torn. 9. We pity the fate of un- 
repetitant sinners, 10. The patience of diligent teachers is 
very great. 11. The immoderate use of strong drinks is 
dangerous. 12. The buildings o/smaZZ^ow?7w are io consider- 
able. 13. The motions of young monkeys and cats are very 
ftumy, 14. The contents (sing,) of good books are (is) in- 
structive. 15. The visit of troublesome personsis disagreeable. 
16. The neighbourhood o/ wild anvmals is dangerous. 17. The 
inhaling of damp air is unwholesome. 18. The houses of 
poor peasants are very small. 19. The bite of venomous 
serpents is very dangerous and often even deadly. 20. The 
advice of good friends is valuable. 



Vocabulary No. 67. 



tjorjiel^en,* to prefer 

3^ giel^e ^or, I prefer 

3^ gog ^ox, I preferred 

3^ ^aU ^orgcjogcn, I have 

preferred 
Begtii^en, to salute 
oBfertlgctt,* to send away 
t)orangel^en, to go before (\(^ 

glng ^oran, id^ Bin ttoran^ 

gcgangeit) 
init gutem ^eiftjlcle ijorangcl^en * 

to set a good example 



iefreien, to deliver 
cm^)fangcn, to receive, em^fing, 

em^)fangcn 
leil^en, to lend, lie^, geliel^en 
tragen, to wear, bear, or carry, 

trug, getragcn 
ttdgt, wears, bears, or 

carries 
fc^metc^cln, to flatter 
UtXf empty 
gen?5^nli(^, ordinary 
I ^cunblid^, friendly 



* In (separable verbs like vorjie^jen, t)orange]^en, abferttgcn, and 
others, the particle or prefix is separated from the original verb and 
placed at the end of the sentence, and that is done in the present 
and imperfect tenses, and in the imperative mood ; the verbs 
(egdtgen, Befreien, etn^fangen are not separable. See Synopsis of 
Strong Verbs, B-emarks 3 and 4. 



152 THE GERMAN DECLEN8I0NS; 



tteild^enblau, violet or violet- 
blue 

bet %xm, the arm 

bie 3Setlegen^cit, the difficulty 
or embarrassment 

bie SBac^e, tlie sentinel 

bie ®r6§e, the size 

bag ^Jergnugen, the pleasure 



bag ®clb, the money 

bag ©onntaggfleib, the Sunday 

dress 
bag 5{ugfc^cn, the appearance 

or aspect 
bag ^ort^cn, the little basket 
bie SeiDe, the silk 
i bie XxnXi or 2)inte, the ink 



Reading Lesson. 
On the Dative, 

1. 3c^ jiel^egutegQBrobf^Ie^tem J^u^en ttor* 2. SBir 
jiel^en gute a^ild^ f^led?ter ©utter i>or. 3. 3)u giel^ji 
guteg ffiaffer fd^Ie^tem SBiere tjot. 4. 3br jiel^et gute 
Ste^fel fd^lec^tett SSirnen ijor. 5. SKein Sreunb war in 
grower SSerlegenl^eit j i^ lie^ i^m einige ©ulben. 6. ^ 
liel^ mir bag ®elb mit gro^em SSergnugen. 7. 3)ie Sel^rer 
ge|en i|ren @ct;ulern mit guteni SSelf^iele ^oran. 8. ^ 
begri'i^te mi^ mit freunblic^en Sffiorten. 9. @r fertigte 
mid^ mit leeren ffiorten ab. 10. ^r ifi ein Wlmn loon 
gutem ^tugfel^en unb genjol^nlic^er ®r5^e. 11. 5)ie Sel^rer 
unterri^ten img in nii|nc|en J^enntniffen. 12. Sl^eine 
abutter tragt ein ©onntaggfteib ijon ijeilcS^enblauer Seibe. 

13. ©ie 5teltern em^flngen il^ren ®ol^n mit offenen 5trmen. 

14. Die SBa^e fiel^t tjor bem ©^lojfe iti gutem unb 
fd^Ie^tem Setter. 15. SBir fd^reiben mit fd^n?arjer ober 
mit rotifer Dinte. 16. ©er ©drtner gab bem 3^dbd^en ein 
,Korbd^en mit rotl^en unb n?el§en Olofen. 17. 2)er 8fU(^g 
f(f)mei(^eItebemaflaBen mit fii^en Shorten. 18. ®ott befreitefetn 
3Solf mit jlar!er «§anbunb auggefiretftemt (outstretched) 
*2lrme. 19. Die ©olbaten jogen (marched) bur^ bie ©tabt 
mit fliegenben Sal^nen (flying colours) unb flingenber 
3^ufif or fUngenbem @:piele (sounding music). J 20. Der 
arme ®reig fang mit jjitternber (trembling) ©timme. 



* See Note * on previous page, 
t From auiJJlvecfen, to stretch out. 

t 3Wit fliegenben gal^nen unb fUngenbem <Spie(e « with flying ooloura 
and drums and flfeti. 



THE GEBMAN DECLENSIONS. 153 

' VOCABULAET NO. 68. 



The parable, bag ©lei^nig 
The moral, precept, bie J^el^re 
The skill, bie ©cf^itfU^feit 
The speech, bie Olcbc 
The friendship, bie Jreunbfd^aft 
The experience, bie ^rfal^rung 
The snrgeon, bet SKunDarjt 
The wound, bie SBunbe 
Wise, tueife 

To dress a wound, tjerBittben, 
tjetbanb, tjerbunben 



To begin, beginnen, Begann, 

fcegonnen 
To end or finish, enben or 

fcecnbigen 
To-day, l^eute 
To-morrow, morgcn 
The day after to-morrow, 

uBermorgen 
Yesterday, gefiern 
The day before yesterday, 

tjorgeflern 



Exercise. 

(A.) 1. I prefer* good beer to good wine, 2. We prefer 
good butter to good milk, 3. They prefer good books to 
fine pictures, 4. He prefers good water to had hear, 5. We 
were in great difficulty ; our friends lent us ten florins. 
6. We shall accompany you vxith great pleasure (we shall 
you with great pleasv/re accompany). 7. These parents set 
their children a good example, 8. They sent us away with 
idle words, 9. She is a lady of good appearance. 10. We 
live in good friendship , 11. We like to spea k of good friends, 
12. The gardener covers the fruit (baS Dbft) with fresh 
leaves, 13. The feet of the cat are provided with sharp 
claws (with . . . provided). 

(B.) 14. We were in great danger, 15. We do it m^Zt 
great pleasure, 16. The surgeon dressed the wound with 
great skill, 17. He is a man of great experience. 18. He 
began his speech with beautiful parables and finished it 
wUh wise precepts, 19. To-day is Monday. 20. Yesterday 
was Sunday. 21. To - morrow will be Tuesday (will 
Tuesday be). 22. The day before yesterday was Saturday, 
23. The day after to-morrow will be Wednesday. 24. The 
days of the week are called Sunday, &c. 25. The months 
of the year are called January, February, &c. 



* See Note * to Vooabnlary No. 67. 



154 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIOKS. 



§ XXII.— OF THE COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 

The Comparative of Adjectives is formed by adding et to 
the positive, or by placing before the adjective one of the 
words ntc^r,* more; ttjcniger* or minber, less. In some 
adjectives the vowels a, o, u change into d, h, ix for the 
comparative and superlative. Examples : 



3m ©inter jlnb bie 3:age Jurj. 
3m aBinter flub bie Xixqft 

f urjer al0 im ©ommer. 
S)er ®fel Ifi fie in. 
Der @fel ifi fleiner al3 bag 

«Pferb. 
S)et ^feliji wenlger gtofi or 

minber grof aid bad 

gjferb. 

The superlative is formed by adding {le to the qualificative 
adjective not used predicatively, and by adding flen for the 
adjective when used predicatively ; in the latter case, the 
adjective is preceded by avx. The superlative and compara- 
tive of adjectives when used as adverbs is formed in the 
same way. Examples : 



In winter the days are short. 
In winter the days are ahorter 

than in summer. 
The donkey is small. 
The donkey is smaller than 

the horse. 
The donkey is less tall than 

the horse. 



S)ad f ($ d n e «&aud gel^drt meinem 

SSater. 
DaS fd^onere «§aud gel^5rt 

meinem Dnfel. 
©ad f^ on fie «&aud in biefer 

©trafie gel^5rt bem ©rafen. 
£)ad *&aud meined 3$aterd ifi 

f*on. 
3)ad «&aud meined Dnfeld ifi 

f (3^ oner. 



The fiiie house belongs to 

my father. 
The finer house belongs to 

my uncle. 
The ^ne«^ house in this street 

belongs to the count. 
The house of my father is 

fine. 
The house of my uncle is 

finer. 



* SKel^r or Ireniger must be used when the oomparison takes place 
between two adjectives in opposition to one another. Ex. : He is 
more hnngiy than thirsty, @r ifi mel^r l^ungrtQ al6 but^ig ; more dead 
than alive, vxt^jX tobt aid lefeenbifi. 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS, 



155 



SDad «&aud bed ©rafen ift am 

f(]^6nflen. 
©le 2)roffeI jlngt fti^dtu 
Die Serti^e jlngt f^ijner, 

®le Slati^tigaU jlngt am f^5n* 
fiem 



The house of the connt is 

the finest 
The thrush sings heomtifully. 
The lark sings more hea/uti' 

fully. . ^ 
The nightingale sings the 

most hea/utifully , 



Adjectives in their comparative and superlative forms 
are declined in the same way as in the positive form. 
In order to express the highest degree of a quality without 
comparison, the following words, preceding the adjectives, 
are used : fel^t, very ; tefonberS, au^erft, augneljmenb, ungcmetn, 
extremely; tjotjugtiti^, excellent i iiberauS, exceedingly; 
Beif^ietlod; unexampled, matchless ; unenblid^, infinitely ; 
unnffM, unheard ; uni?ergleidjli^, incomparable. 

The following adjectives change the vowels a, o, u into 
&, 5; U in the comparative and superlative : — 



alt, old, filter, om dltejien* 
arm, poor, armer, am drmjien 
Ijiort, hard, l^arter^am l^drtejien* 
fait, cold, falter, am fdltejlett* 
lang, long, Idnger, am Idngflen 
fd^rf, sharp, f^drfet, am 
fd^drfjlen 



fromm, pious, frdmmer, am 

frdmmften 
groB, rude, gt^Ser, am gtfiSjIen 

bumm, stupid, bitmmet, am 

bummjien 
fnm, young, iiinger, am iung«= 

pen 



fi^ujad^, weak, [(J^wd^er, am 

fd^irdd^ften 
]^voax^, black, fcJ^rodrjer, am 

fc^irdrjefien* 
ftarf, strong, flarfer, am jidrf* 

pen 
warm, warm, warmer, am 

wdrmjien 

grof , large, gr5f er, am grfi^ten 
rotl^, red, rotifer, am rotl^cpen* 



ftug, prudent, fluger, am fliig* 

ften 
furg, short, frirjer, am fiirjejien* 



* eHen is often added to the positiye instead of f)en, to form the 
Baperlative, when the adjective ends in b, t, if), 6, $, or ). Thus we 
say : am.koilbefien, am f&f efien, but also am gtoften. 



156 the gebman declensions. 

Exercises on Adjectives, 
Which change the vowels a, e, u into a, 6, Ci. 

Vocabulary No. 69. 



ber ©ta^I, the steel 
bet ^^ec9; the monntain 
ba@ ^tatitt; the platina 
bag Sebermcffcr, the penknife 
bag Slaflrniefter, the razor 
bie Dinte, the ink 



bie ©rofmutter, the grand- 
mother 
Sol^ann, John 
lang, long (time) 
bort, there 



Beading Lesson. 

1. «roein Satct ijl alt. 2. 3^citt ®rofi)ater ifi olter aU 
meine ©rogmutter. 3. Sol^ann tfl bet dltejle ^on meinen 
SBrubcrn. 4. 3^ Wn arm; meln jjrcunb Ip at met; biefe 
^inbet j!nb am dtmflen. 5. Set ©tal^t ifl l^dttct aU bag 
^ifcn. 6. 2)ag ^Jlatin ifi bag l^attefte tjon atten SUictallcn. 

7. 5tuf ben ^etgcn ijl bie J^uft !dltet alg itt ben ^dletn. 

8. DegemBet, 3anuat unb SeBtuat jlnb bie !dlteflen Tlonatt 
beg Sal^teg. 9. 3m ffiintet flnb bU 0ld^te Idnget alg int 
©ommet. 10. 2)ag atajitmejfet ijl f^dtfet alg bag JJebetmejTet* 
11. Die StofjU ijl f^njdt jet alg bie Dinte. 12. S)ag Jtinb ijl 
nid^t jlatf. 13. 2)et Wlam ijl jldtf et alg bet XnaU. 14. 3uni^ 
3uli unb 5lucjujl jinb bie njdtmjlen 3^onate^ beg Sal^teg. 
15. 2)iefeg SWejfet ijl nid^t ft^atf Qenug; Btingen ®ie mit ein 
fd^dtfeteg. 16. Diefe Dinte ijl nicfjt f^roatg genug; Btingen 
@ie mit fd^wdtgete. 17. ^in ftanfeg .^inb ijl fc^njdti^et alg 
ein gefunbeg. 18. Jttanfe ,^inbct jinb fd^wdcS^et alg gefunbe. 
19. ®tingen ©ie gefdlligjl wdtmeteg ffiajfet unb fdltete 
2J?il^. 20. 3* Ukh Idnger alg mein SBtubet in $atlg unb 
meine 5leltetn BlieBen bott amldngjlen. 



Vocabulary No. 70. 

When, n?ann ; the whale, bet aBallfifc^ ; the thumb, bet 
Daumcn ; the index or forefinger, bet S^i^^^nQtx. 

Exercise. 

1. I am older than my brother. 2. These children are 
poorer than we. 3* What is harder than iron P 4. Is the 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 157 

ice colder or warmer than the water ? 5. "When are the 
days the longest / 6. I have a sharp knife. 7. My brother 
has a sharper knife than I. 8. Who has the sharpest knife ? 

9. Are the boys weaker or stronger than the men ? 

10. What is blacker thsin ink ? 11. January is the coldest 
and July the warmest month in (of) the year. 12. Are not 
the days in summer longer than in winter ? 13. The 
enemy is miMih stronger than we. 14. Iron is harder than 
gold (use the article). 15. The old man is weaker than 
the young man. 16. The whale is the largest and the 
elephant the strongest of all the animals. 17. The thumb is 
shorter than the forefinger. 18. In the towns the houses are 
jmer and larger than in the villages. 19. Bring me, please, 
warmer milk and colder water. 20, My brother is stro7iger 
than I. 



Vocabulary No. 71. 

@xeb, rude, coarse, rough ; bumm, stupid ; flug, prudent ; 
Qlmalic, Amelia ; ^mopa, Europe ; fuuftig, in future. 

Reading Lesson. 

1. DiefeS Jtinb Betet gem ; eS ift fromm. 2. 2)icfc ^mbm 
flttt) frfimmer aB jene ^nabcn. 3. 5lmalic ifi bag frommfic 
^inb in biefct ©c^ule. 4. SDicfeg Xnd) ift grober aU jcneg 
3:u(^, 5. $ariS ifi grower unb f^ oner alS ^JBerlin. 6. Sonbon 
Ip Die grdpte Stabt in ^uro^a. 7. Det ©drtner gab mir brei 
rotl^e Sftofen. 8. 3d^ gab bie rdtl^ete 3lo[e melnem 33ruber unb 
bie tfitl^epe meiner S^wej^er. 9. 2J?ein greunb lernt nic^t 
gettt; et iji bumm. 10. ©iefe J^inber fmb no^ bummer; fie 
gel^en nie in bie ©c^ule unb f^ielen immer. 11. Sranj ijl Jiinger 
alS id^ ; et ifi bcr jiingfie J?on meinen sBrubern. 12. @ie traren 
nici^t !Iug, mein greunb. 13. 3c^ werbe fuuftig fliiger feln. 
14. 5)er (&Upi)ant ijl bag f liigfte %\)Ux. 15. 3m SBinter finb 
bie 3!age furjj fie finb J?tel !iirjer alg im 6ommer. 16. 3m" 
December flub bie 3:age am fiirjepen. 17. 3Kein altej^er 
SBtuber iji in SBien, unb meine iungfte @^n?eper ift in !^onbon. 
18. 3)ie WlntUx gab ben ^inbern bie fleinjien ^Upfd unb bie 
fufejien ^irf^en* 19. Det SBdcfer gab mir bag ^drtefle 
©tob. 20. Die ^iti^e iji b e r ft d r ! ft e 33aum. 



158 



THE GERMAN DE0LEKSION8. 



Vocabulary No. 72. 

To choose, vo&^Un ; extremely, BefonberS, auf erfi^auSnel^mertb ; 
high, \)0(i)} higher, i)&f)tx; tolerably, rather, jiemli^. 

Exercise. 

1. My sister is more pums than my brother. 2. The 
castles are larger than the houses. 3. The Rhine is the 
largest river in Germany. 4. The cherries are redder than 
the roses. 5. I am ^^e yoim^es^ of my friends. 6. February 
is the shorted month. 7. The tailor chos^ the coarsest cloth. 
8. My friends are more prudervt than I. 9. Are you younger 
than we ? 10. "We are older, 11. The sheep is the most 
stupid animal. 12. I want a stronger and sharper knife. 
13. Where is your youngest sister ? 14. Have you a larger 
table ? 15. This way is much shorter, 16. London is much 
larger than Paris. 17. You are taller, stronger and older 
than I am ? 18. These pictures are extremely fine. 
19. The poplar is higher than the oak. 20. We are w^ore 
prudent than our friends. 21. It is to-day rather cold. 



The followmg adj 

attem, silly 
Bange, anxious 
Befannt, known 
BlafS, pale 
fabe, insipid 
falf^, false 
f(ad^, fiat 
getabe, straight 
glatt; smooth 
Iq^\, bald 
farg, stingy 
flat, clear 
lal^nt; lame 
ntager, lean 
matt, faint, feeble 



ectives do not change 

^plaii, fiat 
raf^, quick 
fa(^tc, gentle 
fatt, satiated 
f^Iaf, slack 
ft^Ianf, slender 
f^ntal, narrow 
jiarr, stiff" 
ftraff, tight 
ti)afjXt true 
gal^m, tame 
gart, tender 

frol^, glad 
l^ol^I, hollow 



the vowels a, 0, n: 

lo]t, loose 
rol^, raw 
fd^roff, steep 
jiolj, proud 
toU, mad 
i)oU, full 



gefunb, healthy, 
wholesome 
lujlig, merry 
muntcr, cheerful 
runb, round 
ftumm, damb 
|him))f, blunt 



And all adjectives with the diphthong ou, as : Blow, blue ; 
fci^lau, cunning ; fauer, sour ; as well as all those of more 
than one syllable. 



THB GEBlflK DECLENSIONS. 159 

Some adjectives and adverbs are irregular in the degrees 
of comparison^ as : 



i>aVt>, soon, el^er, am el^eften 
gut, good, beffer, am bejien 
gem,* willingly, lieber, am 

Ilebftctt 
l^ot^, high, l^^l^er, om l^dc^pen 



nal^e, near, nfil^er, am ndd^flen 
red^t, right or correct, ri^tiger, 

am ric^tigjlen 
Jjiel, much, mcl^t, am mcijien 



Vocabulary No. 73. 

iDaS ^(OpitXf the paper ; treten, txat, getrctcn, to step ; na(i)% 
nearest or next ; bie UeBerfe|ung, the translation ; no(^, still ; 
tie ^apptlf the poplar. 

Beading Lbsson. 

1. SBaffrr Iji gut ; SBier ijl beffcr unb SBein iji am bejien. 

2. 2)lefer SBein, biefe mid) unb bicfeS SSrob flnb nic^t gut. 

3. Sdngen @ie beffcrn ^cin, beffere a^lld^unb bcffercSSBrob. 

4. 3^ liel^ mcinem Sreunbc ben beflen ®leiftift, bie Bejle 
?Jeber unb ba^ bejie $a^ier. 5. 3c^ ge^e gem in bie ©d^ule. 
6. ^^ gel^e no* Ueber in ben ©arten. 7. 3ci? gel^e am 
liebften in'^ Sweater (or am Uebpen gel^e i* in'g S^^eater). 

8. SBir lefen lieber franjoflf^e fdudftx aU beutfd^e SSiid^en 

9. 2)ie ©^en flnb i)oti). 10. S)ie 3Ja^))eIn jlnb l^ai^er. 
11, SBirtuaren ouf bem l^^^jlen ^urme. 12. S^teten @ie 
ttcil^er, mein Sreunb. 13. 5Bir ern?atten ndd^ftenf 2^onat 
unfemDnfel. 14. 3ci^ erwatte ®ie ndc^fle SBo^e. 15. ^ir 
iterben nd(]^fle3 3a^r na^ Olufglanb reifen. 16. Diefe Ueber* 
fe|ung ijl nid^t re^t. 17. 2)ie Ueberfefeung ieneg 33erfafferg iji 
ti^ tiger. 18. 3d^ l^aBe loiele Sreunbe, abet mein SBrubet l^at 
me^r orreunbe ate ic^. 19. 3afob liebte feinc ©ol^ne unb ben 
3ofe))]^ Be6te er am meiflen. 20. Die dlofe ifi bie fd^dnjle 
SBlume. 



• The adverb getn always follows the verb, and expresses that we 
like to do the action expressed by the verb ; the English verb to like 
is then not translated. See Yocabolary No. 16, page 49. 

t Next. 



igo the german declensions. 

Vocabulary No. 74. 

To belong, gel^oren ; the hotel, ba3 ®aft]^au3 ; the soap, ble 
@eife ; the salt, bad Salj. 

Exercise. 

1. Is milk hetter than water ? 2. 7 like to read German 
stories. 3. / like more to read English stories, hut I like* 
most to read French stories. 4. The poplars are the highest 
trees. 5. We sing very much, 6. We write more than yon. 
7. We read mxyst 8. Most (bie meijlen) children like to 
play. 9. My house is very high, 10. The house of the 
president is higher, 11. The highest house in the town 
belongs to the count. 12. The youngest of my sisters sings 
the best, 13. We live in the best hotel. 14. Have you 
hetter sugar, hetter milk and better meat ? 15. We went 
into the nearest house. 16. We have more books than you. 
17. Bring me, please, hetter sugar, hetter soap, and hetter 
salt. 18. Lend me a hetter pen. 19. Our house is very 
high, and the house of our aunt is higher. 



§ XXIII.— OF OBJECTIVE ADJECTIVES. 

The adjective is called objective when it requires an 
object. Ex. : 2)er «&unb ijl bem SBolfc &f)nU^, the dog 
is like the wolf; d^nlid^ is an objective adjective because it 
requires an object, which in this example is bcm 5BoIfc. 

The adjective is not objective when it does not require 
or. govern an object. Ex.: ©aS Jtinb ifl flein ; flein is not 
objective because it does not govern an object. 

There are adjectives which govern the accusative, others 
which govern the genitive, and others which govern the 
dative. 

Adjectives which govern the accusative are : alt, old ; 
fcrcit, broad, wide ; tang, long ; fd^rcer, heavy ; iveit, far ; tlef, 
deep ; 1^0^, high. 



• Say : most like I to read = am Uebjlen lefc tc^. 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



161 



Examples. 



SWeitt fflaterijl funfjlg Sal^re 

alt. 
DiefeS Simmer ijl je^n 5u| 

6reit unb funf^el^n ®u§ 

lang. 
©iefcrJtofferlfi fe^jlg ^funb 

[(j^wet. 
aSie njeit ifi ed i>on l^ier BiS 

gjatig ? 
(58 ijl cin l^unbert unb 

funfgig a^eilen n?eit. 
IBiefer SSrunnen ifl »ieriig 

Su^tief. 
S)iefer3:^urmijlfic6ii9:ffu^ 

* Adjectives which govern the 

anflc^tig fcin, to get a sight of 
Befiiffen fein, to be studious 
fid^ tctcuffi fein, to be con- 
scious of 
eingebcnf fein, to be mindful of 
fdl^ig fcin, to be capable of, or 

fit for 
fxo^ feitt, to be glad of 
gewdrtig fein, to be in expec- 
tation of 
getrif^ fein, to be sure of 
labl^aft ttjetben, to get hold of 



My father is fifty years old. 

This room is ten feet wide, 
Sbud fifteen feet long. 

This box is sixty pounds heavy 
(weighs sixty pounds). 

How far is ifc from here to 
Paris ? 

It is one hundred and fifty 
miles off. 

This well is forty feet deep. 

This tower is seventy feet 
high. 

genitive are the following : — 

fuubig fcin, to have a know- 
ledge of 
loS rcerben, to get rid of 
mdd)tig fein, to be master of 
mube [ein, to be tired of 
fatt fein, to be weary of 
fd^ulbig fein, to be guilty of 
t^eitl^aftig wjcvben, to partici- 
pate in 
uBerbrufjig fein, to be weary of 
mxt or njurbig fein, to be 
worthy of 



Examples. 



Site EoIumBu0 unb feine 3^ann* 
fd^aft be0 erfc^ntcn 
iJanbei8 anfld^tignjurben, 
flelcn flc auf bie ^nie unb 
Beteten. 

JDicfer jungc 3^ann ifl beS 
©tubiumS bet fremben 
Sptad^en fel^r 6eflif[en. 



When Columbus and his 
crew got sight of the 
wished - for latid, they 
fell on their knees and 
prayed. 

This young man applies him^ 
self much to the study of 
the forjeign languages. 

M 



162 



THE OEBMAK DEGLSH8I0K8. 



^n Somlge ifl fl^ feinet 

«&anblungen ni(i)t i^oIU 

fommen (etouffl. 
StitCutf feib bet (Srmal^* 

nungen euter ^elUrn 

elngeDent 
S)er Jtranfe Ift bet 3lt6eit 

Sliti^t ade 3^enf(!^en finb bed 

Sevens ftol^. 
SBlt finb elnet Stntwott 

getvdttig. 
®lnb@ie beffen gewifg? 
!Wanfottnte beS ^Diebegnic^t 

Ijiabl^aft wctben. 
Det Sul^tet mufs bed aBeged 

!unbig fein. 
Sebet fottte felnet ^Wuttet* 

f^ta(^e md^tig fein. 
SBit !5nnen biefed }ubting« 

li^en S^enf^en nic^t 

lod tt?etben. 
S)et leibenbe ®tei« ifl be 8 

Sevens mube, or bed 

8e6en« fatt. 
UBit finb bed QSergel^end 

fc^ulbig, an u?eld^em tt?it 

il^eil ne^men. 
SBit Iboffen bed ^immeld 

tl^eill^aftig ju wetben, 
JDet ^tcige wirb felBft bet leid^* 

tefien 5ltl)eit u6et* 

btuffig. 
S)iefet ©d^ulet ifl einet ^lud^^ 

iei(^nung n?iitbig. 



The ang^ man is not qnite 
consoums of his actions. 

Children, be always mind" 

ful of the exhortations of 

your parents. 
The patient is not fU for 

work. 
Not all men enjoy life {are 

fond of life). 
We are in expectation of an 

answer. 
Are you sure of it? 
They could not get hold of 

the thief 
The guide must Tcnow tlie 

way. 
Every one ought to be master 

of his mother tongue. 
We cannot get rid of this irk- 

trading man. 

The suffering old man is 
tired of his life. 

We are guiUy ofthefavlt in 
which we partake. 

We hope to he 'partakers of 

the kingdom of heaven. 
The idle person becomes 

weary even of the lightest 

work. 
This pupil is worthy of a 

distinction. 



Adjectives which govern the dative are : — 



dl^nUd^ fein, to be like 
ongene^m fein, to be agreeable 
i)elannt fein, to be known 



bienfibot fein, to be subject to 
ftemb fein, to be strange 
gel(;otfam fein, to be obedient 



THB OEBMAN DBOLBNSIONS* 



163 



geneigt or getoogen fein, to be 
favourably inclined 

gewa(3^fen fein, to be eqnal to, 
or a match for 



gnAbig fein, to be gracioas to 
ioerl^affl fein, to be odious 
Iie6 fein, to be agreeable, or 
dear 



Examples. 



Der ©ol^n i^ bem aSatet 

3]^t SBefuti^ war mlr fel^t 

angenel^m. 
5)iefe0 Sieb Ifl mit 6ef aunt 
S)le®flai>en j!nb il^tem »&erni 

blenjIBar. 
Diefer 2lu^bru(f ijl mlr ftemb. 

2)ad Jtinb ift ben ^elterti 

gel^orfam. 
Der Sel^mlfl jlelfiigett ©ti^fi* 

lettt fel^t genelgt or 

getvogen. 
S)et £5n?e i{t bem S!iger ge* 

ttad^fen. 
@ott fei bir gnAbig, mein 

©ol^n ! 
5)le 2fige Ifl ttjal^rl^eltgHe* 

Benben TOenfd^en Jjet* 

l^afii. 
ee Ift mlr liet, baf9 ®ie ge^ 

f ommen {inb. 



The son ia like (resembles) 

the father. 
Your visit was very agreeable 

to me. 
This song is hnovm to me. 
The slaves are subject to their 

m^ister. 
This expression is rmknoum 

(strange) to me. 
The child is obedient to the 

parents. 
The teacher is very favour- 
ably inclined to diligent 

pupils. 
The lion is eqtud to the tiger. 

May God be gracious to thee, 

mAj son! 
Lying is odious to truth* 

loving men« 

I am, glad that you have 
come. 



§ XXIV.— DETBEMINATIVB ADJECTIVES. 

Adjectives determining nouns without expressing 
quality are called Determinative Adjectives ; they generally 
precede the noun, and are divided into (1) Demonstrative, 
(2) Possessive, (8) Interrogative, and (4) Numerajl 
Adjectives. 



164 THE OEBMAK DECLENSIONS. 

I. Demonstrative Adjectives, 

Snch are : — Sing, biefer, biefe, blefeS, this ; {ener, jcne, jcncS, 
that ; fold^er, fol^e, foI^eS, such ; Plur. biefe, these ; jenr, 
those ; fold&e, such. For declension, see § III., page 3. 

Sing, berfelbe or ber ncimli^e, biefelSe or bie ndmlic^c, 
baSfette or bag namlic^e, the same; Plur. blefelben or bie 
namlid^en. iSiw^. bet anbere, bie anbere, bag anbere, the other ; 
Plur. bie anbereit; the others. : These last are declined like 
adjectives preceded by the definite article. (See page 127.) 
For the declension of ein anberer, eine anbere, ein anbereg, 
another ; anbete, others, see Adjectives preceded by the in- 
definite article, page 137. 

II. Possessive Adjectives. 

Such are : — Sing, mein, meine, mein, my ; bein, beine, bein, 
thy; fein, feine, fein, his or its; il^r, il^re, i^r, her or its; 
unfer, unfere, unfer, our ; 3l^r or euer, Sl^re or euere, 3l^r or euer, 
your; il^r, il^te, i^x, their. Plur. metne, beine, feine, i^re, 
xinfere, Sl^re or euere, il^re* For declension, see § IV., page 4. 

III. Interrogative Adjectives. 

Such are : — tteld^et ? trelc^e ? irel^eS ? Plur. ttjeld^e, which? 
See § III., page 3. SBag fur ein ? what kind of. Of the latter 
the indefinite article ein only is declined ; the plural of it is 
5Bag fur, and is used also before a singular noun expressing 
matter. Examples: SB a 8 fur ein »&ut ijl biefegP What hind 
o/ahat is this ? aBaS fitr einen *&ut l^aben ©iegefauft ? What 
"kind of a hat have you bought ? SBaSfCireine JJebcr baBen 
@ie ? What kind d/a pen haVe you ? SBAg fiir ein S^ferb 
l^aben @ie gefel^en ? What hind of a horse have you seen ? 
2B a g f iir ^dnber wiinfd^en @ie ? What kind of ribbons do you 
wish ? aSaS fiir SBier trinfen @ie? What kind of beer do 
you drink? SBaS fur SBetter ijl eg ? What kind of we&thev 
is it ? 

IV. Numeral Adjectives. 

Such are : — Sing. Seber, iebe, {ebeg, each ; aHer, aUt, aHeg, all ; 
manner, mand^e, man^eg, many a; Plur. aUt, mand^e 
(some) ; einige, some ; mel^rere, several ; \)idt, many ; njenige, 
few ; teibe, both. See declension, § III., page 3. And fein, 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 16$ 

felne, feln; Plur. Wne, no. See § IV., page 4. 3Sief, mnch, 
and XX)tn% little, are declined thus : 

Masculine, Feminine, Neuter, 

N. i)iel, njenig Sjlele, wenige Sjlet, ttjenig 

A. i)id, ttjenig t)kU, wenlge i?iel, wenig 

G. i?icle8, ttjenigeg i?ielcr, meniger J^ieleS, wenigeS 

D. i)itUm, wenigem J^ieler, wenigcr 'oidtm, tt?enigem 

For plural see § III., page 3. 



Vocabulary No. 75. 

ble «&al8Binbe, the necktie I no^, still 
Umgang))fl[egcn())fIog,ge))p[ogen), pfian^tn, to plant 



to have intercourse 
9Bie ]^ei§t? what is the name 

of? 
ndl^en, to sew 



bie fiieBe, the love 
bie @njig!eit, eternity 
bie 2dt, the time 
bag Sing, the thing 



Beading Lesson. 

On the Determinative Adjectives, 

1. 3Bie i)d^t blefeg «inb? 2. SBte l^ei^t iener mann? 
3. SBo tt?ol^nen jcne »&erren? 4. 3^ !ann mit biefer JJebct 
m(3^t fd^reiben. 6. 5)ie Senjler iener »&dufer flnb l^od^. 6. S)ie 
abutter biefer Ainber ijl fel^r arm. 7. S)er 93ater iener ^nber 
ifl no^ drmer. 8. 3^ f)aU einen fol^en »&unb fd^on gefel^en. 
9. 3^ fann mit einer fold^en or mit fold^' einer S^abel ni^t 
ndl^en. 10. Sefen @ie ein folti^eg SBud^. 11. ^flegen ®ie 
f einen llmgang mit fol^en 2^enfd^en. 12. 93ringen @ie mir 
gefdOigfl einen anbern 'i^ut, eine anbere »&alg6inbe unb ein 
anbereS Xa^ti^mtn^, 13. 3^ werbe benfelBen SBeg ge^en. 
14. SD^ein 93ruber l^at bie ndmli.cj^en Sel^ler gemacj^t. 16. 3JH4 
wel^em SD^effer l^afcen @ie bag 93rob gefcj^nitten? 16. 93 on 
welder ©tabt ft)red^en @ie? 17. SBeld^en Ainbern tt?erben 
®ie biefe %tp^d, SBirnen nnb ^luflfe geBen? 18. SBag fiir 
einen 93aum l^aben @ie ge))p[anjt? 19. SBag fur eine Ul^ 
l^aBen @ie i?erIoren ? 20. SB a 8 fur e in SBud^ l^aBen @ie gelefen ? 
21. 5Ba0 fur SBitd^er lefen @ie gern? 22. iteine mofe ol^ne 
Somen. 23. 3ebe0 Jlinb lieBt feinen aSater unb feine 5Wutter. 



166 THE OEBICAN DE0LEKSI0N8. 

24. 3^ 1)aht feine ffeber, aBer i^ l^aBe \>ltl ^a^ln. 25. <&ier 
{Inb einige SUber. 26. Site biefe @4;iiler flnb Ibi^ig. 
27. a^ant^e SBauem flnb fel^r teld^, 28. 3^ l^ate mel^rett 
grofe ©d^lffe gefe^. 29. Sebel Ding l^at feine 3elt; ®otte8 
iitV in (Ewigfeit. 30. ®ott fennt unfere ®eban!en. 



VOCABULABT No. 76. 



A few days ago, \)ox einigen 

3:agen 
A few years ago, \)ox einigen 

3al5ren 
The strawberry, bie CrbJeere 



The tiger, ber Siger 
The vinegar, ber @fflg 
Do yon buy ? f anfen ®ie ? 
I do not read, i^ lefe niti^t 
I do not play, id^ ftjiele nic^t 



Exercise. 

1. The mother of these children is very poor. 2. The 
horses of those gentlemen are very fine. 3. I do not like 
to read siich books. 4. We do not play with siich children. 
5. Bring me, if yon please, another stick, another cap, another 
handkerchief and o^i^gloves. 6. Fetch (some) othei* vinegar, 
(some) other* milk, (some) other* oil, and (some) other* straw- 
berries. 7. What kind of pens do yon bny P 8. We have 
many friends. 9. We have no enemies. 10. Our teacher 
has given to my youngest brother a fine picture. 11. His 
mother has sent to her youngest daughter a beautiful chain. 
12. We speak of our fiiends. 13. We have seen several 
ships. 14. We saw (fallen) a few days ago several lions and 
tigers. 16. We lost Qonloxm) a few years ago several good 
friends. 16. Do you know these ladies? 17. Have you 
m^xrvy pupils P 18. Do you often go with yov/r sisters to 
the concert P 19. The hunter goes with his servant and 
his dogs into the forest. 20. The pupils are coming with 
their books. 



* Other, without the artiole, is declined like adjectives without thQ 
article. See page 146. 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



167 



§ XXV.— PRONOUNS. 

Of Prononns we distinguish : (1) Personal, (2) Interro- 
gative, (3) Possessive, (4; Relative, (6) Demonstrative, and 
(6) Indefinite Pronouns. 

PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 

Sucli are : — 3d^, I ; bu, thou ; tx, he, it ; fie, she, it ; e8, it ; 
n?ir, we ; @ie or 3|>r, you ; jte, they ; fl^ (reflective) = himself, 
herself, itself; yourselves, themselves. (SeeVoc. 21, p. 64.) 

The Persontd Pronouns are declined : — 

Singular, 
Ist person. 2nd person, 3rd person, 

N. 34r I bu, thou er, he (w.) jte, she (/.) t9, it (n-.) 

A. midf, me bid&, thee i^n, him jte, her e«, it 

G. meiner,*ofme teiner, of thee [einer, of him iferer, ofher feiner, ofit 

D. mix, to me bir, to thee tl^m, to him i^r, to her if^xa, to it 

Plural, 

2nd person, 

@ie or ^ffx, you 

@ie or (Sni}, you 

3 Brer or (§mx, of you 

Slpnen or @ud^, to you 



Ist person. 
N. toir, we 
A. un«, us 
G. unfer, of'ua 
D. un6, to us 



Srd person. 
fie, they 
fie, them 
tjbrer, of them 
i^nen, to them 



Vocabulary No. 77. 



flebenfen,t to think of, gebad^te, 

gebad^t 
flc^ erlnnent,t to remember 
flc^ freuen,t to rejoice 
fic^ etbarmen,t to have pity 
<>ergeffen,t to forget, toergafi, 

tjergeffen 
flc^ fi^dmen^t to be ashamed of 
bebauem, to pity 



BeftibCi^n, to protect 

einen ^efu^ ma^en, to pay a 

visit 
fld^ I6etragen, to behave 
Jjerglfg, forget (thou) 
bie ^otf), the need, trouble 
bie «&ilfe, the help, assistance 
a^t^Uxif to esteem 
Balb, soon 



• The genitive of the personal pronouns, when governed by the 
prepositions toegen, l^olben, um ... tolHen (on account of, or for the sake 
of), is rendered thus: mmtttot^tti, itteinetl^alben, um ttieinetttjiKen ; 
beinetttjegen^ beinetl^alben, um betnettciKen ; feinettcegen, feinetl^olben, 
nm feinetn)t((en, &c., for my, thy, his sake, Ac. ; but with ti^egen we caa 
also say, tpegen meiner, beiner, feiner, Ac. 

t Vex^s in the above Vocabulary marked f govern the genitive. 
6ee Note t, p. 142. 



168 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



Reading Lesson. 

On Personal Froiiouns, > 

1. Sd? Uebf meineQleftern unb flc lieBen mi^. 2. 2)ic Qtetterit 
gcbenfm meiner unb fc^icfen mir oleic ft^pnc SBud^er. 3. Du 
ivjt mein treuer SreuitD unb l^ lieOe bld^. 4. 3c^ trerbe mic^ 
beiner erinnern unt) bit oft fdjreiSen. 5. 2)iefer ^nak ijl mein 
SBruber ; er Ift fe^r flei^ig; feirte Ji^e^rer Heben unb loBen il^n. 

6. SBir freucn ung feiner unb madden il^m oft einen 93efu*. 

7. 2)iefe 5rau ijl fe^r traurig; fie l^at atle i^re ,Rinber J?erIoten. 

8. 3Bir kbauern fie fe^r. 9. Unfere ^ante ijl auf bem J^anbe ; 
ttjir gebenfen il^rer unb fd^reiben tj^r ieben Sag. 10. J)iefe3 
Jtinb ijl fel^r hanf; eS leibet gro^e ©Emergen. ll.Der Slr^t 
Befud^t eg jeben ^ag. 12. DiefeS^^inb ijtfleigig; bie Sautter 
fceut fld^ feiner unD 6ringt il^m fc^one SBilber. 13. SBir flnb 
fromm; @ott 6efd^i3i|et unS. 14. ^r erbarmt flc^ unfet unb 
fd^icft un8 »&ilfe in ber S'lot)^. 15. @ie flnb or 3^r feib* meine 
beften ffreunbe. 16. 3^ a^te unb Bewunbere ®ie or @u^. 
17. 3c^ werbe mi^ 3l^rer or @uer oft erinnern unb S^nen or 
©u(^ 6alb fd^reiBen. 18. 3)iefe ,Rinber gel^en gem in bie @^ule ; 
fie finb fel^r flei^ig. 19. Sleltern unb fiel^rer lieBen fiej fie 
fceuen fici^ il^rer unb geben tl^nen J?iele fd&5ne ©ef^enfe. 
20. $Bir gebenfen beiner. 21. Unfere Sreunbe betragen fic3^ 
fd^Ietibt; njir fd^dmen unS il^rer. 22. 2)u fd^dmjl bi^ unfer. 
23. ^rerbarmtftd^ feiner. 24. QJergifS mein (meiner) nid^t! 
25. SBie fonnte (how could) i^ beiner oergeffen! 



Vocabulary No. 78. 



Lendjf leil^e (thon), leil^en @ie 

(you) 
Come,t f omm (thou), fommen 

@ie (you) 
Gro,t gel^' (thou), gel^en ®ie 



Give,t gib (thou), geben @ie 

(you) 
Pi»y,t fpi^I« (thou), f^jielen @ie 

(yo^) 

Take.t nimm (thou), nel^men 
@ie (you) 



* See Note *, page 51. 

f The two forms of the verbs marked f in the above Vocabulary 
are the imperative mood ; the first form we use in addressing a per- 
son with bu, thou $ and the second u^ addressing a person with ^ie, 
yoii- 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 169 



Oardailybread,unfer tdglld^eS 

SBrob 
To lead, ful^rcn 
The temptation, ble SSerfu^uitg 



To tell, fagen 

The truth, bie SBal^r^eit 

God bless you! ®ott fegne 

@ie! 



Exercise. 

1. I love you and you love me. 2. I love thee and tlio^i, 
lovest me, 3. Give (to) me your book. 4. Lend us your 
pens. 5. They are good friends. 6. He is my best friend.. 
7. /SAe is my youngest sister. 8. Take this book and give 
it to this child. 9. Take these apples and pears and give 
them to these children. 10. They have pity on us {gen.) 
11. We are ashamed of you {gen.) 12. Give us to-day our 
daily bread ! 13. Lead us not into temptation ! 14. I 
thank thee {dat,) 15. We praise thee {ace.) 16. God 
protects u>s. 17. Think of me (©cbenfe meiner or Denfe an 
mi^). 18. Come with me, 19. Go with them. 20. Play 
with him. 21. Lend (to) her your umbrella. 22. I shall 
lend you my knife. 23. He will lend us his carriage and 
his horses. 24. Tell u^ the truth. 25. God bless thee, my 
friend ! . 



§ XXVI.— INTEREOGATIVE PRONOUNS. 

Such are : — rttx, who; voa^, what ; andtreWer^trelcJ^e, treses, 
when used without a noun. With n?er we inquire after 
persons, and with traS after things. They are declined : 

N. irer, who N. voa^, what 

A. tren, whom A. njaS, what 

G. ircffcn, whose G. ircffen, of what 

D. njem, to whom* D. wanting* 

A noun in answer to an interrogative pronoun must 
always be in the same case as the pronoun. 



* SB em, only applying to persons, the dative of toa^ mnst be ex- 
pressed by an adverbial form, compounded with prepositions ; thns, 
instead of »on tOM, of or from whaty we say toottotl ; instead of mxt toa^, 
vrith what, toomit ; instead of %\x Xo^i, for what 'purpose, too^U ; instead of 
in Xoai, in what, tt)orin, &o. These contracted forms can also be used 
relatively. See page 173. 



170 the oebmin declensions. 

Vocabulary No. 79. 
®el^5ren; to belong ; Qtfibxi, belongs ; jerrei^en, to tear, 
gerrifS, gerrij|en. 

Eeadino Lesson. 

On the Interrogative Pronouns. 

1, gBerlieBtbag Ainb? 2. Die abutter lieBt e8. 3. ©en 
fu(3bcn @ie? 4. 3ti^ fuc!^e meinen SSatcr. 5. SBeffen Sreunb 
flnb Sic? 6. 3c^ Bin ber greunb beg Strjteg. 7. SB em ge^ort 
biefeg *&au0? 8. @0 gel^5rt bem fffirflen. 9. 5Ba« liegt auf 
bem 3:ifd&e? 10. 2)a8 S3uc3^ liegt auf bem 3:ifd^e.- 11. SB a 8 
futi^en <Sie? 12. 3ti^fud^eba« Sl^^efTer. 13. aBeffen ©latter 
flnb jierrifien? 14. S)ie SBIdtter beg aSud^eS flnb jerrifTen. 
15. SB J) on* frred^en @ie? 16. $Bir ^pxt(bm J}on bem Ariege. 
17. SB omit* fd^neiben @ie bag aSrob ? 18. 3^ fd»neibe e§ mit 
einem SDieffer. 19. SBel^er Joon biefen •&eirren ifl: 3^r QJater. 
20. SBelc^e »on biefen ffrauen ijl 3^re Sl^utter ? 21. SBel^eS 
tjon biefen «&dufern gel^ort 3l^nen? 22. SBeld^e J?on biefen 
Srdutein jlnb 3]^re ©c^wejlem? 23. SBelcJ^en ijon biefen »&uten 
wetben @ie faufen ? 24. SBelci^em S)on biefen Ainbem l^aBen @ie 
ein Silb gegeben ? 26. SWit njelti^en t?on biefen @d)iilern flnb 
®ie gufcieben ? 26. HBeld^egf ijl 3^r »6ut ? 27. ^OBelc^egf ifl 
S^reU^r? 28. aBeI*e«tifl3l^r »&aug? 29. aBeId;e8t flnb 
3^re m^n^ 30. SBel^egf flnb 3^re ©d^u^e? 



§ XXVn.— POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 

They are formed from the possessive adjectives mein, 
bein, fein, il^t, unfer, ^i)x or Qmx, U)x, by means of the termi- 
nation ige, and are declined like adjectives preceded by the 
definite article. They are : 

Singular, 
vn. f. n, m, f. n, 

ber bie bag meinige or meinet meine meineS, mine 

beiner beine beineg, thine 

feiner feine feineg, his or its 

il^rer il^re il^reg, hers or its 

nnferer unfere nnfereg, onrs 

Slater 3^re 3^reg, years') 

euerer euere eucreg, yonrsj 

i^ter il^re il^reg, theirs 



ber bie bag beinige 
ber bie bag feinige 
ber bie bag i^rige 
ber bie bag nnfrige 
C ber bie bag 3l^rige 
( ber bie bag eurige 
ber bie bag il^rige 



• See Note • on previous page. 

t Which and what^ preceding the verb to he, are rendered in the 
Bingolar and plural by X0ii(li)t9, 



bic melnigen or meine, mine 
bie beinigen „ beine, thine 
bie fcinigen „ feinc, his, its 
bie il^rigen „ il^re, her, its 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 171 

Thiral, 

bie unfrigen or unfere,onrs 

rblc S^rlgen „ 3^rc, jours') 

tbie eurigen „ euere, yonrs ) 

bie il^rlgen „ i^re, theirs 



The second form of the possessive pronouns, when 
declined, takes the terminations of the definite arfciole ber, 
txtf ba0; bie, when declined. 

VOCABULAET No. 80. 

bie 3^l^ww"& *ho drawing ; l?oII, full. 

Beading Lesson. 

On the Fossessive Pronotms, 

1. JDein ©ruber iftiung; ber metnige or meiner Iji iiinger. 
2. S)eim ©ci^wejier tjl niit ber meinigen or meiner auf bag 
»anb gegangcn. 3. Seil^en @te mlr gefdOigji Sl^r ®u^ ; i^ tann 
bag meinige or meineS nid;t flnben. 4. 3^ i)aU ^i)xtx Sautter 
meinen 9legenfci&irm geliel^en; fie f)at ben il^rigen or il^ren 
berloren. 6. 3^ ^aU 3^nen metne 2d(bnxin%tn gejelgt ; jelgen 
®ie mlr ie^t bie 3^rigen or 3]^re. 6. 3^r «&au8 i^ grower unb 
fd^dner al8 bag unfrlge or unfereSs. 7, 3l^r aWejfer Ijl fd^drfer 
aU bag meinige or meineg. 8. 3c3^ !ann mtt bem meinigen 
or melnem nid^t fd^relBen. 9. 3t^ werbe 3l^neu meine &eber 
lei^en; ©iefdnnenmit ber 3l^rigen or 3]^rer ni^t fci^reiben. 
10. a^ein @la0 ifl looO; bag 3^rige or S^reg Ijl leer. 



} XXVIII.— BELATIVE PEONOUNS. 

These are : — m. njelti^er or ber, who which, /. ttjeld^e or bie, 
n, icel^eg or bag, jpL n:et(3^e or bie ; and are declined : — 

8i7igular, 
masc, fern, neut, 

N. welc^er or ber nrelti^e or bie njelti^eg or bag, who, which 

A. lueld^en „ ben ml^t „ bie irel^eg „ bag, whom, Ac. 
G. Ill bejfen beren beflen whose, Ac. 

1). voti^tm or bem lueld^er or ber welti^em or bem, to whom,&c. 



172 THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 

Plural, 

N. ttjeld^e or bie 
A. tt?cl^e „ bie 
G. beren 
D. voA^tn or benen 



Vocabulary No. 81. 
l^erjlid^, heartily ; trol^letjogen, well-bred. 

Beading Lesson. 
On the Relative Pronouns, 

1. 2)ie Solbaten fpred^en J}on bem ©eneral, xcii^tx or ber bie 
©d^lac^t ijerloren l^at.* 2. 3^ lefe ben 93rief, njel^en or ben 
niein Srreunb {jefd^rieben l^at. 3. 3d& bcn!e an ben greunb, beffen 
ajater geporten ip. 4. J)er arme SWann, tt?el(3^em or bem id^ 
SBrob unb SBeln ga6, ban!te mir ^erglid^. 6. Jlennen ®ie bie 
Srau, ttjeld^e or bie mit ben Jtinbern fpielt? 6. S^ifl^^ @ie 
mir Gefattigft bie Ul^r, nreld^e or bie @ie gefauft l^aBen. 7. 3)er 
9trjt 6efud^t bie arme grau, beren Jtinb franf ifl. 8, SBo ijl bie 
grcber, mit weld^er or ber @ie gefd^rieBen l^aben. 9. SSringen 
@ie mir gefdlligjl bag 93ud^, n? e I d^eS or bag auf bem ^ifd^e liegt. 
10. 3d^ ^a6e bag $ferb gefe^en, weld&e8 or baS 3]^r 93ater 
gefauft l^at. 11. SBir f^jielen mit bem Jtinbe, beffen STOutter 
fran! ijl. 12. 3t^ fuc^e bag SU^dbt^en, njeld^em or bem id(; 
meinen JRegenfd^irm geliel^en ^(xU, 13. 3Bir benfen an bie 
©olbaten, weld^e or bie im ,Rriege gefaUen flnb. 14. 3ci& lefe 
bie 33iid^er, ttjet^e or bie @ie mir geliel^en l^aBen. 15. ©liidlid^ 
fmb bie 2leltern, beren^Kinber tr oilier jogen (Inb. 16. SBie l^eipen 
bie Sreunbe, mit benen @ie Umgang ^flegen ? 



• In a sentence beginning with a relative pronoun, the verb is 
placed at the end ; the relative pronoun cannot be omitted as is 
the case in English. Thus, Show me the watch you have bought, 
must be rendered, Show me the watch that you have bought. 

3cigen @ie mir bie Vi^x, toe((3&e or bie @ie gefauft l^alfcn. 



.THE OEBMAN DECLENSIONS. 



173 



Remark 1. — Relative pronouns relating to things, and 
preceded by a preposition, can be rendered by a contracted 
form, nsing the word WO, or trot for the sake of euphony 
when the preposition which is to follow begins with a 
vowel.* 

The contractions mostly used are : — 



SBoran.* @g n?ar cin ©reigniS, 
woran (an tcelt^eS) tvir 
oft benfcn. 

SBor a u g. (5r trarf ben SBe^er, 
njorauS (aug votX^tm) er 
tranf, ing ffiaffer. 

SBobei, woburd?. Sir loben 
bie «&opi^!cit biefcg 3Wannc« 
njobei or ttjoburt^(burt^ 
iocld^e) er jt^ fo i?iele 
JJreunbe erwarb. 

®ofur. Sag $ferb, njofur 
(fur welt^eg) er fo i)iel 
yx^Xi, ijl an einem 3luge 
blinb. 

SBorauf. S)ag ^ig, worauf 
(auf welt^em) n?ir jlel^en, 
wirb Bred^en. 

SBotin. 2)ag »&au8, ttjorin 
(in wel^em) n?ir njol^nen, 
ifl fel^r gro^. 

as omit. *&ier ijl bag 3WejTer, 
worn it (mit njel^em) i^ 
bag ©rob gefd^nitten %(xU. 

aSoiJon. SBir nd^ern ung ber 
©tabt, wo 50 on {"oonvotU 
(^er) wir fo oft f^rad^en. 

SBorunter. »&ier flnb bie 
SBilber, woruntcr fo ^iele 
\^'bm i^artbfd^aften flnb. 



It was an event, of which we 
think often. 

He threw the goblet, out of 
which he drank, into the 
water. 

We praise the politeness of 
this man, by which he 
gained so many friends. 



The horse, for ivhich he paid 
so much, is blind in one 
eye. 

The ice, whereon we stand, 
will break. 

The house, in which we live, 
is very large. 

Here is the knife, with which 
I have cut the bread. 

We approach the town, of 
which we spoke so often. 

Here are the pictures, among 
which there are so many 
fine landscapes. 



♦ The above contractions can also be used interrogatively. Ex. : 
SBocan benfen (Bie ? SBomit naljcn @ic ? Of what ace you thinking ? 
With what are yon sewing ? See page 169. 



174 THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



©oriiBer. 3)a«fd^5ne ffietter 
war eg, njotuber njir ung 
fo fel^r freuten. 

SBo|;u. ©elingen toirb bad 
SBerf, njoju (gu trelc^cm) 
n?ir ®otted Seifianb und 



It was the fine weather^ (U 

which we rejoiced so 

much. 
The work, for which we ask 

the help of Ood, will 

succeed. 



Bemark 2. — SBeld^et votl^t welti^ed in the singular, and 
n?eld^e in the plural, are often used to express the indefinite 
pronoun '^ some," in answer to a question and relating to a 
noun previously mentioned. Ex. : 3BoOen @ie SBcin ttinfen? 
«&iet tjl weld^cr. Will you drink some wine? Here is 
some. SBringen @ie ttj e I d; e n. Bring some, ffiotten @ie 2^11* 
trinfen? ^itx ijl welc^e. Will you drink milk ? Here is 
8om£. Stingen ®ie njcl^e. Bring soms. 9BoOm Sie SBafler 
trlnfen? «&ier Ifl ircId^eS. Will you drink water ? Here 
is soms. SBrlngcn @ie trel^cS. Bring sows, fficttcn ©Ic 
Jtirf(3^en eflenP •&(«: flnb votl^t. Will you eat cherries? 
Here are some. Sringen @ie welc^^e. Bring som^. 



§ XXIX.— DEMONSTBATIVE PRONOUNS. 

They are : — ^blefer blefe blefeS, this one ; blefc, these ; {met 

ene ieneS, that one; {ene, those; berfelbe or berndmli^e, bie» 

elBe or ble ndmli^e, baSfelBe or baS ndmliti^e, the same ; ble» 

elben or bie ndmli^eii, the same ; berienige or ber,* biejienlge 

or ble, ba^ienige or ba0, that ; bieienigen or bie, those. 

For Declension of blefer and jenet, see § IIL, page 3. 

S)etfel6e, ber ndmlid^e, and berienige are declined like adjec- 
tives preceded by the definite article. 



♦ The relative pronouns bctjettige biejentge ba^Jentge, or ber bie ba6, 
when followed by a relative prononn, are called correlative prononiis. 

Ex. : berienige, wel(!^er or ber, he who; bieiemgen, toeld^e or bie, those 
who, &o* 



THE 0EBMA17 DECLENSIONS. 175 

$effbte,b<ld,bte,wben demonstrative prononns, are declined: 
Singular, Plural. 

N. ber bie bad, that bie, those 

A. ben bie bad, that bie, those 

G. bejfen beten beffcn, of that betcr, of those 

D. bem bet bem, to that benen, to those 



gefaQett; to please 

einmal, once 

audi, also, even 

bie SBa^rl^eit, the truth 

fpric^t, speaks 

Derfc^ieBen, to put off, to defer 

moxQtn, to-morrow 

6eforgen, to manage, to effect 



Vocabulary No. 82. 
e8 ijl, it is 



eS fmb, they are 

^ergei^cn, to pardon, JJetgiel^, 

^erjiel^en 
6ereuen, to repent 
trotten, to desire, to want 
3c^ mU, I want 
atoefenb, absent 



Reading Lesson. 

On the Demonstrative Pronouns. 

1. Senet ©arten ijl f^6ner ate biefer. 2. 2)iefer Sl^fel Ifl 
fufer allien er. 3. 3ene ©dume flnb l^ol^et alg biefe. 4 S)iefe« 
J&auS ifl f^5ner ate iene0. 5. 3BeI^er J?on biefen t&erren Ifl ^^x 
aSatet ? 6. I)erienige or ber mtt bem langen ©arte. 7. ^el4< 
t)on biefen Srauen ifl S^te abutter? 8, I)ieienige or bie mit 
bem blauen @(3^leier. 9. SBel^eSoon biefen »&dufeni gel^ort 3^nen? 
10. DaSienige or bag mit ben l^ol^en Senfiern. 11. 3BeI(J^e 
t)on biefen SDidb^en flnb Sl^re @d;wePem? 12. S)ieienigen or 
bie mit ben rotl^en SBdnbern. 13. ©eleven i?on biefen »&uten 
njd^Ien @ie, biefen ober ienen? 14. 3)lefer gefdttt mir nid;t. 
{This one pleases me not, or I do not like this one.) 
16.. 2) a ifl ein gto^eS Unglud. 16. SWein Sreunb erinnert f!c^ 
beffen. 17. 3Bir flnb nid;t J»on ben en, bie »iel f^Jte^en unb 
wenig benfen. 18, ffier* (berienigt, mld^n) einmal lugt, bem 

• JDerJenige tweld^er, or ber toet^er, can be contracted into mx, he 
who i and ba^ienige koetd^e^, <yr bo^ too^, into koo^, that which. 



176 THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 

flIauBt man nlcj^t, unb trenn er auc^ bie SBal^rl^eit ftjrid^t. 
19. SSerfd^ieBe ni^t auf tworgen traS* (bag, tnaS) bu l^eute 
fannjt beforgen. 20. 3fl biefeSt or bag bet ^\xt, ben @ie 
ge!auft l^aben. 21. @gijiberfeI6e or ber nfintU^e. 22. 3fl 
biefeSt or bag blc ©tabt, t>on njeld^er @ie fo oft f:|)rad^en? 
23. @g ip biefeUc or bie ndmli(3^e. 24 3(1 biefeSf bag 
«&aug, in nreld^em @ie fo lange njol^nten? 25. ^g ijt bagfelbe 
or Dag' ndnili^e. 26. @inb biefegf or bag bie 336gel, njeld&e 
fo f^6n flngen? 27. @g fmb biefelSen. 28. ©iefegf or bag 
ift nid^t mein ©tocf j eg ifl berjenige or ber meineg Sreunbeg. 
29. {Dtefegt or bag ifl ntd^t mcine ffeber ; eg iji biejenige or 
bie meineg SBruberg. 30. 2)iefegt or bag ijl nicj^t mein 3Bud^; 
eg iji bagienige or bag mciner S^ttefter. 31. 2)iefegf or bag 
finb ni^t unfere SBIumcn; eg pnb biejenigen or bie beg 
©drtnerg. 32. ®ott l^ort bag ©ebet berer, bie in fRott) fmb. 
33. @ott J^erjeil^t benen, bie il^re ©unben Bereuen. 34. SSir 
gebenfen berer, bie a6n?efenb fmb. 35. «6ier finb einige 3tinge, 
ireld^en njoUen ®ie (l^akn) ? 3^ trill ben mit bem rotl^en ©teine. 
36. «&ier ftnb einige S'labeln, roeld^e n?ollen ®ie ? 3c'^ rciU bie, 
trel^e am fleinften ifl. 37. '^ier finb mel^rere 9Btid?er, n?eld^eg 
rcollen @ie ? 3ct? mil bag, in rcelc^em bie fd^onflen SBilber finb. 

38. 3Wit n?eld?en t>on Sl^ren ©t^iitern finb @ie am gufriebenflen ? 

39. 3^ Bin mit ben en am ^ufriebenften, tt>elc]^e am flei^igften 
finb. 40. !£)iefeg ifl meine befle JJreunbin. 



§ XXX.— INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 

They are : — ^twag, something ; 9^id&tg, nothing ; man, one, 
people (French, on) ; einanber, each other ; 3ebermann, every- 
body, everyone ; 3emanb, somebody, someone ; S^iemanb, no- 
body, no one. Only the last three are declined by taking g 
in the genitive. 3emanb and ^liemanb may also take en in 
the dative. Ex.: $Kein Sreunb leil^t S^iemanben or 0liemanb 



* See Note • on previous page. 

t 5)iefe6 and jene^, when preceded or followed immediately by 
the verb to he, preserve the same form, whatever the gender or 
number of the noun following may be. Ex. : 3eneg tjl 3l^r ^ut, Sfttt 

Seber, 2^x ^n^ ; 3enc^ finb Sl^re §anbf(i^u^e. 



THE OBBMAN DECLENSIONS. 



177 



ftlit $fetb, My friend lends his horse to nobody, 3c3^ Kel^ 
Stmanbctt or Sematil) mcine Seber, I lent to somebody my 
pen. 

As indefinite pronouns are also nsed the numeral adjec- 
tives (see page 164) when not followed by a noan, viz. : 



Seber, 3ebe, 3ebe8, everyone or 

each 
€iner, @tne, @ine^, some one 

or one 
Reiner, Mdm, ^elneS, no one 

or none (pi. ,Retne) 
iWand^er, 3Wan^e, aWanc^eS, 

many a man (ph SWand^e, 

some) 



Srgenb ©iner, Srgenb @ine, 

Srgenb @incS, any one 
SBclbe, both 
9tnbere, others 
@inlge, some 
^tijxnt, several 
SSicle, many 
SBcnige, few 
5iae, all ; Olttee, everything 



These are declined like the definite article. (See page 3.) 
95icl, much ; wenig, little. (See page 165.) 



Vocabulary No, 83. 



trauen, to trust 

^pottm, to mock or laugh at 

3^ fonnte, I could 

baS ©egcntl^eil, the contrary 



ble ©efd^wiper, brothers and 

sisters 
fpti^t, speaks 
bad ©ef^dft^ the business 



Beading Lesson. 

On the Indefinite Pronouns* 

1. @le l^a^en meinem 3Brubet tin \^bnt^ 93ud^ gcgeben ; ge6en 
®ie mlr audi (Jttrag. 2. SBag ^aben ®ie bem SBettler gcgeben ? 

3. 3d? fonnte t^m ^ni^tS geben, njeil ^ S^id^tS l^atte. 

4. ^iitem Sugner glaubt man nid^t. 6. 3ebermann fagt, bafs 
©iere^flnb. 6. ^r ijl 3ebetmann8 ffreunb. 7. 3emanb 
fIo:»)ft ; offnen @ie gcfattlgji ble %i)iixt, 8. 3^ ettratte 3emanb. 
9. 3^ t)aU 3emanben or 3emanb nteincn 9tegcnfd^lrm 
geliel^en. 10. 01lemanb fennt mi^ l^ier. 11. 3d^ fcnne 
0liemanb. 12. @ie ttauen Sebermann unb njir trauen 
0lleinanben or Sliemanb. 13. !£)iefe ©eft^wijler Ucben 

n 



178 THB OBBMAN DtCLENSIONS. 

einanber. 14. Sebet ft)rl(3^t gem »on fetnen ©efd^dften. 
15. Qintx ijon btefm «&erren ijl mcin QSater. 16. (Sine t)on 
biefen Stauen Ifl melne SUhittct. 17. @ine« tjon blefen SSut^ern 
ge]^5rtmir. 18. «&aben @le elnen SSater ? 19. 3* l(|a6e cinen. 
20. ^ahtn @le elne Sl^^uttet: P 21. 3t^ l^afce eine. 22. ^alm 
®ie ein «&aud. 23. 3d^ ^abe einea. 24. Aeinet t?on und ift 
teld^. 26. St tint ijonmclmn (S^wejiem ifl grof . 26. Jteinel 
t>on biffcn AitiDem Ifl fleiflg. 27. t&akn Sic einen ©orten ? 
28. ©it l^aben !elnen. 29. *aBen Sie elne SBBiefe? 30. mit 
f)aUn !elne. 31. *aben ©ieeln ^au0 ? 32. SBir l^aben felne«. 
33. *aben @ie ^Pferbe? 34. 8Bir l^aben !elne. 35. dx glaubt 
21 lie 8, wag man ll^m fagt. 36. (ginige fagenbaS ©egentl^eil. 
37. @r traut !elnem »on un«. 38. 3fl Semanb gu *aufe? 
39. aBo flnb bie 3lnbern? 40. a^and^er f))ottet uber 
aUeS. 41. ©r^rl(3^t Jjiel nnb benft wenig. 42. ffiir flnb 
mit wenigem gufrieDen. 43. ^aileS mit®ott; 0li(fet« o^ne 
l^n. 44. @nbegut, 2llle8gut.* 



§ XXXI.— NUMERALS. 

We distingnish Cardinal and Ordinal nnmbers. 

1. Of Cardinal numbers only j^wei (2), brel (3), l^unbert 
(100), and taufenb (1000) are declinable. 

2. ^xt)ti and brei take in the genitive er, and in the dative 
en, when used before a noun without article. Ex. : bie 
Steunbfc^aft gweier or bteier ffreunbe, the friendship of 
two or three friends. SBir gingen mit g we i en or g we i Srteunben, 
mit breien or brei Srteunben. 

The inflexion en may also be admitted in the dative to 
other cardinal numbers, when used without nouns. Ex. : 
9Bir ful^ren mit ©e^fen, we drove with six horses; mit 
SSieren, with four horses. 

3. »&unbert and 3!aufenb take in the plural e when used as 
nouns, and are declined like nouns. Ex. : «&unberte i?on 
SBagcn, hundreds of carriages, ^aufenbe Joon SO'ienfdjett, thou- 
sands of people. SKittion takes in the plural en. Ex. : S^ei 
aj^ittionen (Sinwol^ner. 

♦ All's well that ends well. 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 179 

4. By adding er to the cardinal nimierals we form 
nouns which are declined like masculine nouns ending 
in er ; Ex. : fe^jig, sixty ; eltt ©e^jiget, a man sixty years 
old ; ein SSietjiget, a man forty years old, &c. 

5. The multiplicative numerals, which are formed from 
the cardinal numerals by means of the syllable fa^ or 
fdltig (fold). Ex. : jwei, two ; jweifa^, twofold ; jcl^n, ten ; 
jel^nfad;, tenfold, &c. They are declined like adjectives. Ex. : 
(gr ja^lte bag breifac^^e, he paid threefold. 

6. Ordinal numerals are declined like adjectives; viz., 
bcr erfie, the first ; A. ben erjlen, G. beg erjien, D. bem erfien ; 
ber gweite, the second, ben jreeiten, beg ^roeiten, bem jroeiten ) 
ber britte, the third, ben britten, beg britten, bem britten, &c.* 



Vocabulary No. 84. 



Derlaflen, ijerliep, i?erla||en, to 

leave 
bie SReuigfeit, the news 
ber ©eroinn, the gain 
bie aftegierung, the reign 
ber 3Serfuc3^, the attempt, trial 
bie ®tunbe, the hour, lesson 



ber @to(f, the story (of a 

house) 
Belnal^e, nearly 
fti^ulbig fein, to owe 
ber 3!l^eil, the part or volume 
ber S)anf, thanks 



Reading Lesson. 

On the Numierals. 

!• 5Blr erttjarten ben SBefu^ jjweier ffreunbe. 2. 3ti^ fenne 
ben SSater unb bie WlntHx biefer jnjeif «^inber. 3. i^ lefe bie 
SBerfe breler 2)i^ter. 4 3^ ^^rte bicfe 91euig!eit tion gweien 
ober brelen* 6. «gunberte t>erlie^en bie Stabt. 6. ^aufenbe 
Jjerloren il^r ganjeg QSemtdgen. 7. bonbon ^ai Beinai^e t>ier 
aWillijonen feinwo^ner. 8. @g njar ein breifad^er ©etrinn 
fiir ung. 9. SBir f!nb 36nen ^unbertfalUgen 2)anf fd^ulbig. 
10. 3d& lefe ben er jien %il 3^reg ffierfeg. 11. Mt)m @ie 
ntir gefaBigjl ben Jjierten 33anb 3^reg fflerfeg. 12. Diefeg ifl 
mein erjler 9Serfu(i^. 13. @rftarHm brei unb breigigjlen 
Sal^refeineg Sebeng. 14. Sl^einDnfel ijt ein JJiinfjiger unb 

* See Note *, page 130. t See Rule 2. 



180 



THB OEBMAN DECLENSIONS. 



mem Satw tin ©e^nlger. 15, 5)lefe0 ifl meln britteS 
®la8. 16, iDiefeg ijl unfere ijlette ©tunbe, 17. ©6 war am 
erfien 3!age beg brltten aRonateS im }jtt?5Iften Sal^ feiner 
(Regierung. 18. ©iefeS Ift 3l^t etfler SBefuti^. 19. 3* nf)itlt 
ben et jlen, mein SBruber ben jwelten unb unfere ©^njefler ben 
britten SJreU. 20. SBlr wol^nen Im J>lertett ©to*. 



ALPHABETICAL ORDER OF THE STRONG AND 

IRREGULAR VERBS.* 



SBarfcn 1 
SBcfeMcn 7 
^efieigen 25 
SBcglnncn 10 
©ci§en 25 
©crjicn 7 
©cfinncn 10 
SBefifeen 11 
SBctruflen 21 
SBetocgen 6 
fBiegen 22 
SBieten 22 
©inbcn 9 
©ittcn 11 
S3(afen 2 
SBleibcn 24 
SBraten 2 
©redden 7 
SBringen 29 
JDcnfen 29 
2)ingen 13 
2)rcfd^en 6 
JDringen 9 
2)urfen 29 
(Smpfangeu 2 



@ttH)fc]^ten 7 
dmpfinben 9 
(Srbleid^en 25 
drlcfd&en 20 
(SrfdbaKcn 3 
drfc^rcdfen 7 
(Srtrinfen 9 
(Incagen 18 
(Iffcn4 

galbrcn 1 

aucn2 

angen 2 

ed^ten 6 
ginben 9 
glcd^ten 6 
gUcgen 22 
gUe^cn 22 
gUe§cn 22 
Sreffcn 4 
grieren 22 
©al^ren 18 
©cbaren 19 
@cben 4 
©ebieten 22 
©ebci^eu 24 



©efatten 2 
©cTbcn 8 
©clingen 9 
©elten 7 
®enie§en 22 
©eratl^en 2 
©efd^e^en 4 
©cflel^en 5 
©etoinncn 10 
©te^en 22 
©(eid^cn 25 
©leiten 25 
@(immen 12 
®raben 1 
©reifen 25 
^aUn 29 
J&altcn 2 
$angen 2 
J&aucn 27 
J&eben 6 
^ci§en 26 
4elfcn 7 
^eifen 25 
.^ennen 29 
^limmen 12 



J^Ungen 9 
j^ncifcn 26 
^omtnen 14 
^onnen 29 
J^ried^en 22 
Jeuren 21 
gabcnl 
l^affen 2 
l^aufcn 27 
gcibcn 25 
l^eil^en 24 
l^efcn 4 
l^iegen 23 
Sugcn 21 
^a^Un 29 
^eiben 24 
SKclfen 6 
?Weften 4 
?Wcgen 29 
sWuffen 29 
9ie]^mcn 7 
9icnncn 29 
5}fcifcn 25 
^flcgcn 6 
$rcifen 34 



* The Bgures correspond with the figures of the oolnmns m the 
Synopsis of Strong and Irregular Verbs. 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



181 



Ouetteti 6 
(Ratl&en 2 
(Reiben 24 
(Reigen 25 
(Reitcn 25 
(Rennen 29 
(Ried^en 22 
Oiingcn 9 
{Rinnen 10 
(Rufm 16 
@aufen 28 
^ugen 28 
@4affctt 1 
@(j^eiben 24 
@d^einen 24 
©d^eltett 7 
@d^eren 6 
^d^ieben 22 
^dbiegen 22 
@(6inbett 13 
^dftkfen 2 
@(|blaj^en 1 
@(3plei(j^en 25 
©Atcifen 25 
@mteifen 25 



@$Uegen 22 
©d^Ungen 9 
<S(|bmet^en 25 
@(3ptneljen 6 
®d^nauben 28 
©d^neiben 25 
(Sd^rauben 28 
®d^reiben 24 
©d^men 24 
@cferciten 25 
(Sdbttjdren 18 
©dpttjeigen 24 
@d&tt)cactt 6 
(Sd^toimtnen 10 
(Sd^ttjinben 9 
©dbtoingcn 9 
(Sdfetoorm 20 
@e^ett 4 
(Sein 29 
Senben 29 
(Sicben 22 
(Singen 9 
(Sinten 9 
@iten 11 
(Spolten 29 



@i)innen 10 
©pred^en 7 
©pnegen 22 
©pringen 9 
©tedben 7 
©tcdfen 29 
©tel^en 6 
©tel^len 7 
<Steigctt 24 
(Sterben 7 
(Stieben 22 
©togcn 15 
©treidfeen 25 
(Strnten 25 
X^un 17 
Xraactt 1 
Xreffen 7 
Xriefcn 22 
Xrinf en 9 
Xruaen 21 
aSerbicten 22 
SSerbUiben (see 

©leiben) 24 
SSerberben 7 
S^etbtiegen 22 



SBergeffen 4 
SSeniercn 22 
SBertofcfeen (see 

drlofrf^en) 20 
aSerfd^tt)inben(see 

©d^toinben) 9 
SSerjiel^en 5 
9Ser»irren 12 
SBerjeil^en 24 
2Bad^fcn 1 
SBafd^en 1 
SB&gen 18 
SBeid^en 25 
sffinfen 24 
Sffienben 29 
SBcrben 7 
SBerben 29 
SBerfen 7 
Sicgen 22 
SBittben 9 
Stiffen 29 
Sciben 24 
Steven 22 
Steingen 9 



182 



THa OIRHUr DICLX5SI0H8. 



OONJUQATION OF THE AUXILUBY YBEBB "^lOni, frln, toettttn. 

Infinitive, ^tn, to ftoue; friB, U>h»; ttttbm, to hecome. 

Pretmt partiapU, (iaScnb, frintb, todbmb, 

Ptut partieipU, gt^Et, gttDcfcn, ettecrttn. 

Preeent IndicaHee. Iraparfect Indiootiue. 

3cf) fiath uwr Wuvbe* 
bit fiatttji tMift tturbtft* 
(t aattt teat wttcbc* 
biJT haitta teaxm nnirbtn 
i®it qallcn UKtrtn WnTbcn 
((3^[ ^atttt Ivant WUTbet} 



mil ^abtn ^nb wttbtn 
J®it batm finb totrbtn 
(36* UM ftib iMrtft 



lie i^aUn jinb nwrbtn 



"Perfed IniUcative. 



mx 6aitt 



-, 


^* 


Battt 1 




bi> 


fltttft 






attt 




mir 


lalltit 




tffiif 






i36r 


atttt 




n< 


atttnJ 









lit fatten 

Plvmerfect Indicitiiie. 

■ ■■ ■ 34».t 
bu tearn 

I Sit SSLti 

" I ©it imnn 
l3^rBwwt 

He toflien 



inuTbm 



bu mirft • 
er ttiib i 
> teir iDerbca J 
jSiewtrbea ^ 
iS^rtwrbet ! 
fie UMibenJ' 



Frea«nt Ocmdittonal. 
3(^ miitbe 
bu wutbeil 

nil ttuTben 
5©ie»flrb(n 
iSbrWiirbel 

(ie tturben J 



-I 



PortF 

3il^ werbt 
bu Biirft 

er niib 
nit tonben 

iSit neebni 
a^riwtbet I 
^c ntrbenJ 



ill 



Freaent Svbjundive. 

3* ^ibe fel tterbf 
bu bait|lfcifi werbeft 
It bait f(i tttrbe 
wit battn feitn nerben 
(©ie^abenfeienwetben 
iSfirjibet ftiet irtrbet 
Re qabm ftien nevbeit 



Inyptrfett SultjuncfiVd. 
34 ^Stte icdre niicbri' 
bu biilteft naTeft tuflrbefl 
c( Mttt Ware wi^cbe 
mit Mtlenttdrennutbtn 
iSicbdltennfirtnttiitben ) 
IS^rfidttet watet miirbet 
Re litten tedrcn niicben 



Foii CtnuliKonal. 
Si^niitbe "I .^e 
bu witrbefl S ;-"£. 

nil niiiben — g^ 
(®ie»iirtm a'S'a 
)3^rttiiib.t fll 

lie teiJrbenJ 

Ferject SiAjmietiva. 
■ " -1 3« fei 1 ! 
bu friR 1 
S " fei I 
S- tt« feien ' 
& ) ®i( ftien ! 
l3Stfei(t j 
J Re feienJ! 



Mtte 1 34 WOK 1 - 
bilfeR bu mdteft | 



jSieMtttn ; 
(3^rfiatt(t 



' \ ®ie nidven 
13l|.»tel 
Re niiTen . 



ImpemUve Mood, 
fiah fti ntrbt 

hale ft fei tt tteibe ec 

^Liben wit feien »ir tterben wit 
■ - S {Or liifft una ^6en, fein, wetben) 
£." j6a6(n@i( (feien ©itjntibenStt 
a ijaW (feib metbet 

a hahn Re feien Re Wetben fit 



JiiMeBdofSi^touTtie, bu wurbt{l, et wutbe, 34 bMib, bu waibR, ei warb, araav 
maed. f The Imparfect Sut^nctvue oaa atao be uqed instead ^tke Ff^ 
-lal, and tb« Pluiiei/ect SulijtmcUiH tot ^b« C<uh QueAtMouJL 



THE QEBMAN DECLENSIONS. 



183 



GUIDE TO THE GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
OF THE READING LESSONS. 



The figures correspond with the nambers of the Yocabnlaries to the 
Beading Lessons and Exercises, unless they are preceded by the 
letter p., which indicates the page of the book; most of the 
nouns in this Vocabulary, and also many others not contained in 
it, will be found in the different lists of Nouns in the Formation 
of the Plural N, = Noun : V. =* Verb. 



21. 
Slall3 
Slbet 11 
abfertigen 67 
Slbtoefenb 82 

mtt 52 
SlAten 77 
Slc^t^el^n 7 
9l*tjiG 13 
mutant 31 
Slbler2 
Slbolf 57 
9lb»ocat 31 
Slel^nlid^ 61 
Slcltcrn 47, 65 
Slcnwcl 2 
9lffe25 

mbttn, p. 129 
Sltte 52 & p. 3 
Sllmofen 3 
miptn, p. iia 
21U32 

mti 

$lmeife 41 
9mfe( 39 
9tt23 
fbi0n>u{fm61 



§ln0encl6m27,61, 

64 
anfunft 60 
Slnjlatt 47 
9lntn?ort 34 
Slni^iel^enb 33 
Slniug 48 
2lpfel7 
Slprifofc 40 
Slpril 50 
Slraber 41 
Slrbcit 62 
SlrBcitm 15 
Slrbeiter 9 
Slrm (a4?-) 1 
5lrm {N.) 67 
Slrijcnci 61 
^v\t 13 
Slftl3 

Slftronottt 34 
9lu* 17, 82 
Slubieit) 45 
9luf23 
5lufgabe 39 
51U0C 28, 33 
2[udufl 52 
5lu^ 9 
9lu§et 9 



^lujerfeafb 47 
Suierji 72 
5lu«0cfien 53 
Slu^ne^menb 72 
Slu^fel^en 67 
2lrt37 

Sd(!er9 
SBalb 77 
S3a(( 23 

Sanb 11, 15, 19 
©anf 37 
g3dr31 

©drcnfii^rer 35 
SBart 55 
58afe 42 
SBauen 21 
^auer 4 
©aum 13 
©ebauem 51 
58ebecfen 63 
SBccttbigm 68 
©cfel^l 34 
SBefreien 67 
^egegnm 62 
58c0inncn 68 
^e^leiten 37 



SBeoriiflen 67 
g?ei9 
©cin 55 
©einal^e 84 
©eifptcl 55 
©efannt 47, 65 
©eliebt 47 
SBclcl^nung 59 
SBemul^ung 49 
aSeneibcn 59 
©equem 33 
SBercuen 82 
gScrg 69 
sBcru^mt 51 
sBcfcfcu|m 77 
©efcfcwcrlid^ 61 
©efi^en 63 
Q^cji^et 5 
g3efonber« 72 
SBeforgen 82 
^ejlimmen 47 
gScflrafm 47 
$8efu* 33, 77 
93cfud^ctt 13 
SBeten 42 
!8etra0en(J^.)63 
g3ftra9en(F.)77 
SetUccS 



184 



THE QEBMAir DEOLENSIOKB. 



!Bett>eaun0 66 

©ctDunbcm 41 
S3esal)men 46 
SBicne 39 
53ierl6 
©Ubll 
SiUet 14 
Sin 5 
Sitfe 40 
aSime 39 
a3ifi$42 
©ifll7 
Sitteti 3 
Sitter 63 
©ittfd^rift 34 
matt 11 
©taul 

SleiBen 17, 43 
©teiflift 44 
SBUnb. p. 129 
SBlumt^ 63 
SBoben 42 
SBolf^nc 40 
SBote 29 
SBraud^en 3 
Srauer 16 
SBrautt 55 
SBraut 37 
SBreit, p. 129 
«riefl3 
SBneftrdger 14 
©ringen 15, 45 
©rob 16 
Sru(!e 44 
SBruber 1 
aBrunnen 3 
SBudfell 
©uiHnber 16 
^ndii 39 
SBunt 59 
a9urG47 
SBurgcr 46 
aBuffc40 
©utter 55 

@a))it&n 29 



6Mjl 32 
(Slient 31 
(Soaege 29 
(Soncert 23 
©onfereng 45 
Contract 32 
(Sopi^ 31 

2)a412 
5)a(i$0 18 
JDanf 84 
JDanfbar 30, 61 
JDanf en 7 
2)aritt 23 
2)af« (coty.) 58 
2)aumen 70 
^December 53 
2)ecfel 19 
i)e0en 5 
2)etn, p. 4 
JDenfen 23, 49 
JDeutfA 51 
JDeutfAe 30, 57 
JDeutWlanb 60 
Clamant 31 
JDi(^21 
5)i(it60 
JDtc^ter 2 
5)i(!, p. 129 
^ieb 45 
JDiener 1 
JDienfl 59 
2)ienjlag 6 
JDiefer, p. 3 
JDie^feit^ 47 
JDing 75 
JDinte 67 
$)ir21 
^Doctor 31 
JDo^U 39 
JDonau 57 
JDonner 42 
JDonner^tag 10 
JDorf 15 
JDorn 30 
2)crt69 
^raugm 63 



^reil 
JDreigia 13 
JDreije^n 7 
2)ritte 30 
JDroBen 7 
^roffet 45 
2)ul7 
2)m»m7l 
2)unfel, p. 129 
2)unn 37 
2)urd6 3 
JDurflig 4 
JDu^enb, p. 119 

e. 

@^emal0 27 
@iil 
^idbe 39 
ami 39 
eigenWaft 49 
@inanber 31 
(Sinatl^men 66 
(Sin^ebenf 59 
eimge, p. 3 
@inmal 82 
ein^l 
@inunb}toatt}ig 

13 
@i^23 

mn 

etftc 53 
(Stepl^ant 31 
(5trH)fangen 67 
emppnben 31 
@m)>crund 34 
^mftgfeit 41 
(Snben 68 
@nge40 
Sngldnber 28 

enatif* 61 
(Snf el 5 

@ntbed^ng 34 
@ttte40 
©ntgegen 9 
@nttt)cber 11 
(Sri 

©rbartnen 77 
6rben 51 



Srbbeere 76 
@rbe49 
erfal^ung 68 
(Srfunen 45 
dr^ten 9, 44 
(Srinnern 77 
©rfcfeeinen 49 
©rfte 30 
@r»arten 31 
(Bx\Cil)itti 39, 55 
@rjeugm0 34 
©rgiel^ung 65 
(5^ 1, 21 
(5fcl2. 
(50 mbt 16, 83 
m ttnb 82 
(Sffen 15, 63 
(Sfiia 76 
eu*2l 
@ule 41 
(S»angelift 34 
(5tt)igf eit 75 

gabd 39 
Sabrifant 31 

fad615 
dBig 59 
gaftigfeit 48 
gal^ren 48, 62 
ga«e 25 
gaKen 21, 43 
SdKen 38 
gamilie 47 
gangen 31 
garbe 19, 42 
5af0 16 
gaf^binber 16 
gaul5 
gebruar 30 
geber 39 
gebermeffer 68 
ge|^Ier 7 
geinb 14 
gelb 22 
gelbl^err 68 
genfler 1 
gerieti63 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



185 



gerfel 7 
ffern 54 
Jejiung 47 
geudfet 37, 66 
gcucr 3, 29 
gieBcr 1 
ginben 46 
ffinger 6 
ginacrl^ut 56 
%m 13 
glamme 42 
5laf*c 40 
g(etf* 38 
gleiWer 15 
gteigig 25 
gUege 41 
gUegctt 3, 38 
gUnte 43 
glote 40 
glutei 5 
glufg 14 
glut^ 49 
golgen 33 
gortf(!&ritt 48 
granfreidfe 60 
grangofc 26, 57 

gramofiW 51 
grdulein 2 
grei, p. 129 
greitag 14 
grcmb 59 
gccmbe 29 
grcffen 39 
greube 64 
grcucn 77 
greunb 13 
grcunbin 45 
greunbli* 67 
greunbfd^aft 68 
griebc 45 
grifd^ 41 
gtomtn 43 
Srofl 21, 45 
gru*t 13, 37 
grud^tbaum 61 
grul^er 27 
grul^Ung 52 
gu*« 13 
gul^ten 33 



gu^iren 68 
guHen 7 
gunfl 
gunftc 50 
gunfte]^n7 
gunftig 13 
gunfe 29 
gur3 

gurd^terU(^ 27 
gurjl 31 
gu§13 

®aUi 39 
@an« 32, 37 
®anj 28 
©artcn 1 
©drtner 1 
©aft^au^ 16, 74 
©ebdube 1 
@ebe(( 28 
©ebeii 7, 43 
@ebct iN.) 42 
©ebicge 3 
©ebruK 27 
©cbanfc 28 
©cbeil^en 3 
©ebenfen 77 
©ebulb 59 
©efafir 45 
®cfabrli4 42 
©cfaUen 82 
©efdaififl 11 
©eficbcr 33 
@cgcn 3 
©cgent^eil 83 
©eaenuber 9 
@eben 3, 43 
©ebordfeen 7 
©eboren 74 
©eborfam 57 
©efauft 46 
©efrdd^ge 27 
@etb5 
@clb 67 

®e(caen]^eit51,61 
©elefirt, p. 129 
©elebrte 26 



©etttal^l 41 
©cmdlbc 1 
©cneigt 61 
©cttcral 58 
@enuf^ 65 
®erabe 33 
©erdumig 41 
@ern 15 
@crud^ 41 
©eWdft 65 
®ef*eibt, p. 129 
@ef(^enf 32 
©cWidbte 39 
@cf(f>icfli*fcit68 
@ef*i(ft 53 
©efd^macf 65 
©efdbopf 31 
©cfAtoijler 83 
©efel^en 51 
®efeaWaft49,65 
®cf[*t 33 
©efprdd^ 33 
©ejlalt 49 
©ejlern 43 
©cfunb 65 
©etrdnf 58, 65 
©ctreibc 3 
®ctt>a4fcn 61 
©emdrtig 59 
©cttjebe 41 
©ettjcfen 35 
©ettjinn 84 
©etoinnen 45 
@e»iffen 57 
©ctoiffenl^aft 45 
@c»ogcn 61 
©cwofnli* 67 
®ib 11 
@ibt29 
©iftia 66 
©ipfel 65 
mai 11 
©taube 47 
©(aubcn 7 
©(dubiger 10 
©(eid^en 7, 49 
©(eid^nid 68 
©Ueb 32 
©lucfCid^ 48 



©ndbig 61 
©olb 19 
©olben 58 
©ott 24 
©o^e 28 
©rab p. 119 
©raf 33 
©rod 42 
©rau, p. 129 
©rci^ 13 
©rie*c 25 
©riffel 7 
©rob 71 
©rogl 
©w§e 67 
©rofmutter 69 
©wgMter 5 
©run 17 
©utben 7 
©unii, p. 118 
©unjliQ 61 
©utl 



§aar 17 
4ttbcn 5 
§abt 17 
4a]^n 32 
4al^ 18 
^al^banb 47 
J&at^binbe 75 
^aiUn 45 
jammer 1 
j&anb 22, 37 
^anbluna 59 
4anb»ert 16 
4anb»erfer 16 
^angen 23 
4arfe40 
4art; p. 129 
4afe 25 
J&dffli*, p. 129 
*ajll7 
§atl 
J&atte 27 
J^aube 40 
^aupt 24 



186 



THE OEBHAN DECLENSIONS. 



$au))tmann, p. 

117 
$au^ 11 
^aufc (gu or 

nad^) 22 
$ed^t 14 
J&eftifl 60 
$etbe 26 
J&cilig 57 
^ettigc 57 
i&cttftafl 65 
^eitfam 61 
^cimatB 47 
^einridp 57 
Jceig 61 

^cigett28,41,75 
fetter, p. 129 
Jpelb 31 
4)elfett 49 
^etnb 36 
4ennc40 
^erab 63 

terauf 63 
erbfl 45, 55 
$err 32, 36 
^errUd^ 55 
^mintet 63 
*erj 33 
4ergU(^ 81 
4eu65 
^euboben 47 
4eutc 4 
J&ilfe 77 
^immel 21 
Winter 23 
^irt 31 
i^cbel 1 
i|od^ 5, 72 

tof32 
offhung 65 
^ofinann, p. 117 
^oten 1 
4o(j 38, 45 
^onig 41 
4oren 19 

torn 12 
ubW 20 
*ufl4 

^ul^tt 11 



J&unb 13 
$jtnbd^en 29 
J&unbert 18 
^ungriQ 4 
$utl4 
§uter 5 

3. 

3i&m2i 
36n2l 
3bncn 21 
3l^r21 
Smmet 21 
3n23 
3n^a(t 66 
3nncrl^alB 47 
3nfeft 32 
3nfhument 33 
3ntereffant 34 
3111 
3talienif* 64 

3. 

3a 9 

3aBr 13 
3a]^re^jeU 53 
3aaer 12 
3a^r 13 
3dnnet 30 
3emanb 24 
3eber, p. 3 
3ebenttami 14 
3enet, p. 3 
3enfeit« 47 
3efet 23 
3uU 51 
Sung 1 
3um51 



St. 

St&?iQ 24 
Itaifer 14 
^alb 11 
^oit, p. 129 
Stamtd 41 



jedtn^fen SO 
itanind^en 64 
Statin S 
itanone 42 
Jtar^jfcn 7 
^arte 48 
^dfe 29, 63 
JJaflen 15 
StamU 32 
^aufm 4 
^aufmann 34 
itcin, 12, p. 4 
better 1 
itenncn 17, 46 
^cnntni^ 63 
^cttc 47 
^inb 11 
Minn 57 
^ir*e 40 
StiT\^t 39 
Jeijlc40 
Stlax 53 
StUi\> 11, 37 
^lein 1 
Mlinqt 62 
^lopfen 24 
mofler 1 

MUQ 71 

^nabe 25 
^ndblcin 57 
Stmdii 13 
itnopf 18 
Mof)U 40 
JJottttnen 9, 43 
^onig 15 
^onnen 38, 46 
J^opf 24 
^orb40 
^orbd^en 67 
Stoxn 11 
M6x)pn 33 
^oftbar 41, 58 
Soften, p. 118 
^raaen 2 
^raUe 39 
^ranf 13 
Stxanh 13 
itranfl^eit 45 
Stxant 16 



jtrduterfammlet 

16 
jtreibc 44 

J^rie^en 23 
J^ricg 35 
j^rieget 3 
^rug 55 
.wud$cn2 
J^ugcl 49 
J^unbe 26 
^unbig 59 
^unftig 71 
Mnx\ 13 
^ujlcr 9 

2a*0 13 
Sabcn 39 
gagcrn 47 
Sa|m 55 
gamm 12 
ganb 15, 20 
Sanbmarf 47 
fianbf^aft 45 
gang 5, 27 
gange 69 
2dng« 47 
gdr*e 39 
gaffcn 45 
Sdftig 32, 61 
2aube 43 
Saufcn 3 
Sebcn 3, 21 
Section 46 
geber 5 
geet 55, 67 
Scgen 23 
gefirc 68 
gel^rct 1 
ge^rrcid^ 33 
geid^t, p. 129 
Seibcn 52 
«cibenf*aft 46 
geil^cn 7, 67 
Setter 43 
Serd^e 39 
Semen 25 . 



THB OEBHAN DECLENSIONS. 



187 



gcfen 27, 52, 65 
2cu(^ter 1 
«eute 66, p. 118 
gwfoie 40 
«icb 63 
giebe (2^.) 75 
gieben 1, 43 
«icb 15 
giegen 23, 43 
ginfe 40 
^mt 40 
gob, p. 118 
goben 1 
Igoben^tcert 65 
8o(^38 
2o(fc 55 
5ico«66 
gome 26 
guft 54 
guQcn 9 
guQenl^aft 57 
gugner 7 

«Kad^ett 4, 16, 17 
SRa^tiQ 59 
9)tdbd^en 1 
SKagb 21 
SKaaer, p. 129 
SKd^nc 27 
«Kai50 
^aUn 45 
SKaler 1 
SKand^er, p. 3 
S^anc^mol 24 
SWanbcl 40 
SWann 11 
SWantel 2 
«Karber 18 
SWarf 47 
SWarft 23 
a»drj 30 
a^dgtg 65 
a^a^56 
a^atrofe 25 
a^auer 39 
aSaurer 43 
9Kaud39 



$9eer 24, 39 
aReB(44 
!D2ebr 32 
^Ke^rerc, p. 3 
SJ^eiben 65 
aWeifc 39 
3Wcin, p. 4 
a)?einun0 31, 49 
SWenf* 31 
aReffer 2, 19 
syictatt 19 
3Ri*21 
5KU* 21 
aKilb54 
aWinijIer 17 
aKir21 
a»it9 
a»itttt)0(^ 8 
a»o^r 32 
a^onar* 31 
a)(onat 13 
aRontag 4 
aWoraen 4, 68, 82 
a^ucfc 40 
a«ube60 
a^ubigfeit 60 
a^uble 44 
aWuUer 11 
a»unb 29, 57 
aJ?uf*el 39 
a^uftfant 33 
a^uffen 58 
a^ut^ 65 
abutter 1 
aJ2u(e 40 

9lad^9 
SHadbbar 27 
Sfiaibarfd^aft 66 
aiacften 6 
!i«a*ldffl0 66 
aiaAldfflgfeit 48 
gilaAridbt 46 

aiadbft^Hfl 59 
SUddbfl 9, 73 
md^t 13 
9la(^ti0a(( 45 



aiabel 41 
sRaacl 6, 37 
sRa^c 61 
^Idlb^n 43 

aialbt^aft 41 
aiame 26 
9Harr33 
aiafe 65 
SHafg 43 
Elation 45 
aiatter 42 
SHatur 45 
sjlebel 60 
aiebcn 23 
aiebft 9 
aicffe 29 
gflcbmen 13, 37 
9Hein9 
SHelfe 40 
9lennen 41 
SUcflll 
9'leul2 
9leui0feit 84 
9leun 5 
syicunte 52 
9leungel^n 7 
Sfleunjig 13 
9Hi*t3 
SHid^t nut 19 
aiie23 
gilicbrig 27 
Sfliemanb 7 
9Ho* 73, 76 
9Ho(^ ni^t 47 
sjlot^ 77 
S'lottcmber 53 
SHurl 
SHufd 15 
0»t|(i(^ 32 

D. 

Db58 
Dben 63 
Dbcrl^alb 47 
Dbfl64 
D(^«31 
October 53 
Dber 11, 38 



Dfen 23 
Dffcn 41 
Deiffnett36 
Dft23 
Dbnc3 
D$r32 
Dnfel 1 
Drben 36 
Drget 40 

spdd^ter 7 

^CK^t 27 

spolajl 14 
^iapier 73 
?Pappel 39 
$arf 57 
^atknt 31 
$erfon 45 
$farrer 6 
$fau 32 
^ferb 13 
^pjlanjen 76 
^Pjlafler 41 
spjlaume 40 
spilcaen 52, 75 
^fii(^t 46 
?5jlu9 22 
?Pbi(ofop^ 32 
«piatin 68 
«Poet 31 
$o(e 28 
5}rdfibent 31 
sprcujc 26 
$ricfler 7 
$rop^et 31 
^rotejlant 31 
^rufutiQ 47 
$u(0 34 

a. 

£lual 45 
£luel(e 41, 44 

m. 

(Robe 26 



188 



THE GESMAH DECLENSIONS. 



fRabl2 
(RaBmen 5 
fRaitrmcffer 69 
(Rat^ 33, p. 118 
(RduBev 8 
maubt^iet 13 
(Raupe 61 
Stthea 32 
(Red^nun^ 49 
(Rebe 68 
(Regen 3 
(RcgenBo^ett 63 
(RegenWirm 22, 

56 
SHegierung 84 
SHegung 49 
fRei4 1 
mcif, p. 129 
(Rein 11, 27 
meife 55 
(Reifcnbe 66 
(Reiter 8 
(Refultat 47 
(Rettcn 51 
(Reuia 53 
(R^cin 57 
9li*tet 7 
(Riefe 25 
(RittG 14 
Slitter 10 
(Ro(f 14 
Slofc 39 

moti^ 5 • 

<Rufcn 1 
(Ruliefiffett 57 
(Runb 11 
!R»tffe25 
(Rufflanb 60 
{Rujfel 32 

@aal 18 
@aacn 21, 52 
@alg 74 
^ammt 9 
@amfla(^ 16 
@anft 57 
danger 2 



©dn^etin 54 
@auet, p. 129 
(Sdftad^tel 40 
@(^aben 21 
^d^&bUd^ 61 
@d&af 14, 19 
SAaffen 41 
©Adfet 19 
@(!pdmen 77 
@(^arf 1 
@6atten 42 

^mi^Ux 41 

@d^ein 42 
(SAen 44 
@cipi(fcn 7 
©d^iegen 25, 44 
@4iff 16 
©Siffcr 16 
®£i(b 15 
@*infen 7 
(Bqiadit 45 
@4tagcn 55 
@cfctange 40 
(Sdftled^t 45 
@A(ciet 5 
@Slof« 11 
@*luffel 1 
©d^madl^aft 38 
©Ametfen 63 
@(ipmeid^eln 67 
©dbtnerj 31 
@(3pmetterUnQ 14 
@^mieb 21 
@d&tnufei^ 66 
@*nabct 18 
@4ttecfe 40 
©c^nee 65 
©ineiben 43 
©(ipttciber 4, 43 
@*nett 25 
@4nittct 10 
@(^ott 58 
(S(i&cn 1, 54, 62 
©d^on^eit 45 
@$rciben 13, 43 
@*rift 52 
©d^riftfteaer 65 
@rf>uB 14 
(Sc^ulb. 45 



@^u(bi0 59 
@(^utbncr 10 
@cfeute 41 
@^uler 1 
@d^uUer 39 
(SAurje 44 
<S(!6u|24 
(SAtoadi 66 
@itt)albe 40 
©cfetoan 18 
@$tt)atg 19 
©d^toein 14 
@Att)er 63 
@*tt)crt 11 
@db»ejler 39 
^immmtn 3 
@e(^^5 
©cAfte 51 
@e(!piel^n 7 
@e*jig 13 
@eete 33 
©cemann, p. 117 
@cgel 59 
(Segen 21 
@egnctt 78 
@cfien 14, 47, 61 
@ebr 3 
(Sei*t, p. 129 
@eib 17 
@eibe 67 
@cife 74 
@ei( 16 
©eiler 16 
(Seitt (F.) 50 
(Sein, p. 4 
@eit9 
(Selten 23 
@cnfe 43 
@eptemBer 52 
@ic 1, 5, 21 
©iebctt 5 
@iebentc 51 
@iebjet)tt 7 
©iebjig 13 
@ilber 19 
(SUbern 58 
@ittb 5 

(Singcn 15, 45 
@!(a»e 29 , 



&1^tn 23, 35, 43 
(Sogar 66 
®oa(eid6 63 
@ofin 13 
©old^er, p. 3 
@olbat 31 
©ommer 23 
©ommertag 61 
@onbern 59 
®onbern ... au(^ 

19 
©onnabmb 16 
©onne 42 
©onntag 4 
@onntaggKeib67 
@or0cn 3 
@ott)of>t...al5 31 
©panien 64 
®pdt 53 
®pa| 31 
@perren 24 
©pcrUng 14 
@pieacl 23 
©pielen 16 
@pinnc 39 

®pi|e 39 

@pi|i0, p. 129 

@potten 83 

@prad^c 51, 59 

©pred^cn 9, 4B 

©pringen 23, 44 

@pur 45 

(Sia^d 39 

(Stabt 21, 37 

@taBl 69 

@taU 24 

@tatf 65 

©tatt 47 

(SteAcn 43 

(Stetfen 23 

©tel^cn 23 

@tein 18 

©tellen 23 

©terben 33, 49 

(Stcrblid^ 33 

(Stem 52 

@tet« 59 

(Steuet 40 

@tiefet 6 



TH£ GEBMAN DECLENSIONS. 



189 



©timme 27 
@timc 57 
(Stodf 22 
©tord^ 18 
©trafc 59 
<Stral 42 
©ttaf e 40 
<Strau§ 24, 57 
©treit, p. 117 
©trcng 59 
® trumpf 24 
@tu6c 41 
(Stu(f, p. 119 
©tubcnt 31 
©tul^l 23 
(StuirH)f, p. 129 
(Stunbe 84 
(Sturm 60 
©u^cn 1 
(Sunbe 42 
©unber 45 
©u^pc 64 
©u$40 

^Tabetn 53 
Xag 13 
Xdalid^ 57 
Xalent 61 
Xanne 41 
Xante 30 
Xapfer 31 
Xafd^c 44 
Xaf(^etttu(j^ 57 
Xaubc 39, 64 
teller 12 
%tmpA 9 
S^ep^i(j^ 14 
X^at 12 
Xftaler 7 
Xbat 33 
Xheater 10 
XfteK 84 
%\)toioQ 35 
Xl^cucr 53, 60 
%Utt 31 
Jtmergartcn 26 
3:i)or 19, 33 



^TBond^t 65 
Xbure 42 
X^urm 18 
Xief3 
Xintc 67 
%m 23 
XiW(cr 1 
Xod^ter 7 
Xob 60 
Xobtlid^ 66 
Xott41 
Xrdge 5 
Xra^t 48 
Xragcn 40, 43 
Xraube 40 
Xrauen 83 
Xraum 21 
Xraurig 3 
Xreten 73 
Xrcu 51, 61 
XxinUn 53 
Xrocfctt 42 
Xrofl 55 
Xrofe 47 
Xudf 11, 57 
Xuaenb 47 
Xulpc 40 
Xurfe 28 

U. 

UeBer 23 
Ucbcrbrufjig 59 
llebcrmorgen 68 
UeBcrteic^en 33 
Ueberrocf 55 
Ueberfe|un0 73 
Uebung 47 
Ufer 23, 39 
UBt45 
Ul^rmad^er 46 
Urn 3 

Umgan^ 75 
Um...tt)t(len47 
Unanacnebm 27 
Unanfe^nlid^ 66 
Unbl 

Ungcad^tet 47 
Uijfiel^orfam 57 



Ungefunb 66 
Un^lucfUd^ 48 
Uniform 56 
Unmagia 65 
Unreif 37, 64 
Unreuig 66 
Un^21 
Unjlerb(i(^ 33 
Unten 63 
Unter 23, 36 
Unterbrurfen 33 
Unter^alb 47 
Untcrt^an 31 
Unmit 47 
Untt)iffenb,p.l29 
Unjufrieben 55 

S3. 

Saterl 
SBaterlanb 31 
Seilcfeen 1 
SBcU^enbtau 67 
SBerbeffem 42 
SSerbinben 68 
SBerbrcd^cr 7 
93erbdd^ti0 59 
SSerfaffer 9 
fBttQtiitn 59 
SBergebung 47 
SSergeffen 59, 77 
SSeranugen 67 
SBerfaufen 40 
SBerlaffen 47 
SBerlcgenl^eit 49, 

67 
SSerlieren 45 
93erIoren 51 
SBermeibcn 65 
SScrmittclft 47 
SBermcQc 47 
SBermoacn 53 
g5erna^ldfii0t65 
SBerorbnung 47, 

48 
SSerfAiebm 82 
Serf(^ieben 45 
SSerfe^cn 37 
SBerfl^ming 49 



SSerfudb 84 
SSerfuAung 78 
SSerjcifien 82 

SBetter 42 
S5ie( 11 
SSicte 11 
SSierl 
aSierte 50 

aSierjel^n 7 
aSierjiQ 13 
aSoael 3 
aSofi 80 
a3on9 
«Bor23 

SBoranaeBcn 67 
aSortreflli^ 54 
aSoruber 46 
aSorgejlcm 68 
33orjie:^cn 67 

SffiaAe 67 
2Bd$ter 3 
2Baffe 58 
SBagen 5 
mmm 72 
Sffid^renb 47 
aBal^rtfcit 78 
SBatfe 42 
2Ba(b 11 

SBanb 37 
2Cann 70 
2Bar27 
2Barm, p. 129 
SBarum 17 
3Ba«17 
aBdf^erin 36 
SBaffer 2 
SDSeber...nod^ 15 
2Be0 63 
9Beaen 47 
iffieficn 54 
2Beib 12 
aBei(i^5 
2Beiben 31 
3BeUl7 



190 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



SBein 15 
SBeinen 51 
Seife 68 
SBeif|64. 
SBeit 28 
gSdAer, p. 8 
SBentg 11 
SBer 17 
SBecben 49 
SBcrfcn 24, 43 
98 erf 15 
2Berfmattn,p.ll7 
9Bert 34 
2Bef|)e 39 
SOBeffcn 28 
aBefie42 
aScttet 10 
aSi^tiQ 65 
SBiber 3 
aSieber 9 
SBiegc 43 
SBiefe 42 



SUb 31, 49 

aOitlfommen 61 
SBintcr 23 
2Bir5 
2Birt]^ 17 
SBifTen 58 
mtttot 4& 
So 21 
SBod^e 41 
SBol^in, note •j 

p. 67 
2BoH)teriiofim 81 
aBof)(that 59 
2Bo^U^aH9 65 
SBoBnen 9 
aBcMung 33 
aOolf 13 
SBolfe 63 
SBoUen 82 
aOort 19 
SBunbarjt 68 
aSunbe 68 



SBunfd^ 65 
tS^urbig 59 
ffiunn44 
aBurjet 63 
aBufle 41 

3. 

Sal^ten 40 
Satflrci* 40 
Babmen 46 
3a^n 13 
3e?in5 
Se^ntc 53 
3ei(!^nun0 80 
Seigeflnger 70 
Sciflen 7, 21 
3eiac 47 
3eina 14 
Seit 75 
Selt 16 
Semigen 78 



3emffen 66, 77 
Seuge 29 
Sieje 39 
Sicken 3, 30, 35 
Simmer 1 
3ott, p. 119 
3u3, 9 
Sucfer, p. 11 
3ufolae 47 
Sufrieben 49 
3ufunft 55 
Sutrauen 47 
Sumbcr 9 
3»?attji8 7 
3toeil 
3tt>ei^13 
Stoeite 30 
Stoera 25 
3toif*en 23 
3tootf7 
3to)olfte 53 



GUIDE TO THE ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY 

OF THE EXERCISES. 



A. 

Ability 48 
Able (to be) 46 
Above 23, 47, 63 
Absent 82 
According to 23, 

47 
Acorn 39 
Across 3 
Acquainted with 

29,69 
Action 69 
Adjutant 31 
Admire 41 
Adolphus 67 
Advice 33 



Advocate 31 
After 9 
Again 9 
Against 3, 9 
Agreeable 27, 

47,61 
Agreeably 64 
Air 64 
AU62 
Almond 40 
Alms 3 
Along 23, 47 
Alps, p. 118 
Already 68 
Also 17 
Always 21, 69 
Am (I am) 6 



Among,among^t ' 

23,36 
Audi 
Animal 31 
Answer 34 
Ant 41 
Ape 26 

Appear (to) 49 
Appearance 67 
Apple 7 
Appropriate 61 
Apricot 40 
April 60 
Apron 44 
Arab 41 
Are 5 
Arm 67 



Arrival 60 
Artisan 16 
Ashamed (to be) 

77 
Ask for (to) 3 
Aspect 33, 67 
Ass 2 

Assistance 77 
Assurance 49 
Astronomer 34 
As weU as 31 
At 3, 9, 23 
At once 63 
Attempt {N,) 84 
Attractive 33 
Audience 45 
August 62 



Aunt 30 
Author 9, 65 
Autumn 45, 65 

Avoid (to) 65 



Bad 53 
Badger IS 
Baker 9 
BaU 23, 49 
Barkiiig2B 
Barrel IS 
Basket 40, 67 
Battle 45 
Be (to) 50 
Beak IS 
Bean 40 
Bear (to) 40, 67 
Bear (JV.\ 31 
Beard 65 
Bearleader 35 
Beat (to) 66 
Beautiful 62 
Buauty 45 
Because 17 
Become (to) 49 
Bee 39 
Beeoh-tree 39 
Keen 35 
Beer 16 
BeFore 23 
Beggar 3 
Begm (tol 6S 
Behaye (to) 77 
Behind '23 
BeUef 47 
Belong (to) 74 
Beloved 47 
Below 47, S3 
Benefit (JT.) 50 
Benevolent 65 
Beside 9 
Besides 9 
Between S3 
Beverage 58, 66 
Beyond 47 
Kill 49 
BiUetU 
Biroh.tree40 



THI OBKHIH DBCLEKBIOKB. 



CondleBtick 1 
Camion 42 
Cap 40 
Capatile 50 
CapUin29 
C&rd4S 
Care for (h>) 3 
Carp 7 
CaiTStU 
Carriage 6 
Carry 40, 43, 67 
Cask 16 
CaaUe47 
Catch (to) 31 
Caterpillar SI 
Catholic 32 
Celebrated 61 
Cellarl 
Chain 47 
Chaiit of moun- 

Chair 23 
Chalk 44 
Ckamber 24, 41 
Cheerful, p. 129 
Cheese 29 
Cherry 39 
Cheat of drawers 



Btaiue (to) S3 
Bless 78 
Blessing 21 
Blind II 
Blow (to) 54 
Bluel 

Blunt, p. 129 
Boat 6 
BoUle40 
Bought 46 
Bonndjuy 47 
Bower 43 
Box 16, 10 
Boy 26 
Branch 13 
Brave 31 
Bread 15 
Brawet IS 
Bridge 44 
Bring IS, 45 
Broad, p. 129 
Brother 1 



Bust 40 

But 60 
But also 19 
Butcher 15 
Butter 65 
Button IS 
Buy 4 
By 23 

0. 

Cage 24 
Cake 2 
Call (to) 41 
CaUed(tobe)2S, 



16 
Chin 67 
Choose (to) 72 
Christiau 32 
Church 40 
CHtizen 46 
CUw3» 
aear27 
Clever 63 
CUentai 
Cloak 2 
Clock 46 
Qoth 57 
Cloud 63 
Cool 40 
Coarse 71 
Cock 32 
Collar 2 
Colleague 29 
Colour 19, 42 
Come (to) 9, 43 
Comfortable 33 



CoQce: 



.23 



Conduct (JV.) 63 
Conference 45 
Confldenco 47 
Conscience 67 
Consci(nitiouti46 
ConscientiouBly 

46 
CoiiaoquBnoe(in) 

Conaolstioii 55 
Content 40 
Contents 49, 66 
Contract 32 
Contrary 88 
Convent 1 
Conversation 33 
Cooper 16 
Copyist 31 
Com3 

Correct (t«) 42 
Costume 4S 
Count (y.) 33 
Country 20 
Courage 66 
Courtier, p. 1 1 7 
Courtyard 32 
Cousin (m.) 12 
Couffln {/,) 42 
Covet (to) 19,63 
Covered 65 
Cradle 43 
Creatnre 31 
Creditor 10 
Creep (to) 23 
Criminal 7 
Croaking 27 
Cry (to) 6 
Curates 
Curl 56 
Customer 2S 
Cut (to) 43 
Cutdown (to) 3S 



192 



THE QEBMAN DECLENSIONS. 



Damp 66 
Danger 45 
Dangerous 42 
Danube 57 
Dark, p. 129 
Daughter 7 
Day 13, 44 
Day' after to- 
morrow 68 
Day before yes- 
terday 68 
Deadly 66 
Dear 60 
Death 60 
Debt 46 
December 53 
Deed 33 
Deep 3 
Defer 82 
Degree, p. 119 
DeUver (to) 67 
Dense 60 
Desert 41 
Desire (N.) 65 
Desire (to) 82 
Diamond 31 
Die (t«) 33, 49 
Diflferent 46 
Difficulty 67 
Diligence 41 
Dirty 66 
Disagreeable 27 
Discontent 65 
Discovery 34 
Disobedient 57 
Dispute (iV.), p. 

117 
Doctor 31 
Dog 13, 29 
Door 31, 42 
Dove 64 
Down-stairs 63 
Dozen, p. 119 
Draw (to) 3, 30, 

35 
Drawing 80 
Dream {N,) 21 
Dress (a wound) 

68 
Drink (i^O 66 



Drink (to) 63 
Drive (to) 48, 62 
Dry 42 
Duck 40 
During '47 
Duty 45 
Dwarf 30 
Dwell ao) 9 
Dwelling 33 



E. 

Each, p. 3 
Each other 31 
Eagle 2 
Ear 32 
Earth 49 
Easy, p. 129 
Eat 15, 39, 63 
Education 65 
Eel 13 

Eflfect (to) 82 
Egg 11 
Eight 6 
Eighteen 7 
Eighth 52 
Eighty 13 
Either 11 
Elephant 31 
Eleven 7 
Eleventh 53 
Embarrassment 

49.67 
Empty 67 
Endeavour (n.) 

49 
Enemy 14 
English 51 
Englishman 28 
Eavy (to) 69 
Equal 61 
Esteem (to) 77 
Eternity 75 
Evangelist 34 
Even 66, 82 
Everyone 54 
Examination 47 
Example 65 
Excellent 54 



Except 9 
Exercise 39, 47 
Expect (to) 31 
Expectation (to 

be in) 59 
Experience 68 
Extremely 72 
Eye 28, 33 



F. 

Fable 39 
Face 33 
Faith 47 
Faithful 61 
Falcon 25 
FaU (to) 21, 43 
Family 47 
Far 28, 54 
Farmer 7 
Fate 66 
Father I 
Fatherland 31 
Fatigue 60 
Fault 69 
Favour, p. 118 
Favourable 61 
Feather 33 
February 30 
Feel (to) 31, 33 
Fetch 1 
Fever 1 
Few 11 
Field 22 
Fifteen 7 
Fifth 50 
Fifty 13 
Fight (to) 30 
Filly 7 
Find (to) 46 
Fine 1 
Finger 6 
Finish (to) 68 
Fire 3 
First 30 
Fir-tree 41 
Fish 13 
Five 1 
Fix (to) 47 



Flame 42 
Flatter (to) 67 
Flood 49 
Floor 42 
Florin 7 
Flour 44 
Flowery 63 
Flute 40 
Fly (N.) 41 
Fly (to) 3, 38 
Fog 60 
Follow 33 
Foolish 66 
Foot 13 
For 3 

Forbearing 59 
Forefinger 70 
Forehead 57 
Foreign 59 
Forest 11 
Forget 59, 77 
Fork 39 
Form 49 
Formerly 27 
Fortress 47 
Fortune 63 
Forty 13 
Fountain 41, 44 
Fouf 1 
Fourteen 7 
Fourth 50 
Fowl 12 
Fox 13 
Frame 5 
France 60 
Free, p. 129 
French 51 
Frenchman 25 
Fresh 41 
Friend 14, 46 
Friendly 67 
Friendship 68 
From 9 
Frost 21 
Fruit 13, 64 
Fruit-tree 61 
Fulfil (to) 46 
Full 80 
Funny 66 
Future 56, 71 



Qame*& 
Garden 1 
Gardener 1 
Gate 19 

General 56 
Qenerally 67 
Gentle G7 
Gentleman 32 
Qennan 30, Gl, 

57 
Germany 60 
Giant 23 
Gilly-flawer iO 
Give (to) 43 
Gives 29 
Girll 
Glare 42 
Globe 49 
Guat 40 
Go (to) 3, 43 
Goat 39 
God 24 
Gold 19 
Gulden 68 
Goodl 
Goose 32 
Govern 48 
Gracious 61 
Grandchild 6 
Grandfather C 
Grandmother 69 
Grapi. 40 
GrBaB42 
Grateful SI 
Great 1 
Green 17 
Greenfinch 14 
Greek (JV.) 28 
Grey, p. 129 

Guilty (of; 5i 
Gun 43 



TUG QBBHiB 

Hair 17 
Hammer 1 
Hand 2 
HandkerchiefC? 

Hand (of walch) 



■[to)3a 



47 

Ilando 
Happy 
Hard, p. 129 
Hare 26 
Harp 40 
Haal 
Hast 17 
Hat 14 
Have 16, 17 
Hayes 
Hayloft 47 



65 
Healthy 66 
Hear 19 

Heart 33 
Heartily 81 
Heathen 26 
Heaven 21 
Heavy 63 
Help (to) 49 
Help (n.) 77 

Henry 67 
Her 21 
Herb 16 
Herbalist 16 
Here 6 
Hero 31 
High 6, 72 
Him 21 
Hold (to) 45 
Holy 67 
Home 22, 47 
Honey 41 
Hoof 14 
Horn 12 
HorsemaQ S 
Host 17, 49 
Hot 81 
Hotel 74 
Hoot 84 



Hnndred 13 
Hungry 4 
Hurt (to) 21 
Hurtful 61 
HiUil)and41 

I. 



Keepers 

Key 1 
SSag 14 
Knife 2 
Knock 24 
Know 46, eS 
Knowledge 63 
Known 47 



Idol 28 

Ignorant, p. 129 
lllnesB 4S 
Immoderate 6fi 
Immortal 33 
Important 6S 
Imprison 24 
In 23 

Inch, p. 119 
Inclined 61 
Inconsiderable 

66 
Indulgent 69 
Industry 4 1 
Inhabitants, 19 
Inhale (to) 66 
Inhaling 66 
Inherit SI 
Ink 69 
Inn 16 
Insect 32 
Instead 47 
Inatroction 47 
Instruotive 33 
Inatmment 33 
Intercourse 76 
Interesting 33 
Is I 
It 1, 21 



Jack-daw 39 
January 30 
John 69 
Joiner 1 
Joy 64 
Judge? 



Ladder 43 
Lady(MiM)2,ia 
Landscape 46 
Language S9 
Laroh-tiW 30 
Large I 
Lark 39 
Laugh at 83 
Laundress 36 
Lay (to) 23 

Lead (to) 63 
Leaf U 
Learn 25 
Learned, p. 120 
Leather S 
Leave (to)45.47 

Lend (to) 7, 67 
Lentil 40 
Lesson 46, 84 
Let (to) 45 
Letter 13 

Lie 23, 43 

Life 21 

Light (a^X p. 

129 
Liked 47 
Lion 26 
Lip 40 
LitUe I 
Livo (to) 3 
Long 6, 27 
Look tor (to) I 
Looking-glass 

Loee (to) 46 



194 



THB QEBMAK DECLENSIONS. 



Lost 60 
Love (to) 1, 43 
Love (K.) 75 
Low 27 

Lower part of 47 
Lying (telling 

Ue8}67 

M. 

Maid-servant 21 
Make (to) 4^ 
Man (mankind) 

31 
Manage 82 
Mandate 47 
Mane 27 
Manufactiirer31 
Many 11 
March (to) 3, 36 
March («.) 30 
Market 23 
Marten 18 
Mason 43 
Mast 66 
Master 36, 36 
May 60 
Me 21 
Meadow 42 
Means (by — of) 

47 
Meat 38 
Medicine 61 
Meet (to) 62 
Merchant 34 
Messenger 29 
Metal 19 
Mild 64 
Milk 21 
MiU44 
Mindful 69 
Minister 17 
Mirror 23 
Mistake 17 
Mock 83 
Moderate 66 
Monarch 31 
Monday 4 
Money 67 
Monkey 25 
Moor 32 



Moral 68 
Mortal 33, 66 
Mother 1 
Motion 49, 66 
Mountain 69 
Mountains 3 
Mouse 39 
Mouth 29 
Much 11 
Musician 33 
Mussel-shdll 39 
My, p. 4 

N. 
Naa6 
Name 26 
Narrow 40 
Nation 46 
Nature 45 
Navigator 16 
Near 9, 23, 61 
Nearly 84 
Nearest 73 
Neck 18 
Necklace 47 
Necktie 75 
Needle 41 
Need 77 
Neglected 66 
Negligence 48 
Negligent 66 
Neighbour 27 
Neighbourhood 

66 
Neither... nor 15 
Nephew 28 
Never 23 
News 46 
Next 9, 73 
Nightingale 45 
Nine 5 
Nineteen 7 
No 9 

Nobody 7 
Nosegay 24 
Not far 47 
Not only... but 

also 19 
Not yet 47 
Nourishing 41 



Now 23 
Numerous 40 
Nut 16 
NutriciouB 41 

O. 

Oak 39 
Obedient 61 
Obey 7 
ObUged (to be) 

68 
Occasion 61 
Odious 9 
Of 9 

Offence 59 
Often 23 
Old 1 

Old man 13 
On 23 

On account 47 
Once 82 
Onel 

One another 31 
Only 1 
Open 36, 41 
Opinion 46 
Opposite 9 
Oppress 33 
Or 38 
Order (of merit; 

36 
Ordinary 67 
Organ 40 
Orphan 42 
Ostrich 67 
Out of 9 
Outside 63 
Outside of 47 
Over 23, 46 
Overcoat 65 
Owe 84 
Owl 41 
Owner 5 
Ox 31 

P. 

Page (boy) 27 
Pain 31 
Paint (to) 45 



Painter 1 
Paper 73 
Parable 68 
Pardon (N,) 42 
Pardon (to) 82 
Parents 47, 65 
Park 67 
Pass (to) 35 
Passed 46 
Passion 46 
Patient 31 
Pavement 41 
Pay 40 
Peace 45 
Peacock 31 
Pear 39 
Peasant 4 
Pen 39 
PencU 7, 44 
Penknife 69 
People, p. 11& 
Person 45 
Petition 34 
Philosopher 32 
Picture 1, 11 
Piece, p. 119 
Pig (young) 7 
Pigeon 39, 64 
Pillow 67 
Pink {N,) 40 
Pious 43 
Pity (to) 51 
Place (to) 23 
Rane 1 
Plant (to) 75 
Plate 12 
Platina 69 
Play (to) 16 
Please (if you) 11 
Please (to) 82 
Pleasure 67 
Plough 22 
Plum 40 
Plumage 33 
Pocket 44 
Pocket - hand - 

kerchief 67 
Poet 2, 81 
Point 89 
Pointedrp. 129 



THE QBBMAN DECLENSIONS. 



195 



Poisonous 66 
Pole 28 
Poor 1 
Poplar 39 
Popular 47 
Possess (to) 63 
Possessor 6 
Post 46 
Postman 14 
Praise (to) I 
Praise («.), p. 

118 
Praiseworthy 66 
Pray (to) 42 
Prayer 42 
Precious 41, 68 
Prefer (to) 67 
Present (iV.) 32 
President 31 
Pretty 20 
Priest 7 
Prince 31 
Production 34 
Progress 48 
Prophet 31 
Protest 77 
Protection 24 
Protestant 32 
Prudent 71 
Prussian 26 
PuU (to) 8 
Pulse 34 
Punish 47 
Pupil 1 
Put 23 

a 

Quality 49 
Quick 26 
Quite 28 

R. 

Hazor 69 
Rabbit 64 
Rain 3 
Rainbow 63 
Rarely 23 
Raven 25 



Read (to) 27, 62 
Reading 66 
Rebel 32 
Receive (to) 9, 

44,67 
Red 6 

Reign (N,) 84 
Rejoice 77 
Relate (to) 39 
Religious 43 
Remain (to) 43 
Remember 77 
Repent 82 
Repenting 63 
Resemble (to) 7, 

49, 61 
Result 47 
Revolt (iV.) 34 
Reward 69 
Rhine 67 
Ribbon II 
Richl 
River 14 
Roaring 27 
Robber 8 
Roof 12 
Room 1 
Root 63 
Rope 16 
Rose 39 
Rough 71 
Round 11 
Roundabout 3 
Rude 71 
Run (to) 8 
Russia 60 
Russian 26 

S. 
Sad 3 
Saa69 
Sailor 26 
Saint 67 
Sake (for the — 

0^47 
Saloon 18 
Salt 64 
Salutary 61 
Salute 67 
Saturday 16 



Scholar 26 
School 41 
Scissors 44 
Scythe 43 
Sea 24 
Season 63 
Second 30 
See (to) 47 
Seen 61 
Seldom 23 
Send (to) 7 
Send away 67 
Sentinel 67 
Serpent 10, 40 
Servant 1 
Service 69 
Set (an example) 

67 
Seven 5 
Seventeen 7 
Seventy 13 
Several, p. 3 
Severe 69 
Sew (to) 43 
Sexton 9 
Shade 42 
Shadow 42 
Shall 49 
Sharp 1 
Shel 

Shepherd 19, 31 
Shield 16 
Shine (to) 42 
Ship 16 
Shirt 36 
Shoot (to) 25,44 
Shop 39 
Shore 39 
Short 13 
Shoulder 39 
Show (to) 7, 21 
Shun (to) 66 
Shutter 39 
Shut (to) 24 
Sign-board 16 
Silk 67 
Silly, p. 129 
SUver (iV:) 19 
Silvery Cadf\)6S 
Sin 42 



Since 9 

Sing (to) 16, 46 
Singer 2 
Sinner 46 
Sister 39 
Sit (to) 23, 43 
Six 6 
Sixteen 7 
Sixty 13 
Size 67 
Skill (iV^.) 68 
Sky 21 
Slave 29 
Sleeve 2 
Small 1 
Smell (iyr.) 41 
Smith 21 
SnaU 40 
Snow (JV.) 66 
Soap 74 
Sober 66 
Society 49, 66 
Soft 6, 76 
Soldier 31 
Some, p. 3 
Somebody 24 
Spmetimes 24 
Son 13 
Song 16 
Soon 77 
Soul 33 
Sound 41 
Soup 64 
Source 41 
Spacious 41 
Spain 64 
Spark 29 
Sparrow 14 
Speak (to) 49 
Speech 68 
Spider 39 
Spite (in — of) 

47 
Splendid 65 
Spring (to) 44 
Stable 24, 31 
Stand (to) 23 
Steel 69 
Step (to) 73 

Stick (iyr.) 2a 



THE GERMAN DECLENSIONS. 



ick (to) 28 
6tm (ado.) 73 
Sting {N.) 39 
Sting (to) 43 
Stocking 24 
Stork 18 
Storm 60 
Story 39, 84 
Stove 23 
Straight 33 
Stranger '1^ 
Strawberry 76 
Street 40 
Strong 65 
Stupid 71 
Subject 31 
Suitable 61 
Summer 23 
Summer-day 61 
Summit 66 
Son 42 
Sunday 4 
Surgeon 68 
Suspect 59 
Suspend 23 
Swallow (iV.) 40 
Swan 18 
Sweet 40 
Swim (to) 3 
Sword 5 

T. 

Table 23 
TaUor 4 
Tame (to) 46 
Task 39 
Taste 65 
Taste (to) 63 
Tax 40 
Teacher 1 
Tear (to) 79 
Tell (to) 21 
Temple 9 
Temptation 78 
Ten 5 

Tend (to) 81 
Tent 16 
Terrible 27 
Thiia32 



Thank (to) 7 
Thankful 80 
Thanks 84 
That (eonj.) 58 
Theatre 10 
Thee 21 
Them 21 
Theologian 35 
There 16, 31, 69 
Therein 23 
Thief 45 
Think (to) 49,77 
Third 30 
Thirsty 4 
Thirteen 7 
Thirty 13 
Thorn 30 

Thought (i^.)28 
Threaten 7 
Three 1 
Thrive 3 
Through 8 
Thrush 45 
Thumb 70 
Thunder 42 
Thursday 10 
Time 75 
Tired 60 
Tired with 59 
Tissue 41 
Together with 9 
Tomtit 9 
To-morrow 82 
Tone 41 

Torment (JT.) 45 
Tom 66, 77 
Towards 3, 9 
Tower 18 
Town 21 
Trace {N.) 45 
Translation 73 
Trouble 77 
Troublesome 61 
Trunk 32 
Trust (to) 83 
Truth 78 
Tuesday 6 
Tulip 40 
Twelve 7 
Twenty 7 



Twenty-one 13 
Twig 13 

U. 

Umbrella 22 
Under 23 
Unhappy 48 
Unrepentant 66 
Unripe 64 
Unwhole8ome66 
Upon 23 
Upstairs 63 
Us 21 

Use (K.) 66 
Useful 32 

V. 

Vacations 62 
Valley 12 
Valuable 41 
Value 34 
VeU6 

Venomous 66 
Verv3 
Village 16 
Violent 60 
Violet {N.) 1 
Violet (adj,) 67 
Viper 42 
Virtue 47 
Visit (X) 33 
Visit (to) 13, 77 
Voifce 27 
Volume 16 

W. 

Waistcoat 42 
Walk (to) 22, 43 
Wall 39 
Want (to) 3, 82 
Warrior 3 
Wasp 39 
Watch 46 
Watchmaker 46 
Watchman 3 
Water 2 
Way 63 
Weak 66 
Weapon 68 



Wear Cto) 40 
Weather 10 
Web 41 
Wednesday 8 
Week 41 
Welcome 61 
Well (JV.) 8 
WeU-brod 81 
Wet 43 
Whale 70 
What 17 
Wheel 12 
When 70 
Where 21 
Whose 28 
Why 17 
Widow 42 
Wild 32 
Willingly 16 
Win 45 
Window 1 
Wine 16 
Wing 6 
Winter 28 
Wise 68 
With 9 
Within 47 
Without 8 
Witness {N.) 29 
Woman 12 
Word 19 
Work (to) 16 
Work(-y.)15»62 
Worm 44 
Worthy 69 
Wound 68 
Write 13, 43 

Y. 

Year 18 
Yellow 5 
Yes 9 

Yesterday 43 
You, p. 4 
Young 1 

Z. 

Zoological Gar- 
dens 26 



1 

A'i^ r 

I fit hbtn 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



16 fan9t*+ 
f fangeft 



-Jf 



3*ba*«t 
bu bidiltfl 

Sie bdditen 
fdngtt) K3t,tbfl4t(t) 
I jngin fir Cat^ten 



Fetject Siibjanctive. 



Imperative Hood. 



ieUtt wirj 
lobcn ©i( 
(or loB(t) 
toben fl( 



flngt btnft 

nnge (i ttitfe (r 

nngtn mfrt fttnttn toitj 

(ingen Sie bcnfen @i< 

(or Bnget) (or btnttt) 

fingen flc benCen jie 



Poftiaiple. 
(obcnb 
ftngenb 
binfenb 



,ha!»'«' 



■an also be used for the present conditionBl, aa3 tbe 
it conditional. Thus we may say, 3^ (obcte, fongt, 
b(n!tn ; and 3$ ^dttt gelobt, gtr>'l'S"ir Q^bai^t. for 3$ 



^^\ b(nl.n. 



